1988 Samsung Linear IC Data Book Vol 2 PDF
1988 Samsung Linear IC Data Book Vol 2 PDF
Linear Ie k (VOL. 2)
Data Boo
1988
• Telecom
• Industrial
• Data Converter
Copyright 1987 by Samsung Semiconductor
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval
system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo
copying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Samsung
Semiconductor.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. Samsung
assumes no responsibility for the use of any circuitry other than circuitry embodied in
a Samsung product.
No other circuit patent licenses are implied.
SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
DATA BOOK LIST
I. Semiconductor Product Guide
II. Transistor Data Book
III. Linear IC Data Book
IV. MOS Product Data Book
V. High Performance CMOS Logic Data Book
. VI. MOS Memory Data Book
VII. SFET Data Book
LINEAR Ie DATA BOOK
VOLUME 1.
AUDIO ICs
VIDEO ICs
VOLUME 2.
TELECOM ICs
VOLTAGE REGURATORs
VOLTAGE REFERENCEs
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERs
COMPARATORs
TIMERs
. DATA CONVERTER ICs
MISCELLANEOUS ICs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(VOLUME 2)
V. MISCELLANEOUS ICs
2. Video Application
Device Function Package Page
4. Industrial Application
" ;~ f ,'f
t·, I ~
.: •
,,',
INTRODUCTION
Samsung's linear IG products are among the most reliable in the industry. Samsung has always made a commit·
I
ment to achieve the highest possible quality, reliability, and customer satisfaction with its products.
Extensive qualification, monitor and outgoing programs are used to scrutinize product quality and reliability.
·Stringent controls are applied to every wafer fabrication and assembly lot to achieve reproducibility, and therefore
maintain product reliability.
In this chapter, the quality and reliability programs established at Samsung will be discussed. In addition, a description
of reliability theory, reliability tests and various support efforts provides a broad framework from which to compre·
hend Samsung quality and reliability. .
To better understand the Quality Department's role in product develoment and manufacturing, Ii detailed diagram
is listed below. As can be noted, Quality Engineering is involved in all phases, save that of initial product planning.
STEP PRODUCTION
SALES PROCESS ENG'S OC/OA PRODUCTION CONTROL
~ 1 MARKET SURVEY 1
z
~
"-
I SPEC. REVIEW I
1 COUNCIL FOR 'DEVELOPMENT 1
Cl
II.
I DESIGN 1
:II!
~ I DESIGN REVIEW
I
.....a:
z
1
1
QUALIFICATION FOR RAW MATERIAL
1
m
Q
l TRIAL MFG
I
I' EVALUATION & QUALIFICATION
1
z
~
STANDARDIZATION
1 1
~
~
"-
APPROVAL ·II-----------------------l P.P
J
III
a: QUALIFICATION
"- 1 1
1 INCOMING INSP.
Iii
1 CLAIM INITIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION I CUSTOMER 1
":II!a:
C
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 21
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
QUALIFICATION PROGRAM
Samsung' qualification procedures are used mainly to confirm the major characteristics and reliability attributes
of new technologies or products for introduction to Samsung manufacturing. The program is also utilited to
evaluate changes to existing technologies or raw materials. The purpose of this program is to simulate all relevant
user conditions, via accelerated and standard methods, prior to product shipment. The stresses used for qualifica-
tion are detailed in following sections.
MONITOR PROGRAM
Twice per year, devices duplicate their qualification tests to obtain long-term reliability data for Linear ICs.
In this way historical data is collected and analyzed over all part types and thus assures the customer of ongoing
device quality.
These results are summarized in reliability reports issued periodically by Samsung Semiconductor.
HOPL 168HR
PCT 48HR
REJECT
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUcroR 22
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
RELIABILITY TESTS
Samsung has established a comprehensive reliability program to monitor and ensure the ongoing reliability of the
linear IC family. This program involves not only reliability data collection and analysis on existing parts, but also
rigorous in-line quality controls for all products.
Listed below are details of tests performed to ensure that manufactured product continues to meet Samsung's
stringent quality standards. In line quality controls are reviewed extensively in later sections.
The tests run by the quality department are accelerated tests, serving to model "real world" applications through
boosted temperature, voltage, and/or humidities. Accelerated conditions are used to derive device knowledge through
means quicker than that of typical application situtations. These accelerated conditions are then used to assess
I
differing failure rate mechanisms that correlate directly with ambient conditions. Following are summaries of various
stresses (and their conditions) run by Samsung on linear IC products.
HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LIFE TEST (HOPL)
(TJ=125°C, Vee = Vee max, static)
High temperature operating life test is performed·to measure actual field reliability. Life tests of l000HR to 2000HR
durations are used to accelerate failure mechanisms by operating the device at an elevated ambient temperature
(125°C). Data obtained from this test are used to predict product infant mortality, early life, and random failure
rates. Data are translated to standard operating temperatures via failure analysis to determine the activation
energy of each of the observed failures, using the Arrhenius relationship as previously discussed.
WET HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATING LIFE TEST (WHOPL)
(Ta=85°C, R.H.=81%, Vee = Vee opt, statiC)
Wet high temperature operating life test is performed to evaluate the moisture resistanr.e characteristics of plastiC
encapsulated componenots. Long time testing is performed under static bias conditions at 85°C/81 percent relative
humidity with nominal voltages. To maximize metal corroSion, the biasing configuration utilizes low power levels.
INTERMITTENT OPERATING LIFE (IOPL)
(Pmax, 25°C, 2min on/2 min off)
This test is normally applied to scrutinize die bond thermal fatigue. A stressed device undergoes an "ON" cycle,
where there is thermal heating due to power dissipation, and an "OFF" cycle, where there is thermal cooling due
to lack of inputted power. Die attach (between die and package) and bond attach (between wire and die) are the
critical areas of concern.
HIGH TEMPERATURE STORAGE TEST (HTS)
(Ta = 125°C, UNBIASED)
High temperature storage is a test in which devices are subjected to elevated temperatures with no applied bias.
The test is used to detect mechanical instabilities such as bond integrity, and process wearout mechanisms.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 23
. QUALITY and RELIABILITY
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 24
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
FUNDAMENTALS
'A semiconductor device is very dependent on its conditions of use (e.g., junction temperature, ambient tempera-
ture, voltage, current, etc.). Therefore, to predict failure rates, accelerated reliability testing is generally used. In
accelerated testing, special stress conditions are considered as parametrically related to actual failure modes.
Actual operating life time is predicted using this method. Through accelerated stresses, component failure rates
are ascertained in terms of how many devices (in percent) are expected to fail for every 10pD hours of operation.
A typical failure rate versus time of activity graph is shown below (the so-called "bath tub curve")
(t)
Reduction due to
Failure ...._......l. . ._ _ _ _ _-,:-_ _ _ _....",,_-,-_ _ preventive maintenance
rate m 1 =
S " .. ' Specified
emlcond- - - - -
oct Failure Rate
(m:::: o.5_o%feVlces
I I
I I
!---t --TIME
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONPUCTOR 25
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
10- 5
--
~ VI
I
-.10- 6 R-
·I~
~ 5
,,'":1 ~
~~'
5
~10- 7 ~
ff.~
~
'"
[@ t;0
f;j
1/:"
::
fi:
5 'I. 'ff. rl
R: r,;,0"
ILj
"R:~
."
-lt'J ""
W
10- 8
~'S.
5
rl .,
~
11eac
,,
99.9
,99
90
1982
1985
~ 1988
L L
If V.....-: iI'
0,1
10 10' HOURS
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 26
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
1. Arrhenius model
This model can be applied to accelerated Operating Life Tests and uses absolute (Kelvin) temperatures.
L = A + EalK·Tj
I
L : Lifetime
A : Constant
Ea : Activation Energy
K : Boltzman's constant
Tj : Absolute Junction temperature
If Lifetimes L1 and L2 correspond to Temperatures T1 and T2:
Ea 1 1
L1 = L2 exp K (1'1 - T2 )
Lifetime(L)
Actual junction temperature should always be used, and can be computed using the following relationship.
Tj=Ta+(Px Bja)
Where Tj = Junction temperature
Ta = Ambient temperature
, P = Actual power consumption
Bja=Junction to Ambient thermal resistance (typica"y 100 degrees celsius/watt for a 16-Pin PDIP).
2. Activation Energy Estimate
Clearly the choice of an appropriate activation energy, Ea, is of paramount importance. The different mechanisms
which could lead to circuit failure are characterized by specific activation energies whose values are published
in the literature, The Arrhenius equation describes the rate of many processes. responsible for the degradation
and failure of electronic components. It follows that the transition of an item from an initially stable condition to
a defined degraded state occurs by a thermally activated mechanism. The time for this transition is given by an
equation of the form:
MTBF = B EXP (EalKT)
MTBF = Mean time between failures
B = Temperature-independent constant
MTBF can be defined as the time to suffer a device degradation. The dramatic effect of the choice of the Ea va!ue
can be seen by plotting the MTBF equation. The acceleration effect for a 125°C device junction stress with respect
to 70°C actual device junction operation is equal to 1000 for Ea=1eV and 7 for Ea=0.3eV.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 27
. QUALITY and RELIABIUTY
I
CHOICE OF Ea---CALCULATED AT OTHER
TEMPERATURES
Time
0.8e~
1()6 / /
l;
./ ./
~c 104
0 .O.5~
~ 1()3 J V 0.4 eY:lii!!
~
""
-< 0.3eV-
/ ./ ./ ",
102
.... ~
II
10' '/ ./
l()1l
. 250 200 175 150125. 100 75 50 T("C)
Junction 1;emperature
Figure 7. Life Hours
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 28
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
AccEllerated testing defines the failure rate of products. By derating the data at different conditions, the life
expectancy at actual operating conditions can be predicted. In its simplest form the failure rate (at a given temperatlJre)
is:
Where FR
N
FR=1)H
=Failure Rate
I
N =Number of failures
o = Number of components
H = Number of testing hours
If we intend to determine the FR at different temperatures, an acceleration factor must be considered. Some failure
modes are accelerated via temperature stressing based upon the accelerations of the Arrhenius Law.
For two different temperatures:
Ea 1 1
FR (T1) = FR (T2) exp If ( T2 - T1 )
FR (T1) is a point estimate, but to evaluate this data for an interval estimate, we generally use a X2 (chi square)
distribution. An example follows: .
Dev. x Hours
Fail Failure Rate at 60% Confidence Level
at 125°C
1.7x1OS 2
Point Estimate I 85·C I 70·C I 55·C
0.18 I 0.0068 I 0.0018 I 0.00036
The activation energy, from analYSis, was chosen as 1.0 eV based upon test results. The failure rate at the lower
operating temperature can be extrapolated by an Arrhenius plot. .
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 29
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
PROCESS CONTROL
GENERAL PROCESS CONTROL
. ' , .
The general process flow in Samsung is shown in Figure 8. This illustration contains the standard process flow
from incoming parts and materials to customer shipment.
Reliability monitoring
1. PRT (Process Reliability Testing)
2. DRT (Device Reliability Testing)
Stock control
• Age control
Shipment
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 30
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
WAFER FABRICATION
Process Controls
The Quality Control program utilizes the following methods of control to achieve its previously stated objectives:
process audits, environmental monitors, process monitors, lot acceptance inspections, and process integrity audits.
Definitions
The essential method of the Quality Control Program is 'defined as follows:
1. Process Audit-Performed on all operations critical to product quality and reliability.
I
2_ Environmental Monitor-Monitors concerning the process environment, i.e., water purity, temperature, humidity,
particle counts.
3. Process Monitor-Periodic inspection at designated process steps' for verification of manufacturing inspection
and maintenance of process average. These inspections provide both attribute and variable data.
4. Lot Acceptance-Lot-by-Iot sampling. This sampling method is reserved for those operations deemed as critical,
and require special attention.
Environmental Monitor
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 31
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
2. Wafer Inspection
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 32
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
1. Manufacturing Section
2. FAB, QC Monitor/Gate
c8.SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 33
.QUALITY and RELIABILITY
Inspection Over/Under
PR Strip Machine·PM
Item Frequency
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 34
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
Diff'n
Metal
Etch • (See manufacturing section)
• (See FAB, QC Monitor/gate)
Back-Lap • Thickness
EDS
(Electrical Die Sorting)
Sawing
"
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 36
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
ASSEMBLY
The process control and inspection points of the assembly operation are explained and listed below:
1. Die Inspection:
Following 100% inspection by manufacturing, in-process Quality Control samples each lot according to internal
or customer specifications and standards.
5. Pre-SeaIfPre-Encapsulation Inspection:
Following 100% inspection of each lot, samples are taken on a lot acceptance basis and are inspected
according to internal or customer criteria.
WIRE LOOP MONITOR RESULTS. CROSS SECTION INSPECTION FOR BALL BOND.
6. Seal Inspection:
Periodic monitoring of the sealing operation checks the critical temperature profile of the sealing oven for both
glass and metal seals.·
7. Post·Seal Inspection:
Subsequent to a 100% visual inspection, In-Process Quality Control samples each for conformance to visual
criteria. '
Sampling Plans
1. Sampling plans are based on an AQL (Acceptable Quality Level) c,oncept and are determined by internal or by
customer specifications.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 38
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
I
MOLDING COMPOUND INCOMING INSPECTION
(THERMAL ANALYSER, DUPONT 9900)
(Continued)
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 39
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
Critical Defect
Major
electrical
visual
Defect
1% 2%
Open, short
Wrong configuration, no marking I
electrical 1.5% 3% Items which affect reliability most strongly
visual
Minor Defect Items which minimally or do
electrical 2% 5% not affect rei iabil ity at all
visual (cosmetic, appearance, etc.)
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 41
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
Wafer
Tape Mount
R>
Die Attach (D/A)
~l Cure
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 42
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
<>
Q.C. Monitor 'Q.C. Cure Monitor Inspection
1. Control Item
- Temperature
- In/out Time
2. Frequency
I
- 1 Time/Shift
Au Wire
r 100% Visual
Inspection
Mold Compound
'Moldability Test
Incoming Inspection - Critical Defect: AQL 0.15%
Mold - Major Defect: AQL 1.0%
- Minor Defect: AQL 1.5%
Mold
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 43
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
n
Cure
6
Deflash
6
TRIM/BEND
c8 SAMS~NG SEMICONDUCTOR 44
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
I
Process Flow Process Step Major Control Item
0 PRT Monitoring
(Process Reliability
Testing)
1. PRT
- HOPL (168 HRS), PCT (48 HRS)
- Other (when applicable)
2. Acceptance Criteria: LTPD 10%
. Shipment
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 45
QUALITY and RELIABILITY·
The AQL Plan. Acceptable Quality Levels (AQL) are a measure of the ql\ality of outgoing LINEAR circuits. These
levels are established by the manufacturer to show the process percent defective being produced and to ensure
that the customer is receiving material tl:1at meets his requirements. The SST Best Program has tightened these
AQL levels to a point at which incoming inspection by the customer is no longer a necessity. Best product quality
is monitored significantly more closely than standard product; those lots which fall the AQL level are 100% reworked -
before resubmission to the AQL gate.
The Reliability Plan. Reliability is the statistical probability that a product will give satisfactory performance for
a specified period of time when used under specified conditions. A typical rate curve is shown below:
INFANT
MORTALITY
w
~
w
a:
::::I
...J
RANDOM FAILURES AT A
~ LOW CONSTANT FAILURE RATE
I
I
o I
BURNINI - OPERATING L l F E - - - -
PERIOD I
Reliability theory assumes that devices fail according to the above curve. When a group of devices is manufac·
tured a small portion of the units will be inherently weaker than the average. These weak units will probably fail
during the first few hours of operation-hence the term "infant mortali!y." If the units are burned-in however, thereby
allowing the weak units to fail, there is a much lower probability that those finally put into system use will fail.
The SST Best Row. in order to achieve an extremely high quality unit and reduce infant mortality failures the following
flow has been established:
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 46
QUALITY and RELIABILITY
Process Flow
FLOW CHART
I I
WAFER FABRICATION
LINEAR PROCESS
CV PLOTS
DESCRIPTION
§
88 DEG. C.
TIGHT AQL SAMPLING PLAN
ELECTRICAL-0.05% AQL AT 88 DEG. C.
MECHANICAL-O.o1% AQL CRITICAL & MAJOR
SHIP UNITS
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDU~R 47
NOTE
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
1. TELECOMMUNICATION APPLICATION
Application Type Package Circuit Function
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 51
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 52
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
t New Product
tt Under Development
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 53
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
2. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A. 3-Tenninal Fixed Positive Voltage Regulator
Function - Type Package Features Application
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR: ~4
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
33V
Regulator
KA33V ITO-92
pass transistor
Low temperature coefficient
Low dymic resistance
.
3 PRECISION VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Function Type Package ' Features Application'
4. OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
Function Type Package Features Application
LM741
• 8 DIP Internal frequency compensation
Comparator, DC amp,
Multivibrator, 'Summing
8 SOP Short circuit protection amp, Integrator or differen-
tiator Narrow band or BPF
Slew·rate of 10V/p,s as a summing Variable capacitance
r· 8 DIP
KA301A amplifier Multiplier
8 SOP
External frequency compensation Sine wave oscillator
OPAMP JFET input
High speed intergrators
8 DIP Low input bias current
ttKF351 Fast D/A converters
8 SOP High slew rate 13V/p,s
Sample arid hold c1rcuits
Wide gain bandwidth
120MHz band width Disk file memories
14 DIP
KA733 Selectable gains of 10, 100, 400 Magnetic tape systems
14 SOP
No frequency compansation Wide band video amplifiers
Phone pre-amplifier
MC4558 8 DIP Internal frequency compensation
Tape playback amplifier
MC1458 8 SOP Low noise operation
Schmitt trigger,
Internal frequency compensation DC summing amplifier
Dual LM358/A for unit gain Power amplification
8 DIP
OPAMP LM258/A Large DC voltage gain RC active bandpass filter
t8 SOP
LM2904 Wide power supply range Compatible with all forms
of logic
Internal current limiting: Isc = 350mA
High power amplifier
tKA9256 . 10 SIP HIS Internal frequency compensation
CD driver
Minimal cross over distortion'
Internal frequency compensation Audio power booster
LM324/A
14 DIP. Wide supply voltage range DC amp, Multivibrator
LM224/A
14 SOP Single supply: DC 3V - 30V Switch, Comparator
LM2902
Dual .supply: DC ± 1.5V - ± 15V Schmitt trigger
Each amplifier is functionally
Comparator with
Quad LM348 14 DIP equivalent to the LM741
hysteresis
OPAMP LM248 14 SOP Pin compatible with LM324
Voltage reference
Short circuit protection
Class AB output stage for minimal
Comparator with
MC3403 14 DIP crossover distortion
hysteresis
tMC3303 14 SOP Single or split supply operation
Bi-Quad filter
Internal frequency compensation
t New Product
tt Under Development
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 56
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
5. VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
Function Type Package Features Application
II
tLM211 t8 SOP
Differential input voltage range: ± 30V voltage controlled
Power consumption: 135mW at + 15V oscillator
independent strobes High speed analog
Single ttKA361
14 DIP Guaranteed high speed: 20nS max. to digital converter
Comparator ttKA261
Complementary TTL outputs Zero-crossi ng detectors
Interface between
Low offset and thermal drift
14 DIP logic types
KA710C t14 SOP Compatible with practically
Level detector
all types of integrated logic
with lamp
High precision comparators Output voltage compatible
Reduced Vos drift over temperature with TTL, DTL, ECL and
Eliminates need for dual supply CMOS logic system
Allows sensing near ground Basic comparator
LM393/A
Compatible with all forms of logic Pulse generator
Dual LM2903 8 DIP
Power drain suitable for battery MOS clock driver
Comparato"r LM293 8 SOP
operation
Low input biasing current: 25nA
Low output saturation voltage 250mV
at 4mA
Two indepentent comparators
KA319 14 DIP Relay driver
Operates from a single 5V
KA219 t14 SOP Window detector
High common mode slew rate
Wide single supply voltage Compatible with all forms
range or dual supplies of logic
Very low supply current drain Bi-stable multivibrator
LM339/A (0.8mA)-independent of supply One-shot multivibrator
Quad LM2901 14 DIP voltage (2mW/Comparator at + 5V DC) Time deiilY generator
Comparator LM239 14 SOP Low input biasing current: 25nA Square wave oscillator
LM3302 Input common-mode voltage range Pulse generator
includes GND Limit comparator
Low output saturation volti!lge 250mV Crystal controlled
at 4mA oscillatgor
t New Product
tt Under Development
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 57
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE
6. TIMER
Func;tlon Type Package Features Application
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUcroR 58
LINEAR ICs FUNCTION GUIDE.
8. MISCELLANEOUS ICs
Function Type Package Features Application
I
Control
Actuator ttKA2307 16 DIP Receiver 5 Function
ttKA2308 14 DIP Transmitter 5 Function
KA2401 8 DIP Stable voltage reference
Vcc =4-12V
DC Motor KA2404 TO-92L VreI = 1.27V (Typ.)
Speed
KA2402 8 DIP Stable current source Vcc =1.8-8V
Controller
Stable voltage reference
tKA2407 TO-126 Vee = 3.5-14.4V
VreI = 1.0V (Typ.)
Earth Low power consumption
Leakage KA2803 8 DIP High noise immunity Earth leakage detector
Detector Few external components
Easy operation either through
the AC line or a DC supply
Zero Supply. voltage control ON, OFF temperature control
Voltage KA2804 8 DIP External component are Time proportional
Switch minimized temperature control
Negative output current pulse up
to 250mA (short circuit protection)
t New Product
tt Under Development
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 59
LINEAR ICs CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
1; TELECOMMUNICATION ICs
A. Dialer
Application SAMSUNG MOSTEK AMI UMC SHARP Othel'$
B. Tone Ringer
C.~peech Network
D. Tone Decoder
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 60
LINEAR ICs CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
E. FM IF Amplifier
Application SAMSUNG MOTOROLA SHARP SPRAGUE Others
I
F. Codec, Codec Filter, Combo Codec
G. Interfaces
Application SAMSUNG MOTOROLA FAIRCHILD TI N/S EXAR SIGNETICS
H. Driver
I. UART
t New Product
tt Under Development
* Direct Replacement
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 61
LINEAR ICs CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
2. VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A. 3-Terminal Fixed Positive Voltage Regulator
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 62
LINEAR ICs CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
MC7902C
MC7905C MC7905C ,.A7905· ,.PC7905 AN7905
MC7906C MC7906C AN7906
MC79XXC
Series
(10= 1A)
MC7908C
MC7910C
MC7912C
MC7915C
MC7918C
MC7924C
MC7908C
MC7912C
MC7915C
MC7918C
MC7924C
,.A7908
,.A7912
,.A7915
,.PC7908
,.PC79t2
,.PC7915
,.PC7918
,.PC7924
AN7908
AN7912
AN7915
AN7918
AN 7924
·TO-220.
II
MC79M02C
MC79M05C MC79M05C ,.A79M05
MC79M06C
MC79M08C ,.A79M08
MC79MXXC TO-22O
MC79M10C
(l o =0.5A)
MC79M12C MC79M12 ,.A79M12
MC79M15L MC79M15 ,.A79M15
MC79M18C
MC79M24C
MC79L05AC MC79L05AC
MC79L12AC MC79L12AC
ttMC79LXXAC TO-92
MC79L15AC MC79L15AC
(l o =0.1A)
MC79L18AC MC79L18AC
MC79L24AC MC79L24AC
Adjustable
1.25V to 40V ,.A78S40 ,.A78S40 ,.A78S40 16 DIP
(fo = 100KHz)
PWM 100KHz tKA3524 LM3524 SG3524 16 DIP.
t New Product
tt Under Development
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 63
LINEAR ICs CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
4. OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
Description SAMSUNG MOTOROLA NATIONAL FAIRCHILD MATSUSHITA Others
5. VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
Description SAMSUNG MOTOROLA NATIONAL FAIRCHILD TI Others
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 64
LINEAR ICs CROSS REFERENCE GUIDE
6. TIMER
Description SAMSUNG MOTOROLA NATIONAL SIGNETICS TI Others
SAMSUNG NATIONAL TI
NE558
I
INTERSIL ITT Others
UVC31 00
tKSV3100A
UVC3100
A/D·D/A Converter
KSV3100A
ttKSV3110
up·date version
High-Speed 8·Bit AID ttKSV3208
tKAD0808l9 A DC0808/9 ADC0808J9
8·Bit AID Converter
ttKAD0820 ADC0820 ADC82A
TSC7126
3·1/2 DMM AID KS7126
ICL7126
4·Bit Triple
ttKSV3404
D/A Converter
DAC82
ttKDA0800 DAC0800
8·Blt D/A Converter DAC08
ttKDA0808 DAC0808 AD1408 MC1408
ttKS25C02 OM 2502
SAR. ttKS2503 DM2503
ttKS2504 DM2004
8. MISCELLANEOUS ICs
Application SAMSUNG SEGNETICS NATIONAL MITSUBISHI NEC Others
KA2303 3 Function
Toy Radio tKA2304 2 Function
Control Actuator ttKA2307 5 Function .(RX)
ttKA2308 5 Function (TX)
KA2401 ",PC1470H
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 65
LINEAR ICs ORDERING INFORMATION
KSV 3100A C N A+
~T BURN-IN (OPTIONAL)
(SEE BURN-IN PR~GRAM) .
PACKAGE TVP,E
L-----------------TEMPERATURERANGE
c8 SAMSUNG. SEMICONDUCTO~ 66
,/
"~t,:;,?'hl~rP\i~~0~ :~,"/;; ,
ft
PRODUCT INDEX (Continued)
3. Telecommunication Application
TONE RINGER
8 DIP
The KA2410iKA2411 is a bipolar integrated circuit designed for telephone
bell replacement.
.FUNCTIONS
• Two oscillators
• Output amplifier
• Power supply control circuit
FEATURES
• Designed for telephone bell replacement
• Low current drain.
• Small size 'MINI DIP' package.
• Adjustable 2-frequency tone.
• Adjustable _rbling rate. •
• Built-In hysteresis prevents false triggering and rotary dial
'CHIRPS'
• Extension tone ringer modules
• Alarms or other alerting devices.
• External triggering or ringer disable (KA2410).
• Adjustable for reduced supply initiation current (KA2411)
o--t bC:T'1."".,.,..---,
. O.9~F
100K-200K ohm
C.
22,.FI35V
R2
165K±1%
C2
o.47pF±5%
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 69
KA2410/KA2411 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 10
KA2410/KA2411 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
4.0
3.5
~3.0
B
12.5
.iI
;t2.o
S V
.II ,.5 i-'"
II
~
,.0
0.5
10 14 18 22 26 30 34
Vee (V), Supply """ge
Fig. 2
APPLICATION NOTE
The application circuit illustrates the use of the KA2410/KA2411 devices in typical telephone or extension tone ringer
application.
The AC ringer signal voltage appears across the TIP and RING inputs of the circuit and is attenuated by capacitor C, and
resistor R,.
C, also provides isolation from DC voltages (48V) on the exchange line.
After full wave rectification by the bridge diode, the waveform is filtered by capacitor C4 to provide a DC supply for the tone
ringer Chip.
As this voltage exceeds the initiation voltage (Vsl),osciliation starts.
With the components shown, the output frequency chops between 512 (f~,) and 640Hz·(fh2) at a 10Hz (fl ) rate.
The loudspeaker load is coupled through a 13000 to 80 transformer.
The output coupling capacitor Cs is required with transformer coupled loads.
When driving a piezo-ceramic transducer type load, the coupling C 5 and transformer (13000: 80) are not required.
However, a current limiting resistor is required.
The low frequency oscillator oscillates at a rate (fl ) controlled by an external resistor (R2) and capacitor (C2).
The frequency can be determined using the relation fl =111.289 R2 • C2. The high frequency oscillates at a fH" fH2 controlled
by an external resistor (R3) and capacitor (C3). The frequency can be determined using the relation fHI=111.504 R3. C 3.
fH2=1/1.203 R3 , C 3 • .
Pin 2 of the KA2411 allows connection of an ex~ernal resistor RSl , which is used to program the slope of the supply cur-
rent vs supply voltage characteristics (see Fig 4); and hence the supply current up to the initiation voltage (Vsi). This initia-
tion voltage remains constant independent of Rsl .
The supply current drawn prior to triggering varies inversely with RSl.· decreasing for increasing value of resistance. Thus,
increasing the value of RSl• will decrease the amount of AC ringing current required to trigger the device. As such, longer
sucribser loopS are possible since less voltage is dropped per unit length of loop wire due to the lower current level. RSl
can also be used to compensated for smaller AC coupling capacitors (Cs on Fig 3) (higher impedance) to the line which can
be used to alter the ringer equivalence number of a tone ringer circuit.
The graph in Fig. 4 illustrates the variation of supply current with supply voltage ofthe KA2411. Three curves are drawn to
show the variation of i~itiation current with Rsl . Curve B (RSl =6.81<) shows the I-V characteristic for the KA2411 tone ringer.
Curve A is a plot with RSl <6.8KO and shows an increase in the current drawn up to the initiation voltage Vsi. The W charac,
teristic after initiation remains unchanged. Curve C iIIurates the effect of increasing RSL above 6.8K Initiation current decreases
but again current after triggering is unchanged.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 71
KA2410/KA2411 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
8 I------U-_.__----.
101(0
VOL
...---+---+------0----1 2
KA2411
2'JV
Ro--+----'
RSL
c.
Fig. 3
1-1- ---- -- , -- ,- -
75
as
.. A)R".SKO I :
I ,
2.5
8) R,.-& iKcr.-1/ •
C)R... 'Sko ) I ~,
,
1.1;
o.s
~
i41i~
• ,
;"'1-
~
610141822263034
Supply _go (V)
Fig. 4,
KA2410
Pin 2
O<Vo<O.5V
V[).\/I
10= - - .. 40pA
RI
Fig. 5 Fig.S
+VCC . Vsi
vz
RE
RE
VT
VT
Fig. 7 Fig. 8
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 73
KA2410/KA2411 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
+1210 +24V
+12 to +15V
+5V
SOK
5
10K
Ring'T'
Inhibil "H"
KS74HCTLS06 KA2410
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
FEATURES
• Adjustable sending and receiving gain to compensate for line
attenuation by sensing the line current.
• The same type of transducer can be used for both transmitter
and receiver, usually a 3500 dynamic type.
• Output impedance can be matched to the line, independent of
transducer impedance.
• Minimum number of external parts required
• Parallel operation with pulse dialer IC (KS5805A/B,
KS5806) as well as DTMF IC (KA2413, KS5808)
I
BLOCK. DIAGRAM
r---'
I r+--------------------~~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ____
L ~
Fig. 1
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUcrPR 75
KA2412A LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Line Voltage
VL 22 V
(3 msec pulse duration)
Forword Line Current tF 120 mA
Reverse Line Current ILA -150 rnA
Power Dissipation Po 1.0 W
Operating Temperature Topr -20-+70 OC
Storage Temperature Tota -55-+150 OC
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T.=:"'15OC- +45OC, f=300Hz-3400Hz unless otherwise specified. Referto the test circuit.)
' Test
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Min ~p Max Unit
Circuit
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 76
KA2412A -LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Test
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Min lYP Max Unit
Circuit
IL=20mA-SOmA
Receiving Distortion THOR Fig 4 2.0 %
VRO =200mVrms
VRI =OV, Ie =60mA
Receiving Noise VNR Fig 4 75 p.V
Posphometric
IL=10mA
Max Receiving Output Current 10m 2.0 mA
VRI =707mVrms
f=1KHz, T.=25°C
5ideTone ST Fig 5 IL=20mA 7.0 dB
IL=60mA 0.0
52ina 14
Return Loss RL Fig 6 dB
52inb 14
PIN DESCRIPTION
1. PIN 1, PIN 14 : Recevier output
2. PIN 2: Line impedance adjust
3. PIN 3 : Ground
4. PIN 4 : DC regulator
5. PIN 5 : Bias
6. PIN 6 : AC loop opening
7. PIN 7 : No connection
S. PIN 8 -: No connection .
9. PIN 9, PIN 10: Mic input
10. PIN 11 : InputreceiveAmp(-)
11. PIN 12: Input receive Amp (+)
12. PIN 13: Vee
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR n
<f KA2412A LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
TEST GIRCUIT
~------------------~
100nF
4.22K!I
7511
22nF
E 1--+_IoIP--+------,
.1000
KA2412A
RECEIVER
F }--+_w--f-----I
1000
LINE
Fig. 2
Sending Gain Receiving Gain
350
VRO
GR=--
VRI
VSO
GS=-
VM1
Fig. 4
VRO
Sldelons=-
VMI
35011
Fig. 6
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 78
KA2412A LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
APPLICATION INFOMRATION
The following table shows the recommended for the Fig 1. Different values can be used and notes are added in order to
help designer.
Recommended
Component Purpose Note
value
I
ZL
---- -
R3 16.2K Bias resistor Changing R3 value, it is possible to
shift the gain characteristics. The
value can be chosen from 15K to 20K.
The recommended value assures the
maximum swing
-
Rs 536 The ratio Rs/R. fixes the amount of
Bridge resistors
R. 75 the signal delivered to the line.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 79
KA2412A' LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
,DESCRIPTION
1. Circuit Description:
The KA2412A is based on a bridge configuration. The KA2412A contains a regulator block, a sending amplifier and a receiv-
ing amplifier. The regulator monitors the line current and adjusts the amplifier gain to compensate for the line length.
The transmiUreceiver amplifiers are connected to the line via an external bridge to provide side tone attenuation. When
the subscriber Is talking, A controlled amount of the sending signal is allowed to reach the receiver to give a feedback to the
subscriber. The phenomenon is caused by mismatching of the wheastone. bridge and is called the signal of side tone.
The line current compensation ensures that when ·the subscriber is talking, the signal delivered to the line is increased
in according to the line length. When he is hearing, the signal level on the receiver capsule is constant.
Gain variation over the operating temperature range is less than ±1dB. The impedance to the line can be adjusted; without
any change in circuit parameters; by changing an external resistor (6.8KO at Pin 2).
The KA2412A works with the same type of transducers for both transmitter and receiver (typically 3500 Dynamic units).
microphone
receiver
Fig. 10
A treditional speech circuit is equivalently equal to the circuit as described in Fig. 7. The microphone is cOmposed of carbon
powder. it converts the sound presure into the variation of resistance and so a AC Signal is generated when the bias current
flows through the microphone and a subscriber is talking. The current actuated by microphone does not affect receiver because
it Is compensated by the coil polarity.
But the incoming signal is transferred to receiver, so and this circuit is called 2 - 4 wires conversion, which is incoming
2 wires and Mic, Receivers 4 wires.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 80
KA2412A LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
RECEIVER
4
I
+
Mic
Fig. 8
Z R5
For a perfect balancing of the bridge Z~ = R6
• In sending lTiode;
The N:; signal from the !T1icrophone is sent to one diagonal of the bridge (pin 3 and pin 4). A small percentage of the signal
power is lost on Ze (being Ze> >Zt.); the main part is sent to the line Via R6.
The imPedance At. is defined as.fu
1..3
V (R6+Ze)II(R5+Zt.) (~
R= ~+(R6+ZB)II(R5+Zt.) R6+Zt
also, In order to reduce power loss in R5 & Ze and to transfer the maximum power to the line via R6.
R5+ZB> >R6+ZL
R6+ZM=ZL
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 81
KA2412A LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Then the line impedance ZL grows lrom SOO ohm up to 900 ohm when the line length Increases. '
The voltage driven to the line is
V - ZL x'"
L - RS+Zu +4 _IT
·VL .. 4 Z xZuh=28S.82h
Zu+R8+ L
V, . (Ra+ ZuRs )
4+Rs+(Rs+Za)/lZM Zu+Rs+Ra
To avoid the reflection
4=Re+Zu,10ZM",Rs +Za
Therefore
VR = V, (Re+~
2 Re +1.91 Zu 11
In the case 01 the KA2412A test circuit
4-6000, Rs=750, Zu=6.8KO/11=S.80
Rs=536O, Za=S.076KO (fREF=1KHz)
VR
,-=0.Q93
V,
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 82
KA2413 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
FEATURES
• Wide operating line voltage and current range
• Operates with a standard crystal at 3.58MHz
• Operates with a single contact or matrix key-board
• Levels from the high and loIN frequency group can be adjusted
aeparately.
• No individual level adjustment Is neceasary for every circuit
• The signal levels are stabilized against variations in tempera-
ture and line voltage.
• Short start-up time
• All tones can be generated separately for testing.
• Easy PCB layout; all keyboard connections on one side of the
chip
• Internal protection of all inputs
• Minimum number of external parts required.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Mute
Rl
1-----( I}-t--'W\r-1r--o T
330
Rl C24.7nF
47KIl Line
Cl3.3nF
~--------~-------*----~----~--oR
Fig. 1
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 83
KA2413 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
!p=2 sec 20 V
Line Voltage (Peak) VL (peak)
!p=20msec 22 V
Line Voltage (Conditions) VL (cont) 15 V
Power Dissipation Po 400 mW'
Operating Temperature Topr -20- +70 °C
Storage Temperature Tstg . -55- +150 °C
Tone Generation
Operating Line Voltage VL(opr) 4.3 9.0 V
1.3 Vp Signal
Stand-By
Stand-By Line Voltage VL (std) 4.3 9.0 V
2.0 Vp Signal
Operating Line Current IL (opr) VL=4.3V 10.0 mA
No Key Pressed
Stand-By Line Current t (SId) 250 pA
VL=4.3V
Mute Current 1M One or More Keys Pressed 125.0 pA
Key Resistance RK Key Circuit Closed 1.0 kG
Tone Output Frequency
f,=697Hz -1.0 -0.32 . +1.0 %
Low f2=770 Hz -1.0 +0.02 +1.0 %
(Row) fa =852 Hz -1.0 +0.03 +1.0 %
f.=941 Hz Af fosc=3.5795 MHz -1.0 -0.11 +1.0 %
f 5 -1209 Hz -1.0 -0.03 +1.0 %
High f6=1336 Hz -1.0 -0.03 +1.0 %
(Column) f7=1477 Hz -1.0 -0.68 +1.0 %
., f6=1633 Hz -1.0 -0.36 +1.0 %
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 84
KA2413 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
I
Low Vl Rl =39.2KO -6.0
Ratio Signal Level VHNl 1.0 2.0 3.0 dB
Tone Generation 6.0
Impedance to Line Zl KO
Stand-By 50.0
Total Harmonic Distortion THD Tone Generation -31.0 dBm
Output Noise VNO Stand-By -80.0 dBm
300-3400Hz -33.0 dBm
Harmonics 3.4-50KHz -33.0 dBm
",50KHz -80.0 dBm
R1
TEST CIRCUIT
3311
RlOAO
30011
Vl
1M
C2
4.7nF
MUTE
+
Rl
RH
33KIl
. 47KII
. Fig. 2
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 85
KA2413 LINEAR INTEGRATED CI~CUIT
• Component function:
R1: Protecting resistor
RL: Signal Level (Low), RH: Signal Level (High)
C1: Low pass filter
C2: Radio frequency suppression
• To find suitable resistor values for RH and RL to get the desired tone levels the following formula can be used for a
preliminary calculation.
Note that in RLolid (f=1.4KHZ) and RLoa(f.{f=800HZ) both the impedance of the line and the impedance of the speech
circuit are include. VH and VL are the desired high and low frequency levels, in dBm
YH
RH -56.2xRIDAD (f=1.4KHi) x.10- 20"
Y.
RL=65.2xRLOAO (f=800Hz)b<10"2O"
• The current consumption within KA2413 cim be reduced with a resistor connected in parallel with C1. (see Fig. 3)
If the current reduction is made too large, the output signal can be distorted by Clipping.
- - - - ------:.. --------- ---- -------- - - --
pinS
0.3M-3MO c.
Fig. 3
• In application where a DTMF generator directly powered from the telephone line is wanted (the generator is not
working in parallel with any kind of speech network),KA2413 can be used with a DC regulator as described in fig 4.
This schematic gives a DC regulator for the range 16 - 100mA.
DC regulator schematic
<r ,;. +
1K' ~~5B1
KA2413. KSC1()()9.Y
As In Fig. 3
1800
470
=~ 22,.F
(~
" v
DC Regulator
,
-
Fig. 4
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONOUCl'OA 86
KA2413 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
• KA2413 can also be controlled by a microprocessor (see Fig 5). The negative branch of the microprocessor- voltage
supply is connected to pin 7 of KA2413 and the inputs (8) are connected with resistors.
For tone-generating one input of the low group (pin 13 - 16) is connected to the positive voltage and one input of
the high group (pin 9 - 12) is connected to the negative voltage, then KA2413 is activated and the mute output is put
in High state.
Microcomputer interface
R9
9
I
R10
10
R11
11
R12
12
microprocessor R13 KA2413
13
R14
14
R15
15
R,1!
16
I 1
Fig. 5
TOO1her
Inputs (3)
one of I
R9-R12 12
microprocessor
---+:J------:
Fig.6 '.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 87
KA2413 LlENAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
I
I. I
I
I
I
1
131 KA2413
MICROPROCESSOR I
141 lK
oneot I
R13-R1S 151
16 I
"I : (2-10),.A
1 I
1 I
I I
------- -m----~
I I
L _______________________________ _
Fig. 7
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUC1'OR 88
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETIO~ LlNEARlI2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
/--~
Piezo
Sound
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Tip
1 2 3 A
4 5 6 B Tone
7 8 9 C Ringer
0#0
Line
Keypad Voltage I-+----<j~-+
Regul- Ring
ator
Interiace Speech
MPU (KA2417 Network
,only)
Receiver
Electret
Microphone
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T.=25OC. Vee-5V Unless Otherwise Specified)
KEYPAD INTERFACe CIRCUIT
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 90
KA24141KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEAR/l2 L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
liN
VIH
A+=5V
A+=5V,
V"o=OB<J, Voo='ZV
50
2.0
100
80
150
200
A+
KO
JA
V
II
Input Low Voltage (DD, TO, Cl, I/O) Vil 0.8 V
Output High Voltage (MS, DP, I/O) VOH A+=5V 2.4 4.0 V
Output Low Voltage (MS, DP, I/O) VOL A+=5V 0.1 0.4 V
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 91
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARlI2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
MIC Terminal Saturation Voltage VMIC iMlc =500pA, VMM =0.8V - 6Q 125 mVoc
MIC Terminal Leakage Current IMlc VMM =2V, VMIC =1V - 0.0 5.0 pA
MM Terminal Input Resistance RMM VMM =5V . 50 100 170' KO
TXO Terminal Bias BTxo BTxo =VTxo +VR 0.48 0.53 0.68 -
TXI Terminal Input Bias Current ITXI ITXI = (VTXO-VTXI) + 200KO - 50. 400 nA
TXO Terminal Positive SWing VTXO(+) i TXI =-10pA - 25 60 mVoc
TXO Terminal Negative Swing VTXO (-) hXI=10pA 130 1200 mVoc
Transmit Amplifier Closed-Loop Gain GTX V, =3.0mVRMS 16.5 19 20 VN
Sidetone Amplifier Gain GSTA f=1.0KHz 0.40 0.45 0.54 VN
STA Terminal Output Current ISTA VSTA =0.3V 50 100 250 pA
AXO Terminal Bias BRxo BRxo=VRxo+VR 0.48 0.52 0.68 -
RXI Terminal Input Bias Current IRxl IRXI = (VRXO-VRXI) + 100KO - 100 400 nA
IRxl = -'10pA
RXO Terminal Positive Swing VRXO(+)
VRXO (+ )=VR-VRXO
- 1.0 20 . mVoc
IRxl =+10pA
RXO Terminal Negative Swing VRXO(-)
VRXO(-)=VRXO
- 40 100 mVoc
TXL Terminal Off Resistance Rm (Off) . VTXL =0.4Voc 125 200 300 KO
TXL Terminal On ReSistance RTXL (On) - 20 100 0
RM Terminal Off Resistance RRM(Off) VRM =0.4Voc· 125 180 300 KO
RM Terminal On Resistance RRM(On) 410 570 770 0
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 92
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARlI2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
TEST CIRCUIT
TRF
TAO
TRI
TAS
TRC
FB
v+
BP
LR
TO ~C
v-
A+ VR
I/O CAL
CL,(EV") RXI
RM Notes:
CR'
1. "Selected ceramic resonator: 500KHz±2.0KHz
STA
2. Capacitances in I'F unless noted.
MM TXO 3 .. All resistances in ohms.
4 .. ""KA2414 only
AGC TXI
MIC
Fig. 2
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 93
KA24141KA2417'(DELETION) LlNEAR/l2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
PIN DESCRIPTION
(See Fig. 12 for external component identifications.)
1-4 R1-R4 Keypad inputs for Rows 1 through 4. When open, internal8.0kO resistors pull up the rf1N inputs
to a regulated ( .. 1.11101t) supply. In normal operation, a rf1N and a column input are connected
through a SPST switch by the telephone keyped, Row inputs can also be activated by a Logic
"0" ( < 500mV) from a microprocessor port.
5-8 C1-c4 Keypad Inputs for Columns 1 through 4. When open, internalS.OkO resistors pull down the
column inputs to V-.ln n9rmal operation, connectin'g any column input to any row input
produces the I'$spective row and column DTMF tones. In addition to being connected to a
row input, column inputs can be activated by Ii Logic "1" (> 600mV and < 3.0 VOlt).
9 ,DP* Depressed Pushbutton (Output) - Normally low: A Logic "1" indicates one and only one,
button of the DTMF keypad is depressed.
10 m* Tone output (Input) When a Logic "1", disables the DTMF generator. Keypad is not
disabled.
1.1 MS* ' Mute/Single tone (Output) - A Logic "1" indicates a'row and/or column tone is being
generated. A Logic "0" indicates tone generator is disabled.
12 A+* MPU Power Supply (input) - Enables pullups 'on the microprocessor section outputs,
Additionally, this voltage will power the entire circuit (except tone Ringer) in the absence of
voltage at V--,
13 110* Input/Output - Serial Input or Output data (determined by DO input) to or from the
microprocessor for storing or retrieving telephone numbers. Guaranteed to be a Logic "1"
on powerup if 00= Logic "0".
14 00* Data Direction (Input) - Determines direction of data flow through 110 pin. As a Logic "1",
I/O is an input to the DTMF generator. As a Logic "0". I/O outputs keypad entires to the
microprocessor.
ES** Sidetorie Equalization terminal connects an external resistor between the junction of RS, R9
and V-, At loop currents greater than the equalization threshold this resistor is switched in
to reduce the sidetone level.
15 CL* Clock (Input) - Serially shifts data in or out of 110 pin. Data is transferred on negative edge
typically at 20kHz.
EV** Voice equalization terminal connecis an external resistor between V+ and V-, for loop length
equalization. At loop currents greater than the equalization threshold this resistor is switched
in by the equalization circuit to reduce the transmit and receive gains.
16,17 CR1,CR2 Ceramic Resonator oscillator input and feedback terminals, respectively. The DTMF dialer
is intended to operate with a 500kHz ceramic resonator from which row and coJumn tones
are synthesized.
28 CAL Amplitude CALibration terniinal for DTMF dialer. Resistor R14 from the CAL pin to V -
controls the DTMF output signal level at Tip and Ring.
35 FB Feed Back terminal for DTMF output. Capacitor C14 connected from FB to V+ provides ac
. feedback to reduce the output impedance to Tip and Ring when tone dialing.
29 VR Voltage Regulator output terminal. VR is the output of a 1.1 volt voltage regulator which
supplies power to the,speech network amplifiers and DTMF generator during signaling. To
improve regulator efficiency at low lin!l,current conditions, an external PNP pass-transistor
T1 is used in the regulator circuit. Capacitor C9 frequency compensates the VR regulator
to prevent o s c i l l a t i o n . '
33 BP Base of a PNP Pass-transistor. Under long-loop conditions where low line voltages would
cause VR to fall below 1.1-volts, BP drives the PNP transistor T1 into saturation, thereby ,
minimizing the voltage drop across the pass transitor. At line voltages which maintain VA'
above. 1.1 volts, BP biases T1 in the linear region thereby regulating the VR voltage. Transistor
T1 also couples the ac speech signals from the transmit amplifier to Tip anti Ring at V+.
*KA2417 only **KA2414 only
c8 SAMSUNG SE~ICONDUCTOR 94
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARII2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
34 V+ The more positive input to the regulator, speech, andDTMF sections connected to Tip and Ring
through the polarity guard diode bridge.
30 V- The dc common (more negative input) connected to Tip and Ring through the polarity guard
bridge. ,
32 LR DC Load Resistor, ResiStor R4 from LR to V- determines the dc input resistance at Tip and Ring.
This resistor is external not only to enable programming the dc resistance but also to avoid high
on-chip power dissipation with short telephone lines. It acts as a shunt load conducting the excess
dc line current. At low line voltages « 3.0 volts), no current flows through LA.
31 LC DC Load CapaCitor. CapaCitor C11 from LC to V- forms a low-pass filter which prevents the resis-
tor at LR from loading ac speech and DTMF signals.
20 MIC Microphone negative supply terminal. The dc current from the electret microphone is returned
to V- through the MIC terminal which is connected to the collector of an on-chip NPN transis-
tor. The base of this transistor is controlled either internally by the mute signal from the DTMF
generator, or externally by the logic input pin MM.
18 MM Microphone Mute. The MM pin proVides a means to mute the microphone and transmit
amplifier in response to a digital control signal. When this pin is connected to a Logic "1" '
(> 2.0V) the microphone dc'return path through the MIC terminal is disabled.
22 TXI Transmit amplifier Input. TXI is the input to the transmit amplifier from an electret microphone.
AC coupling c<lpacitors allow the dc offset at TXI to be maintained approximately 0.6V above
V- by feedback through resistor R11 from TXO.
21 TXL Transmit Input Limiter. An internal variable resistance element at the TXL terminal controls the
transmitter input level to prevent clipping with high signal levels. Coupling capacitors C4 and
C5 preilent dc curent flow through TXL. The dynamiC range pf the transmit peak limiter is
controlled by resistors R12 and R13.
23 TXO Transmit Amplifier Output. The transmit amplifier output drives ac current through the voltage
regulator pass-transistor T1 via resistor R10. The dc bias voltage at TXO is typically 0.6 volts above
V-. The transmit amplifier gain is controlled by the R11/(R12+R13) ratio.
19 AGC Automatic Gain Control low-pass filter terminal. CapaCitor C3 connected between AGC and VA.
sets the attack and decay time of the transmit limiter circuit. This capacitor also aids in reduc-
ing clicks in the receiver due to hook-switch transients and DTMF on/off transients. In conjunc-
tion with internal resistors, C3 (1.01'F) forms a timer which mutes the receiver amplifier for
approximately 20 milliseconds after the user goes off-hook or releases a DTMF Key.
27 RXO Receiver Amplifier Output. This terminal is connected to the open-collector NPN output tran-
sistor of the receiver amplifier. DC bias current for the output device is sourced through the
receiver from VA. The bias voltage at RXO is typically 0.6 volts above the V-. Capacitor C10
from RXO to VR provides frequency compensation for the receiver amplifier.
26 RXI Receiver Amplifier Input. RXI is the input terminal of the receiver amplifier which is driven by
ac signals from V+ and STA.lnput coupling capacitor C8 allows RXI to be biased approximately
0.6 volts above the V- via feedback resistor R6.
25 RM Receiver Amplifier MU,te. A switched resistance at the RM terminal attenuates the receiver
amplifier input signal produced by DrMF dialing tones at V+, RM also mutes clicks at the receiver
which result from keypad or hook switch transitions. The ac resistance at RM is typically 5400
in the mute mode arid 200kO otherwide. Coupling capacitors C7 and C8 prevent dc current flow
.KA2417 only
through RM.
(continued)
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 95
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARII2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
24 STA Side Tone Amplifier output STA is the output of the sidetone inverter amplifier whose input is.
driven by the transmit signal at TXO. The inverted transmit signal from STA subtracts from the
receiver amplifier input current from V+. thus reducing the receiver sidetone level. Since the
transmitted signal at V+ is phase shifted with respect to TXO by the reactive impedance of the
phone line, the signal from STA must be similarly phase-shifted In order to provide adequate
sidetone reduction. This phase relationship between the transmit signal at TXO and the side-
tone cancellation signal from STA is contro)(~_ by R8, R9. and C6.
37 TRS Tone Ringer Input Sense. TRS is the most positive input terminal of the tone ringer and the refer-
ence for the threshold detector.
38 TAl Tone Ringer Input terminal. TAl is the positive supply wltage terminal for tone ringer Circuitry.
Current is supplied to TAl through resistor R2. When the average wltage across R2 exceeds
an internal reference wltage (typically 1.6 wits) the tone ringer output is enabled.
40 TRF Tone Ringer Input filter capacitor terminal. Capacitor Cl connected from TRF to TRS forms
a low-pass filter. This filter averages the signal across resistor R2 and presents this dc wltage
to the input of the threshold detector. Line wltage transients are rejected if the duration is
insufficient to charge Cl to 1.6 wits.
36 TRC Tone Ringer oscillator Capacitor and resistor terminal. The relaxation oscillator frequency fo is
set by resistor R3 and capacitor C13 connected from TRC to V-. Typically.
fa =(R3C13+8.0pS) -•.
39 TAO Tone Ringer Output terminal. The frequency of the square wave output signal at TAO alternates
from f0f8 to f0l10 at a warble rate of fof64O. Typical output frequencies are 1000 Hz and 800 Hz
with e 12S Hz warble rate. TAO sources or sinks up to 20 rnA to produce an output wltage swing
of 18 wits peak-to-peak across the piezo transducer. Tone ringer wlume control can be
implemented by a variable resistor in series with the piezo transducer.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 96
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARlI2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
II
Fig. 3
SPEECH NETWORK
LINE CURRENT (mA)
The speech network (Figure 5) provides the two-to· Fig. 4
four wire interface between the telephone line and
.the instrument's transmitter and receiver. An elec·
SPEECH NETWORK BLOCK DIAGRAM
tret microphone biased from VR drives the transmit
amplifier. For very loud talkers, the peak limiter
circuit reduces the transmit input level to maintain
low distortion. The transmit amplifier output signal
is inverted at the STA terminal and driven through
an external R·C network to control the receiver side-
tone level. The switched AC resistance at the RM
terminal reduces receiver signal when dialing and §.~
i...J
suppresses clicks due to hook or keypad switch
transitions. When transmitting, audio signal cur· ,!!
rents (irxo and iRxo) flow through the voltage regu·
1
lator pass transistor (T1) to drive the telephone line.
This feature has two consequences: 1) in the trans·
mitting mode the receiver sidetone current iRxo
contributes to the total signal on the line along with
iTxo : 2) The AC impedance of the telephone is de·
termined by the receiver impedance and the volt·
age gain from the line to the receiver amplifier
output.
Fig. 5
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 97
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARII2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
DTMFDIALER
Keypad interface comparetors activate the DTMF row and column tone generetors (Figure 6) when a row and column input
are connected through a SPST keypad. The keypad interface is designed to function with contact resistances up to 1.0 kO
and leakage resistances as low a!l150 kO. Single tones may be initiated by depressing two keys in the Slime row or column.
The programmable counters employ a novel design to produce non-integer frequency ratios. The. various DTMF tones are
synthesized with frequency division errors less than ±0.16% (Table 1). Consequently an inexpensive ceramic resonator ca~be
used instead of a quartz crystal as the DTMF frequency reference. Total frequency error less than ±0.8% can be achieved
with to.3% ceramic resonator. The row and column D/A converters produce 16-step. approximations of sinusoidal wave-
forms: Feedback through terminal FB reduces the DTMF output impedance to approximately 2.0 kO to satisfy return loss
specifications.
C1
c. FB
Ca
C4 Keypad C14
R1 Comparators
& Logic
R.
4 5 6
Ra
7 8 9 R4
0 # 0
Keypad
+-_____---;~_ Mute Signal to
Speech Network
ETC
V-
TONE RINGER
The tone ringer (Figure 7) generates a warbling square wave output drive to a piezo sound element when the AC line volt-
age exceeds a predetermined threshold level: The threshold detector uses a current mode comparator to prevent onloff chatter
when the output current reduces the voltage available at the ringer input. When the average current into the tone ringer exceeds
the threshold level, the ringer output TRO commences driving the piezo transducer. This output current sourced from TRI
increases the average current measured by the threshold detector. As a rasuH, hysteresis is produced between t~e tone ringer
on and off thresholds. The output frequency at TRO alternates between f0l8 and f0l10 at a warble nite of f0l640, where fo is
the ringer oscillator frequency.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 98
KA2414/KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARlI2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
C15
R2 + ~TiP
c. R.
r _____4;!;TR~'_~tT:R;F::2T~R~S~""':;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;i-----<> Rinp
TRC
I
Piem.
Tone
Ringer
Fig. 7
The MPU interface connects the keypad and OTMF sections of the ETC to a microprocessor for storing and retrieving
numbers to be dialed. Figure 8 shows the major blocks of the MPU interface section and the interconnections between the
keypad interface, OTMF generator and microprocessor. Each button of a 12 or 16 number keypad is represented by a four-
bit code (Figure 9). This four-bit code is used to load the programmable counters to generate the appropriate rr:JN and column
tones. The code is transferred serially to or from the microprocessor when the shift register is clocked by the microproces- .
sor. Data is transferred through the 110 terminal, and the direction of data flow is determined by the Data Direction (~O) input
terminal. In the manual dialing mode, DO is a logic "0" and the four-bit code from the keypad is fed to the OTMF generator
by the digital multiplexer and also output on the 1/0 terminal through the four-bit shift register. The data sequence on the
1/0 terl)1inal is 83, 82, 81, 80 aQd is transferred on the negative edge of the clock input (CL). In this mode the shift register
load enable circuit cycles the register between the load and read modes such that multiple read cycles may be run for a single-
key closure. Six complete clock cycles are required to output data from the ETC and reload the register for a second look.
In the automatic dialing mode, DO is a Logic "1" and the four-bit code is serially entered in the sequence 83, 82, 81, 80
into the four-bit shift register. Thus, only four clock cycles are required to transfer a number into the ETC. The keypad is dis-
abled in this mode. A Logic "1" on the Tone Output (TO) will disable tone outputs until valid data from the microprocessor
is in place. Subsequently 10 is switched to a Logie "0" to enable the OTMF generator. Figures10 and 11show the timing wave-
forms for the manual and automatic dialing modes and Table 2 specifies timing limitations.
The keypad decoder's exclusive OR circuit generates the OP and MS output signals. The OP output indicates (when at
a logic "1 ") t~at one, and only one, key is depressed, thereby indicating valid data is available to the MPU. The OP output
can additionally be used to initiate a data transfer sequence to the microprocessor. The MS output (when at a Logic "1") indi-
cates the OTMF generator is enabled and the speech network is muted.
Pin A+ is to be connected to a source of 2.5 to 10 volts (generally from the microprocessor circuit) to enable the pullup
circuits on the microprocessor intel'fitce outputs (OP, MS, 1/0). Additionally, this voltage will pOwer the entire Circuitry (except
Tone Ringer) in the absence of voltage at V+. This permits use ofthe transmit and receive amplifiers, keypad interface, and
OTMF generator for non-typical telephone functions.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 99
KA24141KA2417 (DELETION) LlNEARlI2L INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
r-----------~~~~~ID
Excluslve-OA }-=---,
8 DP
MS
Keypad 8 Keypad
1-+""+'-I-..A'Comparators Decoder 1---.:~r---'-'-""1
Shift
~":~sterl--_---I
Enable
Fig.S
1 .' 1 1 1111
2 1 2 '0111
0 0 0 0 - A2 3
4
1
2
3
1'
1011
1101
5 2 2 0101
6 2 3 1001
~ 0 0 ~ - As 7
S
3
3
1
2
1110
0110 '
9 3 3 1010
[] 0 0 G f- A4 0
A
4
1
2
4
0100
0011
B 2 4 0001
I I I I C 3 4 0010
C1 C2 Cs C4 0 4 4 0000
* 4 1 1100
# 4 3 1000
Fig. 9
c8
, ,
- 11111////1
1O~
MS~_ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
DP
_. CL
_ _ _ _ _ _--!tOPCl
H
L I
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
Fig 12 specifies a typical application circuit for the KA2414 and KA2417.
Complete listing of external components are provided at the end of this section along with nominal component values.
The hook switch and polarity guard bridge configuration in Fig. 12 is one of several options. If two bridges are used, one
for the tone ringer and the other for speech and dialer circuits, then the hook switch can be simplified. Component values
should be varied to optimize telephone performance parameters for each application. The relationships between the appli-
cation circuit components and certain telephone parameters ,are briefly described in the following:
II
frequencies and Z3 provides the non-linearity required for 2.5V and 10V impedance signature tests. C15 must generally
be s1.01'F to satisfy 5.0Hz impedance specifications. (EIA RS-470)
Off-Hook DC Resistance
R4 conducts the dc line current in excess of the speech and dialer bias current. Increasing R4 increases the input resistance
of the telephone for line currents above 10mA. R4 should be selected between 300 and 1200.
Off-Hook AC Impedance
The ac input impedance is equal to the receive amplifier load impedance (at RXO) divided by the receive amplifier gain
(voltage gain from V+ to RXO). Increasing the impedance of the receiver increases the impedance of the telephone.
Increasing the gain of the receiver amplifier decreases the impedance of the telephone.
Transmit Gain
The gain from the microphone to the telephone line varies directly with R11. Increasing R11 increases the signal applied
to R10 and the ac current driven through R10 to the telephone line. The closed loop-gain from the mi,crophone to the TXO
terminal should be greater than 10 to prevent transmit amplifier oscillations.
Note: Adjustments to transmit level and gain are complicated by the addition of receiver sidetone current to the transmit
amplifier output current at V+. Normally the sidetone current from the receiver will increase the transmit signal (ifthe
current in the receiver is in phase with that in R10). Thus the transmit gain and sidetone levels cannot be adjusted
independently.
Receiver Gain
Feedback resistor R6 adjusts the gain at the receiver amplifier. Increasing R6 increases the receiver' amplifier gain.
Sidetone Level
'Sidetone reduction is achieved by the cancellation of receiver'amplifier input signals from ~9 and R5. R8, R15, and C6
determine the phase of the sidetone balance signal in R9. The ac voltage at the junction of R8 and R9 should be 1800 out
of phase with the voltage at V+. R91s selected such that the signal current in R9 is slightly greater than that in R5. This insures
that the sidetone current in the receiver adds to the transmit amplifier output current.
APPLICATION CIRCUIT 1
DTMF Pad
Row-Column Switch Clolsure 4 5
7 8
S2
I
SI, S2, controlled
by hook switch; Illustrated
in "on-hook"
condition.
Rt8
RING
C17
Electret
Microphone
Fig_ 12
APPLICATION CIRCUIT 2
DTMF Pad
Row-Column Switch Clolsure
MC6800
System
vss
EXTERNAL ,COMPONENTS
(Component labels referenced to Fig. 12, Fig. 13)
C1 1.0"F,1OV Tone ringer filter capacitor: integrates the voltage from current sense resistor R2
at the input of the threshold detector.
C2 4.7"F,25V Tone ringer input capacitor: filters the rectified tone ringer input signal to smooth
the supply potential for oscillator and output buffer.
C3 1.0"F,3.OV Transmit limiter'low-pass filter capaqitor: controls attack and decay time oftransmit
peak limiter.
C4,C5 O.1/IF Transmit amplifier input capacitors: prevent dc current flow into TXL pin and
attenuates low-frequency noise on microphone lead.
C6 O.05"F Sidetone network capacitor: provides phase-shift in sidetone path to match that
caused by telephone line reactance.
C7,C8 O.05"F Receiver amplifier input capacitors: prevent dc current flow into FM terminal and
attneuates low frequency noise on the telephone line.
C9 2.2"F,3.0V VR regulator capacitor: frequency compensates the VR regulator to prevent
oscillation.
C10 O.Q1,.F Receiver amplifier output capacitor: frequency compensates the receiver amplifier
to prevent oscillation.
C11 O.1,.F DC load filter capacitor: prevents the dc load circuit from a:ttenuating ac signals
onV+.
C12 O.01,.F Telephone line by pass capacitor: terminates telephone line for high frequency
signals and preVents oscillation in the VR regulator.
C13 620pF Tone ringer oscillator capacitor: determines clock frequency for tone and warble
frequency synthesizers.
C14 O.1,.F DTMF output feed back capacitor: ac couples feed back around the DTMF output
amplifier which reduces output impedance.
C15 1.0"F, 250vac tone ringer line capacitor; ac couples the tone ringer to the telephone line partially
NoncPoiarized <lontrols the on-hook input impedance of telephone.
C16 25pF,25V Speech equalization coupling capacitor, prevents dc current flow into SPE terminal
(optional)
C17 5.0"F,3.OV Side tone equalization coupling capacitor, prevents dc currents flow into STE
terminal (optional)
R1 6.8K Tone ringer input resistor: limits current into the tone ringe from transients on the
telephone line and partially controls the on-hook impedance of the telephone.
R2 1.8K Tone ringer current sense resistor: produces a voltage at the input of the threshold
detector in proportion to the tone ringer input current.
R3 200K Tone ringer oscillator resistor: determines the clock frequency for tone and warble
frequency synthesizers.
R4
. RS.R7
82.1.0W
1S0K. S6K
DC load resistor: conducts all dc line current in excess of the current required for
speech or dialing circuits; controls the off·hook dc resistance of the telephone.
Receiver amplifier input resistors: couple ac input signals from the telephone line
to the receiver amplifier; signal in RS subtracts from that in R9 to reduce sidetone
in receiver.
II
R6 200K Receiver amplifier feedback resistor: controls the gain of the receiver amplifier.
R8.R9 1.SK.30K Sidetone network resistors: drive receiver amplifier input with the inverted output
signal from the transmitter; phase of signal in R9 should be opposite that in RS.
R10 270 Transmit amplifier load resistor: converts output voltage of transmit amplifier into
a current that drives the telephone line; controls the maximum transmit level.
R11 200K Transmit amplifier feedback resistor: controls the gain of the transmit amplifier.
R12. R13 4.7K.4.7K Transmit amplifier input resistors: couple signal from microphone to transmit
amplifier; control the dynamic range of the transmit peak limiter.
R14 36 DTMF calibration resistor: controls the output amplitude of the OTMF dialer.
R1S 2.0K Sidetone network resistor (optional): reduces phase shift in sidetone network at high
frequencies.
R17 600 Speech equalization resistor. Reduces transmit and receive gain when EV terminal
switches on (optional)
R18 3.0K Sidetone equalization resistor. Reduces sidetone level when ES terminal switches
on. (optional)
Rx 3.0K Microphone bias resistor: sources current from VR to poWer a 2·terminal electret
microphone;. RX is not used with 3·terminal microphones.
FUNCTIONS
• Two oscillators
• Output amplifier
• Power supply control circuit.
FEATURES
• Low current consumption, In order to allow, the parallel operation
of 4 device..
• On-chip diode bridge and transient protection
• Little extemal circuitry
• Tone and switching frequenclea adjustable by external
components
• 'Integrated voltege and current hysteresis
• Activation voltage adjustable
BLOCK DIAGRAM
RECfIFIER
CAPACllOR IMTIAL VOL'OOE ADJUSTABLE
POWER
SUPPLY'
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
>------{,5
NON INVERTING
OllTPUT
WWFREQ HIGHFREQ OUTPUT
osc osc AMP
~------------------------------------~3~----------------~4~------------~--------------------____------------~
GND SWEEP RATE ' OUTPUT FREQUENCY
CONTROL CAPACllOR CONTROL RESISlOR
Fig. 1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T. = 25°C unless otherwise specified)
AC OPERATION
r------------------~w_-__,
I R.
I
8 6 10K 10K~
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAS TEL LINE I
I
Vour I
~i~
I
I
I
Cl R,
RING
100nF 12Kll I
I
I
I
I
'-______ --'_~--_---_+_----- ....------------..J
. 2.67-10" 1000
h = R,(KO) 12= ~h fsweep=·--
7 C,(nF)
Fig. 2
DESCRIPTION
The KA2418 tone ringer derive its powen supply by rectifying the AC ringing signal. It uses this power to activate two tone
generators. The two tone fraquencies generated ara switched by an internal oscillator in a fast· sequence and made audible
across an output amplifier in the loudspeaker; both tone fnequencies and the switching frequency can be externally adjusted.
The device can drive either dineclly a piezo ceramic converter (buzzer) or small loudspeaker. In case of using a loudspeaker,
a transfonmer is needed.
An internal shunt voltage Regulator provides DC voltage to output stage, low fraquency oscillator, an High fnequency oscil-
lator. To protect the IC from telephone line transients, a zener Diode· is included.
FEATURES
• Level detection and attenuation controls on single chip
• Monitoring for background noise level with large time constant
• On-chip regulation for supply and reference' voltages
,• Wide range of operation due to signal compression
• Very low output power (10mW typ.) with peak limiting for minimiz-
ing distortion
• Chip Select allowing standby mode of operation ORDERING INFORMATION
• Volume can be controlled linearly
• 28 pin' plastic DIP & SOP package Device Package Operating Temperature
KA2420N 28 DIP
-20_+60°C
KA2420D 28 SOP
BLOCK DIAGRAM
r--------------------,I
I TRANSMIT CHANNEL
SPEAKER I
~I~-R...E-C-EI-VE-C-H-A-N-NE<L
vt: :~:RPHONE IC SYSTEM
L ____________________ ...J
DC INPUT TELEPHONEr
LINE rf7
RECEIVE VOLUME CONTROL 4-- 1.. ENABLE
INPUT
PIN DESCRIPTION·
Pin Name Description
1 RR A resistor to ground provides a reference current for the transmit and receive attenuators.
A resistor to ground determines the nominal gain of the transmit attenuator. The transmit channel
2 AT)(
gain is. inversely proportional to the RTX resistance.
3 TXI Input to the transmit attenuator. Input resistance is nominally 5.0KO.
Output of the transmit attenuator. The TXO output signal drives the input of the transmit level
4 TXO
detector, as well as the external circuit which drives the telephone line.
Input of the transmit level detector. An external resistor ac coupled to the TLI pin sets the detection
5 TLI
level. Decreasing this resistor increases the sensitivity to transmit channel signals,
Output of the transmit level detector. The external resistor and capacitor set the time the
6 TLO
comparator will hold the system in the transmit mode after speech ceases.
Input of the receive level detector. An external resistor ac coupled to the RLI pin sets the detection
7 RLI
level. Decreasing this resistor increases the sensitivity to receive channel signals.
Output of the receive level detector. The external re~istor and capacitor set the time the
8 RLO
comparator will hold the system in the receive mode after the receive signal ceases.
Microphone amplifier input. Input impedance is nominally 10KO and the dc bias voltage is
9 MCI
approximately equal to VB.
10 MCO Microphone amplifier output. The. mic amp gain is internally set at 34dB (50 VN)
A parallel resistor and capaCitor connected between this pin and Vee holds a voltage
11 CP1 corresponding to the background noise level. The transmit detector compares the CP1 voltage
with the speech signal from CP2.
A capaCitor at this pin peak detects the speech signals for comparison with the background noise
12 CP2
level held at CP1.
Input to the transmit detector system. The microphone amplifier output is ac coupled to the XDI pin
13 XDI
through an external resistor.
High current ground pin for the speaker amp output stage. The SKG voltage should be within 10mV
14 SKG
of the ground voltage at pin 22.
Speaker amplifier output. The SKO pin will source and sink up to 100mA when ac coupled to the
15 SKO
speaker. The speaker amp gain is internally set at 34dB (50 VN)
Input DC supply voltage. V+ can be powered from Tip and Ring if an ac decoupling induct9r is used
16 V+
to prevent loading ac line signals. The required V+ voltage is 6.0 to 11V (7.5V nominal) at 7.0mA.
A capacitor from this pin. to VB stabilizes the speaker amp ·gain control loop, and additionally con-
17 AGC trois the attack and decay time of this circuit. The gain control loop limits the speaker amp input to
prevent dipping at SKO. The internal resistance at the AGC pin is nominally 110KO.
Digital chip select input. When at a logic "0" «0.7V) the Vee regulator is enabled. When.at a logic
18 CS "1" (> 1.6V), the chip is in the standby mode drawing O.5mA. An open CS pin is a logic "0 ". Input
impedance is nominally 140KO. The input voltage should not exceed 11V.
19 SKI Input to the speaker amplifier. Input impedance is nominally 20KO.
A 5.4V regulated output which powers all circuits except the speaker amplifier output stage. Vee
can be used to power external circuitry such as a microprocessor (3.0mA max.). A filter capaCitor
20 Vee
is required. The KA2420 can be powered by a separate regulated supply by connecting V+ and
Vee to a voltage between 4.5V and 6.5V while maintaining CS at a logic "1".
"Maximum Ratings" ~re those values Ileyond which the safety of the device cannot be guarariteed. They are not meant
to imply that the devices should be operated at these limits. The "Electrical Characteristics" tables provide conditions
for actual device operation.
~
am
r-
Kt
~
TRANSMIT
OUTPUT vee
RECEIVE !!I
6
8z
-
INPUT
z
g
~
cz
m
l>
:D
Z
-t
m
C)
~
~
m
c
-o.
0
:D
·1 §i
...... Fig. 1
......
0>
KA2420 (DELETION) LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
TRANSMIT ATTENUATOR Vs RTX RECEIVE ATTENUATOR Vs RRX
+10
-~ JaxGl.n +10
1
-10 i'.. \
r--., -10
~
Max Attenuation
&V8cf·l50mV
-40 -40
-50
~ -50 ./ ~Max Attenuation
I' &V8cf-6.OmV
.,
'
II
RJ.JK
-60
-70
f-vLf"la " -80
-70
r-- RR• 3OK
VLC·VB Usable Range -
~T) R~x/bR
VB JRX~l~K !
+10 r-- ..:1Vacf= 6.0mV +5 t--RTX.91K
l""'r--. RR·3OK r-.. GTX :
:
,,
V
-10
l/~ -5 t--LCUi1
\ , GRy'"
-60
ARX vs. ARXIRR
&V8cf·6.0mV
ATX vs. RTXlRR
&V8cf·150mV -30
v: r\
I 1111 JL : Minimum ,
~
:-- Recommended
-35
, Level
1 VLC.va
-40
~ : -.l I
0.1 0.5 1.0 5.0 10 0.2 0.4 D.6 DB 1.0
RATIO . YLCIV.
Fig. 4 Fig. 5
I--......
+5
"- (ID( GRX . / "
200 ,...... ~
V
18
-5
-10 f--
-15
-20
"
RR=3OK
RTX-91K
RRX.18K
f'..
~
~~
/
/
L
J
/"
-25
/
"' INPUT~
+
-30
-35 , /
./
40 60 80 100
&YacI (MILUVOLTS)
Fig. a
" f'-
120 140
~
180
50 -
0
CURRENT
(RLI, TLI. XOI)
I Vi
-20 -40
I I VOLjE
-80
DC INPUT CURRENT (foA)
Fig. 7
(RLO. TLO, CP2)-
OUTPUT,
-80
120
".,.. ~
k": No load
I
V 250 Load
/ I
/ '/ --
VL ,
. '~r t--
30 I-I--+-+- 2D / .V
0
4.05.06.07DS.o 9.\..1011
V+ (VOLTS)
fig. I
500
,...
I ",vepl (Pin 1'1)
-~...-
~ -
./
/
V
/
I AVCP2(Pin 12)
I
100
V
fl
0
1O!J 150 200
YMCO (rrN RMS)
Fig. 1.
Inpu~i:~1111111~1111111111111111111111111111111111~I---~m~llilllllllllllllllll~
J1 .
CP2 (Pin 12) .1
I.
..IV, (~200mV)
.
. \ dV ~ c(~'ZV/s.ec)
. Cit 10pA
.
r ~ ~.
I·
Solid ~~~~~Pl r-r-------------- I 36rnV
Don.dLine=.
Noninverting
:1' 2.7xav, 7
~~~~~rT~;~~'t __ ~ Slope = O.5V/sec
71J
V1 100.1-
\ I I
6.0
'I
/ OS=o
30
8Oi-
5.0
25 5OJ-
'i+ 4.0
VSKOa OVrms ~
.§.
..! ..!
20
I
3.0
~ 20rriW . ---
21J
15
,A I
1.0
./ :...t 10rriW,
CS=1
I 10
./ 6IJi
4.0 5.0 6.0 71J 8.0 9.0 10 11 41J 5.0 6.0 7.0 6.0 9.0 10 11
V+(VOLTS) V+(VOLTS)
Fig. 12 Fig. 13
SUPPLY CURRENT Vs SUPPLY
VOLTAGE (see Fig. 14)
25
i I
I
i
ALTERNATE POWER SUPPLY CONFIGURATION I
,i--
Allowahle J-------!
Operating Range ... I
20 , ,'
-cs
,,
,
I I
18 KA2420
15
,,
,,,
iI
I
II
20 16 22 . , i
,
,, ,,
Is
Vee V+
10 ,,
, /
,/
I .......-;
Vs ,/
The table below indicates the degree of influence of various components on the switching time, including the volume
cont.rol;
Additionally, the following should be noted:
1) The RCs at'Pin 5 and Pin 7 affect the sensitivity of the respective log amplifiers, or how loud the speech must be for
gain control of the speakerphone circuit.
2) The RC at Pin 13 controls the sensitivity of the transmit detector circuit.
3) The switching speed and the relative response to transmit signal are affected by the volume control, in manner as follows:
When the \/OIume control reduces, the signal at TXO increases, and consequently the signal to the TLI pin in the receive
mode circuit.
I AC at Pin 7
AC at Pin 8
medium
high
high
medium
no influence
noinlluence
AC at Pin 11 low no influence medium
I C at Pin 12
AC at Pin 13
low
low
I no inlluence
no influence
high
low
AC at Pin 23 low no influence high
V at Pin 24 medium no influence ·noinlluence
C at Pin 25 medium medium low
. Switching response times for the circuit of Fig. 1 are shown in the photographs of Fig. 16 and Fig. 17.
In Fig. 16, the circuit is supplied a continuous receive signal of 1.1mVp.p at AXI as shownTrace #3. Mel as shown. Trace
#1 openites a repetitiVe signal of 7.2rriVp.p for 120msec, and repeated every 1sec. Trace #2 is the TXO output being about
650mVp.p at its maximum. Trace #4 is the RXO output being about 2.2mVp.p at its maximum.
The switching time from the receive mode to transmit mode is about 40msec required for TXO to turn on, and for RXO
to tum off. After the signal at MCI is turned off, the switching time back to the receive mode is about 210msec.
In Fig. 17 a continuous signal of 7.6rriVp.p is supplied to MCI as shown Trace #1, and a repetitive burst signal of 100rriVp.p
is supplied to AXI as shown Trace #3 for 12Omsec;and repeated every 1sec. Trac~ #2 is the TXO output and is about
9OrriVp.p at its, maximum, and Trace #4 shows the AXO outpufbeing about 150rriVp.p at its maximum, In this sequence, the
circuit switches between the idle mode\and the receive mode. The required 'switching time from idle to receive modeS is
about 70msec as shown in the first part of Trace #2 and Trace #4. After the receive signal is turned off, the switching time
back to the idle mode is about 100msec.
All of above mentioned switching times can change significantly not only by varying the external components but also
by varying the amplitude of input signals. .
2 OUlpul@TXO
2 Oulpul @ TJ(O
Time Base=30msJOiv
Fig. 16 Fig. 17
47
IT 1.0
47K
Speaker SKO
KA2420
(25 OHMS)
SKG
VLC VB AA
VB 47
30K 18K
56K 56K
Fig. 19
FEATURES
• Transmit, Receive, and Sidetone Gain Set by External Resistors
• Loop Length Equalization for Transmit, Receive, and Sidetone
Functions
• Low Voltage Operates Down to 1.5 volts (V+) in Speech Mode
• Provides Regulated Voltage for CMOS Dialer
• MUTE: KA2425A, MUTE: KA2425B
• DTMF Output Level Adjustable with Single Resistor
• Compatible with 2·Termlnal Electric Microphones (ECM)
• Compatible with Receiver Impedance. of 1500 and Higher
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Tip
.-----} ~~elver
Ring 0 - - - - '
(Mute)
voo To
Regulator Dialer
Circuit
Mute
Logic
DTMF
Driver
I
Note 1: . Devices should not be operated at these values. The "Recommended Operating Conditions" provide
conditions for actual device operation:
LINE INTERFACE
V+Voltage V+ Vdc
Speech/Pulse Mode IL= 2O rn A 2.6 3.2 3.8
Speech/Pulse Mode IL=30mA 3.0 3.7 4.4
Speech/Pulse Mode IL= 120mA 7.0 8.2 9.5
Tone Mode. IL=20mA 4.1 4.9 5.7
Tone Mode IL=30mA 4.6 5.4 6.2
V +Current (Pin 12 Grounded) 1+ mA
Speech Mode V+=1.7V 4.5 7.1 9.0
Speech/Pulse Modes V + = 12V 5.5 8.4 12.5
Tone Mode V + = 12V 6.0 8.8 14.0
LR Level Shift 6.VLR VdC
Speech/Pulse Mode V+ -VLR - 2.7 -
Tone Mod.e V+ -VLR - 4.3 -
LC Terminal Resistance. RLe 36 57 94 KG
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
VR Voltage VR (V+=1.7V) 1.1 1.2 1.3 V dC
Load Regulation 6.VRLO OmA<IR<6.0mA - 20 - mV
Line Regulation 6.VRLN 2.0V<V + <6.5V - 25 - mV
Voo Voltage Voo (V+=4.5V) 3.0 3.3 3.8 Vdc
Load Regulation(Dialing Mode) 6. VOOLO . 0<100< 1.6mA - 0.25 - Vdc
Line Regulation (All Modes) . 6. VOOLN 4.0V<V+ <9.0V - 50 - mV
Max. Output Current Ioosp Speech Mode 375 550 1000 pk
Max. Output Current loooL Dialing Mode 1.6 2.0 3.6 mA
Voo Leakage Current IOOLK V+ =0, Voo =3.0V - 1.5 p.A
SPEECH AMPLIFIERS
Transmit Amplifier
Gain ATxo TXI to TXO 22 24 26 dB
TXO Bias Voltage VTXosP Speech/Pulse Mode 0.45 0.52 0.60 x VR
TXO Bias Voltage VTXODL Tone Mode V~-25 VR-5.0 - mV
TXO High Voltage VTXOH Speech/Pulse Mode VR-25 VR-5.0 - mV
TXO Low Voltage VTXOL Speech/Pulse Mode - 125 250 mV
TXI Input Resistance RTX1 - 10. - KO
Receive Amplifier
RXO Bias Voltage VRXO All Mode 0.45 0.52 0.60 x VR
RXO Source Current IAXOSP Speech Mode 1.5 2.0 - rnA
RXO Source Current IRXODL PulselTone Mode 200 400 - p.A
RXO High Voltage VRXOH All Mode VR-1oo VR-50 - mV
RXO Low Voltage VRXOL All Mode - 50 150 mV
MICROPHONE, RECEIVER CONTROLS
MIC Saturation Voltage VOl.MIC Speech Mode, I = 500p.A - 50 125 mV
MIC Leakage Current IM1cLK Dialing Mode, Pin 1 = 3.0V - 0 5.0 p.A
RMT REsistance RRMTSP Speech Mode - 8.0 15 0
RRMTDL Dialing Mode 5.0 10 18 KO
RMT Delay tRMT Dialing to Speech 2.0 4.0 20 ms
SIDETONE AMPLIFIER
Gain (TXO to STA) ASTA .dB
Speech Mode @V LR =0.5V - -15 -
Speech Mode @VLR=2.5V - -21 -
Pulse Mode @VLR =0.2V - -15 -
Pulse Mode· @VLR =1.0V - -21 -
STA Bias Voltage VSTA All Modes 0.65 0.8 0.9 x VR
EQUALIZATION AMPLIFIER
Gain (V + to EO) AEa dB
. Speech Mode @VLR =0.5V - -12 -
. Speech Mode @VLR =2.5V - -2.5 -
Pulse Mode @VLR =0.2V - -12 -
Pulse Mode @VLR=1.0V - -2.5 -
EO Bias Voltage VEa Vdc
Speech Mode @VLR =0.5V - 0.66 -
Pulse Mode @V LR =0.5V· - 1.3 -
Speech, Pulse Mode @VLR=2.5V - 3.3 -
DIALING INTERFACE
MT Input Resistance RMT 58 100 - KO
MT Input Resistance - 50 - KO
MT, MT Input High Voltage V1HMT Voo -0.3 - - VdC
MT, MT Input Low Voltage V1LMT - - 1.0 Vdc
I
MS Input Resistance RMs 280 600 - KO
MS Input High Voltage V1HMS 2.0 - - Vdc
MS Input Low Voltage V1LMS - - 0.3 Vdc
TI Input Resistance RTI - 1.25 - KO
DTMF Gain AOTMF See Figu.re 2 (V +iV1N) 3.2 4.8 6.2 dB
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS (Refer to Fig. 1- Fig. 4)
Tip-Ring Voltage (including polarity guard
bridge drop 01 1.4V) (Speech Mode) IL=5.0mA - 2.4 - VdC
IL= 10mA - 3.9 -
IL=20mA - 4.6 -
IL=40mA - 5.6 -
IL=60mA - 6.6 -
Transmit
Gain Irom Vs to V + Figure 3 (lL = 20mA) 28 29.5 31 dB
Gain Change IL=60mA -6.0 -4.5 -3.6 dB
Distortion - 2.0 - %
Output Noise' - 11 - dBmc
Rece'ive
VRxoIVs 1= 1.0KHz, IL = 20mA -16 -15 :"13 dB
Receive Gain Change (See Figure 4)i1L= 60mA -5.0 -3.0 -2.0 dB
Distortion - 2.0 - %
Sidetone Level dB
VRXo!V + (Figure 3) IL=20mA - -36 -
IL=60mA - -21 -
Sidetone Cancellation 20 26 - dB
{ ~R:O (Figure 4)} dB _ { ~R:O (Figure 3)}dB
IL=20mA
~ Rlngo-----------
Rl
lOOK
R7
22K
DTMF Input >-.J\I\/v----J
Voo Voo
Output---~-{15}---1r-----.J
C9
o.l;h
Mute>-----'~
Pulse/Tone
Select
400mVrms
,+; 0.02
KA2425A1B Iloop
1.0KHz
LR
M'f
.:.1.0V
MS
1
V- LC 47
'---II1II11---1 EQ
Txe
v+
III
8.2K ..,
<
('II
LR
~
c(
lo: LC
Voo
Mf
v-
f'
Rxe III
10 ..,< 47 6000
'~f·~l
('II
~
lo:
0.2
250mVrms (VS)
1,OKHz
all the features required for implementing a pulse dialer with redial.
FUNCTIONS
• Muie output logic "0"
• Pulse output logic "0"
• RC oscillation for reference frequency
• Designed to operate directly from the telephone line
• Used CMOS technology for low voltage, low power operation
• PoWer up clear circuitry
• KS580SA pin 2: V REF
• KS5805B pin 2: Tone out
FEATURES
• Uses either a standard 2 of 7 matrix keyboard with negative true
common or the inexpensive form A·type keyboard
• Make/Break ratio can be selected
.• Redial with· or ff
• Continuous MUTE .
• Tone signal output or on-chip reference Voltage by bonding option
on chip
• 10 ppS/20 pps can be selected
. TEST CIRCUIT
GND vee
vee~~--------------------------~--------~--------,
1Mil
KS5805 AlB
66% Break
20pps
10pps
Fig. 1
DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T. =2SoC unless otherwise specified)
II
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit Notes
Vec=2.SV
Tone Output Sink Current Irl
Vo=O.SV
2S0 JA 4
Vce=2.SV
Tone Output Source Current IrH
Vo=O.SV
.2S0 JA 4
-
..
All outputs under
Memory Retention Current IMA 0.7 p.A 6
no load
All outputs under
Operating Current . lop 100 1S0 p.A
no load
Vcc =6.0V
Mute or Pulse Off Lelikage IlKG . 0.001 1.0 JA 2,3
Vo=6.0V
VAEF Output Source Current IAEF Vec-VAEF=6.0V 1.0 7.0 mA S
• Typical values l!.re to be used as a design aid are not subject to production testing.
131
KS5805AIKS5805B CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
. PIN CONNECTIONS·
Pin 1: Vee Pin 10: 10/20pps Select
Pin 2: Vref (KS5805A)/Pacifier tone (KS5805B) Pin 11: Make/Break Select
Pin 3: Column 1 Pin 12: Mute Output
Pin 4: Column 2 Pin 13: ROW 4
Pin 5: Column 3 Pin 14: ROW 3
Pin6:GND Pin 15: ROW 2
Pin 7: RC Oscillator Pin 16: ROW 1
Pin 8: RC Oscillator Pin 17: On-Hook/Test
Pin 9: RC Oscillator Pin 18: Pulse Output
TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
Digit Digit Redial
Key Input
----~L2-Jr-----,~r-------------,~r--~--------------
Tone output
Column scan
- nnnn .- (only KSS80SB)
MUTE output
~
_--l-!i---1!H!
"'~.
PULSE output --I~-II-i!--~/
1,
,I,
r
r n
1
r+-H'fo------, r---_,
1.r
I II
I II' I I I .
OSCoutput I, I I 4KH I I : I ~ I I: I
Fig. 2
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
1. Vcc(Pin 1)
This is the positive supply pin. The voltage on this pin is measured relative to Pin 6 and is supplied from a 150pA current
source. This voltage muS! be regulated to less than 6.0 volts using on external form or regulation.
1.0
G~'-----_______'·1.
~
COL
COL
------------~ -.~---------- ---------------ROW
ROW '
• 2 of 7 keyboard
. - - - - - ".±~
• Electronic input
vcc
'H
COL - _.:.__-,-_-_-_..,_u
~-~-~-----.
L-_______----A ••
~ ____________
ROW .vc_c____________,
4. GND (Pin 6)
KEY BOARD CONFIGURATIONS ~!?------------U
This is the negative supply pin and is connected to the common part in the general applications.
5. OSCILLATOR (Pins 7, 8, 9)
The KS5805AIB contains on-chip inverters to provide an oscillator which will operate with a minimum of external components.
FollOWing figure shOWS the on-Chip configuration with the necessary external components. Optimum stability occurs with
the ratio K=RsIR equal to 10. '
The oscillator period is given by;
T=RC (1.386+(3.5KCs)IC-(±KI(K+1» In (K1(1.5K+0.5»
Where Cs is the stray capacitance on Pin 7.
Accuracy and stability will be enhanced with this capacitance minimized.
RS
+---U----<l>----.-.1 8
KS5805 AlB
C
,R
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
, I
134
KS5805AIKS5805B CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
vee (Pin 1)
GND (Pin 6)
34%
40%
66%
60% II
8. MUTE OUTPUT (Pin 12)
The mute oiJtput is an open-drain N-channel transistor designed to drive an external bipolar transistor.
This circuitry is usually used mute the receiver during outpulsing. As shown in Fig. 2 the KS5805 mute output turns on
(pulls to the VGNo-supply) at the beginning of the predigital pause and turns off (goes to an open circuit) following the last
break.
The delay from the end of the last break until the mute output turns off is mute overlap and is specified as tMO.
FEATURES
o Low-voltage (2 to 1OV) and low power operation
o Low memory retention currant of 1II.
o Auto-dlals Ten 16 digit-numbers Including Last Number Dialed
(LND)
o Pacifier Tone Output
o Osclllstor Selectable In pulse mode (RC or ceramic resonator)
o Stand-alone pulse dialer
o PABX pause key Input
o Last number dialed memory
o Last number dialed may be copied Into any one of nine other
locations.
o MakelBreak ratio Is pin selectabls in pulse mode
o Uses slther the Inexpensive Form-A type keyboard or the stan.
dard 2·of·7 matrix keyboard with common Gnd
o Optional use of 13th key Input to control repertory functions in
tone mode /
o Power up circuit Initializes RAM and logic
i
BLOCK DIAGRAM
vee
18 J5UiM!113 KEY
II
STATIC
CMOS
RAM
DIGITDEMUX
}---------------~10r_--------~
PACIFIER
TONE
HKS GND
DESCRIPTION
The KS580S is a ten-number repertory dialer manufactured using silicon Gate CMOS process. Pin 2, the "Mode select"
input determines whether "signaling will be pulse or tone. The interpretation of several inputs and outputs is dependent upon
the mOde selected. .
In the pulse mode the time base for the circuit is selectable between a ceramic resonator and RC oscillator. In tone mode
the circuit can· only use the RC oscillator. An on chip RAM is capable of storing ten 1S-digit telephone numbers including
the laSt number dialed.
When used in a PABX system, a pause (# key) may be stored in the number sequence. The repertory dialer will recognize
this pause when automatically dialing and stop until another key input is received.
DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta =25°C)
Notes:
1. The memory will be retained at a lower voltage level than that required for circuit operation. If either IMR or VMR is
maintained the memory contents will not be cleared.
2. Operating current with a valid key input at 2.5 volts.
3 .. Standby current on hook or off hook with all inputs unloaded.
4. For V+ =2.5, Sink Vo =0.5 Volts, Source Vo =2.0 volts.
5. Leakage with V+, Vo=10.0 Volts
6. Keyb9ard contact resistance and parasitic capacitance, maximum values., . _ .
7. Keyboard 110 pins will scan 250 Hz with oscillator enabled pulse mode and dunng DD I"'tone mode.
8. Tone mode only.
PIN CONNECTION
MOOE--. 2 --HKS
COL1-- 3
Ccii2'-- 4 --R0W2
--i'IOWI
OSC/RC-- 7
11 - - MB/CNTI.
OSC
SELECT - - 9 - - PACIFIER lONE
PIN DESCRIPTION
1. VccCPln 1)
Pin 1 is the positive supply input to the part and is measured relative to GND (pin 6). The voltage on this pin should not
el«:eed 10 VoIIS. On chip Zener diodes will provide protection from supply transients In most applications. Alow voltage detect
circuit will perform a power up initialization whenever the supply voltage at thi!; pin falls below a level necessary to guarantee
proper circuit operation.
2. Mode (Pin 2)
The KS5806will function In either tone or pulse mode, dependent upon the logic level presented to pin 2. For pulse mode
operation, this pin must be tied to GND (pin 6). For tone mode, it should be tied to Vee (pin 1). The interpretation of pins
7,8;11,12, and 18 are dependent upon the mode selected.
--------~.
COL
...~-------
ROW GND -1. ______:. ." '- ______ ROw
r----:----~:_-~-:
H
:::----~-----------------------'~~--------------
Fig. 1
4. GND (Pin 6)
This is the negative supply pin and is connected to the common part in the general applications.
I
The value suggested for the capacitor- (C) should be 410pF or lower and resistor (R) may be adjusted for the desired signalling
rate. 10PPS and 5TPS operation is achieved by selecting a 390 pF capacitor and a 220K Ohm resistor.
A more accurate and constant frequency reference in pulse mode is obtained using a 480 kHz ceramic resonator as shown
ih Figure 2b. The ceramic resonator is connected in parallel with an on·chip inverter. Two external capacitors to ground are
also required.
vee
,-----------Iosc
CR
D. . . -~-----l osc
GND
GND
NOMINAL FREQUENCY 8KHz FREQUENCY 480 KHz
Fig. 2
Vee 60 40
GND 68 32
Table 1
GENERAL OPERATION
During normal dialing, each digit is stored in tne LND (Last Number Dialed) buffer, location O. The telephone number dialed
can be left in this temporary LND buffer for later use or it can be copied into any of the other nine permanent memory locations
(1-9).
The wrap-around feature of the buffer allows more than 16 digits to be dialed. Entries follOWing the sixteenth input will be
stored beginning with the first buffer location replacing the information originally stored there. "Any number of digits may be
entered and dialed correctly. In pulse mode, the user should not get more than 15 entries ahead of the digit being pulsed.
Keys entered while auto-dialing in pulse mode will be ignored and not affect the number dialed. In tone mode, if a key is
entered while auto-dialing it will interfere with the keyboard outputs generated by the KS5806. The key entry is detected and .
auto-dialing is interrupted until the key is released. The keyboard entry generates a DTMF signal if valid ..
The KS5806 repertory dialer will not store either a • or # entry in the buffer but will allow the tone generator to signal these
digits as described below.
II
Normal Dialing
In pulse mode di.gits 0-9 will result in the pulSing of that digit at the standard rate of 10 pps. If the RC oscillator is utilized
this rate can be varied achieving a pulse rate of up to 20pps. The' and # keys enable the repertory functions listed below.
In tone mode operation, digits 0-9 causes the generation of respective DTMF signal. In order to tone a • or.# key it must
be entered twice. The second entry will generate the desired DTMF tone, although it will not be stored in memory.
Storage
Telephone numbers may be entered into the LND buffer while either on-hook or off-hook. However, the KS5806 must be
in the on-hook mode for a number to be copied into a permanent memory location. The LND is copied by entering the key
sequence ", followed by the address (1-9) of the desired lJ1emory location. This operation requires 300 ms before going off .
hook Oi initiating another store and does not change the data in the LND buffer. Information present in the LND buffer when
new data is entered is replaced.and cannot be recalled.
The storage operation may be performed with the telephone off-hook. If requires the addition of an additional switch providing
an excellent "Scratchpad Memory". Numbers may be entered and copied without signalling the line making use of line curre.nt
rather than battery current. Scratchapd memory is useful whenever the user has a need to record a telephone number such
as when calling information.
Automatic Dialing
The automatic dialing function is implemented by going off-hook and entering a " followed by the address (1-9) of the desired
telephone number. Dialing will begin with the release of the address key and can be interrupted by initiating a new redial
. command or with a transition on the HKS pin. The LND buffer will contain the information last entered. A key sequence of
• 0 will cause the last number entered to be redialed. More than one number sequence may be automaiically dialed from
memory without returning on-hook.
Pause/Continue Entries
The KS5806 has a feature "!"hich allows an indefinite pause to be programmed into the first 15 digits of a number sequence
by entering a # key at the point in the sequence where a pause is desired. As the number is automatically dialed, the circuit
will stop dialing when the pau$e is encountered. Any key entry, except for a * key, will cause the KS5806 to continue dialing
the remainder of the number. If more than one pause was originally programmed into the number sequence, a corresponding
number of continue commands must be made in order for the number to be completely dialed.
The continue input will not be recognized until one lOP period following the signalling of the digit preceeding the pause.
This is approximately 940 ms in pulse mode and 100 ms in tone mode.
Storage
The information in the LND buffer may be "copied" or stored into one of the nine permanent memory locations when the
input to HKS is high. The control sequence for this function is CoN. The information will be copied yet leave the LND buffer
information intact.
Automatic Dialing
Information stored in any of 10 memory locations may be autodialed by entering CoN when the input to HKS (Pin 17) is low.
Autodialing may be initiated immediately following a hookswitch transition, manual key entries, or after the completion of
a pr8l!ious auto-dial number.
Pause/Continue
. An indefinite pause may be inserted into the number sequence with a C # entry. This feature is quite useful when dialing
through a PABX. When a number sequence with a pause is autodialed, signalling will stop when the pause is reached and
will continue only when a valid key input is detected.
COL1~~
ROWI ~ L.....r"~-.....--..,I ..
_.......-......,liIl11111"d--L...r
R0W2 WIIIrL.....J ~
ROW3~~'''''--'I1111''-''.
ROW4------,L.Jr------~,~
PACIFIER TONE -----W- - - -1-- --1- - --111- -;""--111----11--- -111- -.;1- ---1-- --- 0------ -1----- - -- --
Fig.3a
."""1..-___. . .
SCAN
SCAN 1==-
ACTIVE
I~-
~:::§=x--~·----+-~+--T··e.:~
OSCILLAlOR·
·llose ~TIDP
~
~~T~O j
NORMAL DII,\L
W-TS
T~pL
0' LII U IL:JI
eopy ~!ri~~NATE
~PT~ L
.
JTPDP
L ::J II
AUTO-DIAL
.
Fig3b
FUNCTIONS
• Fixed.supply operation
• Negative-true keyboard Input
• Tone disable input .
• Stable-output level
FEATURES
• MInimum number of external perla required.
• High accul1lCY tones. .
• DIgItal cIMder logic, nIIIIalIw\adder netwarkand CMOS 0pIII1III0r..
al amplifier on slngl. chip.
• U888lnexpenelve 3.57H45 MHz tHwf8Ion color bunt cry8llll.
• Invalid key entry can ....... In either slngl. tone 'Or no tone.
• Tone diu" allowe any key down output to func:llon fnIm ..,.
board Input without generating tonee.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
~
'-'---t-+-+--MRI
I- 1-_+-H~i4)R'
+-......_-GND GND
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Tstg -65-+1SO OC
I
(-3OOC<T.<6O"C unless otherwise specified)
Note: 1. Single-tone, low-group. Any Vee between 3.4V and 3.6V, odBm=O.nSV, RLOAO =10K see test circuit Fig 2.
2. Any dual-tone. Any Vee between 3.4V to 10.OV.
3. Time from a valid keystroke with no bounce to allow the waveform to go from min to 90% of the final magnitude of
either frequency. Crystal parameters defined as Rs=100n L=96mH, C=0.02pF, and Ch=SpF,' Vee~3.4V.
f,,3.579S4MHz±0.02%.
4. Only tones will be disabled when TD is taken to logical "0': Other chip functions may activate. Pull-up resistor on
TD input will meet same spec as other inputs. Logic O=GND
S. Stand-by condition is defined as no keys activated, Tl5=LogicaI1, Single Tone Inhibit=Logical O.
S. One key depressed only. Outputs unloaded.
PIN CONNECTIONS
PIN 1: Supply Voltage Vee ,PIN 19: Column Input C.
PIN 2: Tone Disable Input PIN 10: Any KeY Down
PIN 3: Column Input C, PIN 11: Row Input R.
PIN ,4: Column Input C2 PIN 12: Row Input Ra
PIN 5: Column Input Ca PIN 13: Row Input R2
PIN 6:GND PIN 14: Row Input R,
PIN 7:0SCIN PIN 15: Single Tone Inhibit
PIN 8: OSC OUT PIN 16: Tone Output'
4 5
7 8 '9
lONE OUTPUT
o 0
-----l-------J I
Fig. 2
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
1. Oscillator
The network contains an on·board inverter with sufficient loop gain to provide oscillation when used with a low cost tele-
7i
vision color-burst crystal. The inverter's input is osc in (pin and output is osc out (pin 8)., The circuit is designed to work
with a crystal cut to 3.579545MHz to give the frequencies in table 1. The oscillator is disabled whenever a keyboard input is
not sensed.
Table 1: Standard DTMF and output frequencies of the KS5808
~
Standard Tone Output Frequency Deviation
f DTMF using 3.57954MHz Crystal from Standard
Key Hz Hz %
Most crystals don't vary more than 0.02%.ll).ny crystal frequency deviation from 3.5795MHz will be reflected in the tone
output frequency.
2. Output Waveform
The raw and column output waveforms are shown in Figure 3. These waveforms are digitally synthesized using on-chip
D/A converters. Distortion measurement of these unfiltered waveforms will show a typical distortion of 7% or less. The on-
chip operational amplifier of the KS5808 mixes the row and column tones together to result in a dual-tone waveform.
Spectral analysis of this waveform will show that typically all harmonic and intermodulation distortion components will be-
-30dB down when referenCed to the strongest fundamental (column tone): Figures 6 and 7 show a typical dual tone waveform
and its spectral analysis.
Fig. 3
4. Keyboard Configuration
Each keyboard input is standard CMOS with a pull-up resistor to Vee. These inputs may be controlled by a keyboard or
electronic means. Open collector TTL or standard CMOS (operated ciff same supply as the KS5808) may be used for electronic
control.
The switch contacts used in the key!loards may be void of precious metals, due to the CMOS network's ability to recog-
nize resistance up to 1KO as a valid key closure.
, !
,
,
i
,
I, '\
•• .
I
•• • " I \
I
I
.
I
\,
•
I
I ./ I
"
.
, II• •
, \'. I .• \/i
I I
I
,.lJLlttl A IJ. ft. JLA'J'
r~w
~J
~
I
-- I'U', , ,
~1
-
\ 11'11'
1
i I
IIJO
~
I\.
\
1"-
I\.
Safe
I-- I-- Operatln! f-- f-
Pangs
1110
o
o 10 10 10 1110
T.rq. _ _
_ f _
Fig,S
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
1. Row and Column Input (Pin 3,4,5,9,11,12,13,14)
With Single Tone Inhibit at Vee. connection of GND to a single column will cause the generation of that column tone. Con-
nection of GND to more than one column will result in no tones being generated. The application of GND to only a row pin
or pins has no effect on the circuit. There must always be at least one column connected to GND for row tones to be gener-
ated. If a Single row tone Is desired. it may be gen!trated by tying any two column pins and the desired row pin to GND. Dual
tones will be generated if a single row pin and a single column pin are connected to GND.
II
The any key down output is used·for electronic control of receiver and/or transmitter switching and other desired functions.
It switches to GND when a keyboard button is pushed and is open circuited when not. The AKD output switches regardless
of the tone disable and single tone inhibit inputs.
FEATURES '."
• Low power, High speed CMOS process.
• Serial/Parallel conversion of Data
• 8-and 9-blt Transmission
• Optional Even and Odd Parity
• Parity, Overrun and Framing Error Checking
• Programmable Control Register
• Optional + 1, + 16, and + 64 Clock Modes
• Peripheral/Modern Control Functions
• Double Buffered
• One-or Two-Stop Bit Operation
CSoI - CE,
cs ,-
CS2,- SELECTION CE2
CS3,-
,-
AND
I LCE
TXDo
RXOo
os.,- CONTROL
LOGIC
E§.....
,......, UART, . Rffii
E CfSO .
RS; -
RNif -
£54 '- AF RXTXCLKO
RX,
TXD,
'-- ' - CE RXD,
'---C.J\ RTS,
r----y UART2
CTS,
.... AF f-:-
RXTXCLK,
( 8
L- l-
~
CE
TX02
RX02
m'S2
-rv AF' UART3
CTS2
RXTXCLK2
f- r----
TX03
~
r-- l- CE RXD3
'--~ R'fS3
UART4
CTS3
RESE T 1 AF RXTXCLK3
DATA
DATA BUS BUS TRANSMIT DATA
BUFFERS
RECEIVE DATA
ADDRESS
CONTROL
AND
INTERRUPT
I
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Characteristic Symbol Value Uhit
Do-D7
IOH= -400~ 4.1 - -
Output "High" Voltage VOH
IOH::S -10~ Vcc-O.1 - - V
IOH= -400 4.1 - -.
TXDi, RTSi
IOH::S -10~ Vcc-O.1 - -
Output ."Low" Voltage All outputs VOL IOH= 1.6mA - - 0.4 V
Output Leakage
Current (off state)
IRQ ILOH VOH=VCC - - 10 p.A
Do-D7 - - 12.5
VIN=OV, Ta=25°C
Input Capacitance E, RXTXCLKi, Rm, RS, RXDi, CIN pF
CSo, CS lo CS;, CTS, CS3, CS.
f= 1.0 MHz - - 7.5
Output Capacitance
RTS, TXDi
Coul
VIN=OV, Ta=25°C - - 10
pF
iRa f= 1.0 MHz - - 5.0
• Under transmitting and E=1.0 MHz - - 3
Receiving operation
• 500 kbps
E=1.5 MHz - - 4 mA
• Data bus in Rm operation E=2.0 MHz - - 5
• Chip is not selected
Supply Current • 500 kbps Icc E=1.0 MHz - - 200
• Under non transmitting
and receiving operation
• Input level (except E)
E= 1.5 MHz - - 250 p.A
'I I,"~
KS5812
. Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Max
+1 Mode
PWCL Fig. 1
900 - ns
+ 16, + 64 Modes 600 - ns
Minimum Clock Pulse Width
+1 Mode
PWCH Fig. 2
900 - ns
+ 16, + 64 Modes 600 - ns
+1 Mode - 500 KHz
Clock Frequency Ic
+ 16, + 64 Modes - 800 KHz
Clock-to-Data Delay lor Transmitter troD Fig. 3 - 600 ns
Receive Data Setup Time +1 Mode tRDSU Fig. 4 250 - ns
Receive Data Hold Time +1 Mode tROH Fig. 5 250 - ns
IRQ Release Time t'R Fig. 6 - 1200 ns
RTS Delay Time tATS Fig. 6 - 560 ns
Rise Time and Fall Time Except E tr, t, - 1000· ns
KS5812
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Max
t---tcycE----I
ENABLE
O.SV
tASf----++-,PWeH RWeL
IATS -ENABLE 2.2V
O.BV
VcC-2.0V
0.4V
te, tet
tODR
IRQ
____________________- J
tIR'--i
r- 2.0V
RS,CS;RiW
DATA BUS
• (1) IRQ Release Time applied to RxDi Register read
operation
(2) IRQ Release Time applied to TxDi Register write Fig. 7 Bus Read Timing Characteristics
operation . (Read Information from UART)
(3) IRQ Release Time applied to control Register
write TIE=O, RIE=O operation . 1----tcycE----i
~
'OV
3KIl
C= 130pF for 0 0- 0 7
= 30pF for ATS and TXDi
A = 10KIl for 00- 07, i'iTS and TXDi
All diodes are 1S2074(8)0r Equivalent.
1 100pF
MAAKING
SPACING
BIT TIME
1J r--T--T--TI--1--T--T--l
I I I I I
I___ 1.I __ .J.I __ --1I __ ...lI __ ..l..
9.09msec~
I
II
I.__ ..J....
I
I __
_ _ ..L
I
I
I
I
. II
I
I
I
I
I
I
L._
inputloutput data buffers and clocks data to and from Receiver Interrupt Enable is set and the Receive Data
the KS5812. Register Full (RDRF) status bit Is high, an Overrun has
occurred. An interrupt resulting from the RDRF status
ReadlWrite (R/W') - The Read/Write line Is a high·
bit can be cleared by reading data or resetting the
impedance input that is TTL compatible and is used to
UARTi. Interrupts caused by Overrun is cleared by read-
control the direction of data flow through the UARTi's
ing the status register after the error condition has
input/output data bus Interface. When Read/write Is high
occurred and then reading the Receive Data Register
(MPU Read cycle), KS5812 output drivers are tumed on
or resetting the UARTi. The receiver interrupt Is masked
and a selected register is read, When It is low, the
by resetting the Receiver Interrupt Enable.
KS5812 output drivers are tumed off and the MPU writes
into a ~elected register. Therefore, the Read/write signal
is used to select read-only or wrlte-only registers within
CLOCK INPUTS
the KS5812. High-Impedance TTL-compatible inputs is provided
for clocking of transmitted and received data. Clock
Chip Select (CSO, CS1, CS2, CS3, CS4) - These five frequencies of 1, 16, or 64 times the data rate may be
high-impedance TTL-compatible input lines are to select selected.
and address the KS5812. Each UART can be enabled
when CS2 and CS3 are high and CS4 is low. CSO and RECEIVE AND TRANSMITTER CLOCK
CS1 are used 'to select individual UART.
(RXTXCLKI)
CSO CS1 CS2 CS3 CS4 UARTi -The RXTXCLKi input are both used for the clocking
of transmitted data and for synchronization of received
0 0 1 1 0 UART1
data. (In the 11 mode, the clock and data must be
0 1 1 1 0 UART2 synchronized extenally.) The transmitter initiates data
1 0 1 1 0 UART3 on the negative transition of the clock and the receiver
samples the data on the "positive transition of the clock.
1 1 1 1 0 UART4
Register Select (RS) - The Register Select line is a SERIAL INPUT/OUTPUT LINES
high-impedance input that is TTL compatible. A mgh Receive Data (RXDI) - The Receive Data line is a
level is used to select the Transmit/Receive Data high-impedance TTL-compatlble Input through which
Registers and a low level the Control/Status Registers. data is received in a serial format. Synchronization with
The Read/write signal line Is used In conjunction with a clock for detection of data Is accomplished intemally
Register Select to select the read-Only or write-only when clock rates of 16 or 64 times the bit rate are used.
register in each register pair. Transmit Data (TXDI) - The Transmit Data output
Interrupt Request (IRQ) - Interrupt Request is a TTL· line transfers serial data to a modem or other peripheral.
compatible, open-drain (no internal pullup), active low
output that is used to interrupt the MPU. The ma output PERIPHERAUMODEM CONTROL
remains low as long as the cause" of the Interrupt is
- The UARTI includes several functions that permit
present and the appropriate Interrupt enable within UTe limited control of a peripheral or modem. The functions
KS5812 is set. The iRQ status bit, when high, indicates
included are Clear-to-Send, Request-to-Send and Data,
the IRQ output is in the active state. Carrier Detect.
Interrupts result from conditions in both the
transmitter and receiver sections of the UARTi. The Clear-to-5end (CTSI) - This high-impedance TTL-
transmitter section causes an Interrupt when the compatible Input provides automatic control of the
Transmitter Interrupt Enabled condition is selected transmitting end of a communications link via the
(CR5-CR6), and the Transmit Data Register Empty modem Clear-to-Send active low output by inhibiting the
(TORE) status bit is high. The TORE status bit indicates Transmit Data Register Empty (TORE) status bit.
the current staWs of the Transmitter Data Register
Request·to-Send (RTSI) - The Request-to-Send
except when inhibited by Clear-to-Send (Ci'Sl) being
output enables the MPU to control a peripheral or
high or the UARTi being' maintained in the Reset
modem via the data bus. The R'i'Si output corresponds
condition', The interrupt is cleared by writing data into
to the state of the Control Register bits CR5 and CR6.
the Transmit Data Register. The Interrupt is masked by
disabling the Transmitter Interrupt via CR5 or CR6 or
= =
When CAS 0 or both CR5 and CAS 1, the RTSi output
is low (the active state). This output can also be used
by the loss of CfSi which Inhibits the TORE status bit.
for Data Terminal Ready (DTR).
The Receiver section causes an interrupt when the
/ .
KS5812 CMOS INTERGRATED CIRCUIT
II
been read. The RDRF bit remains set until the Overrun
Transmit Data Register Empty (TORE), Bit 1 - The Is reset. Character synchronization Is maintained during
Transmit Data Register Empty bit being set high the Overrun condition.' The Overrun indication is reset
indicates that'the Transmit Data Register contents have after the reading of data from the Receive Data Register
been transferred and that new data may be entered. The or by a Master Reset.
low state indicates that the register is full and that
transmission of a new character has not begun since Parity Error (PEl. Bit 6 - The parity error flag indicates
the last write data command. that the number of highs (ones) in the character does
not agree with the preselected odd or even parity. Odd
Clear-to-Send (eft), Bit 3 - The Clear-to-Send bit parity is defined to be when the total number of ones
indicates the state of the Clear-to-5end input from a Is odd. The parity error indication will be present as long
modem. A low CTS indicates that there is a Clear-to- as the data character ,is in the RDR. If no parity is
Send from the mOQem. In the high state, the Transmit ,selected, then both the transmitter parity generator
Data Register Empty bit is inhibited and the Clear-to- output and the receiver parity check results are
Send status bit will be high. Master reset does not affect inhibited.
the Clear-to-5end status bit.
Interrupt Request (IRQ), Bit 7 - The IRQ bit indicates
Framing Error (FE), Bit 4 - Framing error indicates the state of the IRQ output. Any interrupt condition with
that the received character, is improperly framed by a its applicable enable will be indicated in this status bit.
'start and a stop bit and is detected by the absence of Anytime the IRQ output is low the IRQ bit will be high
the first stop bit. This error indicates a synchronization to indicate the interrupt or service request status. IRQ
error, faulty transmission, or a break condition. The is cleared by a read operation to the Receive Data
framing error flag is set or reset during the receive data Register or a write operation to the Transmit Data
transfer time. Therefore, this error indicator Is present Register.
throughout the time that the associated character is
22 SHRINK DIP
FEATURES
• Tone/Pulse switchable (touch key or slide switch).
• 32 digit capacity for redial
• Automatic mix redialing (last number. dial) of PULSE--DTMF with
multiple auto access pause
• Key-in-tone output for valid key entry in pulse mode
(Fkf= 1_8KHz, Tkf = 25mS).
• Low power CMOS process (2.0 to 5.5V)
• Numbers dialed Manually after redial are cascadable and stored as
additional numbers for next rediallng
• Uses inexpensive TV crystal (3.579545MHz)
• Make/Break ratio (33 1/3-166 213 or 40/60) pin selectable
• Touch key hooking (580ms)
• Low standby current
• KS5821 Includes Telephone Locking Function
BLOCK DIAGRAM
R1
R2 MQ5E6[j'f
R3 KEY IN TONE
R4
KEYBOARD
,----
I
... OUTPUT
LOGIC
X'MIT MUTE
REDIAL I
I
I
LOGIC MUTE (KS5819)
C1 1----.--1 MEMORY TELEPHONE
LOCK IT (KS5821)
32 DIGIT
C2 I(KS5821 ON Ly)1 DP
I I
C3 L_T-_..J
C4
Voo
DTMF
GENERATOR
TONE OUT
ARRANGMENT OF KEYBOARD
[2]000 - R1
~~[]]§] - R4
I I I I
C1 C2 C3 C4
ELECTRICAL 'CHARACTERISTICS
(Vss.= ov, Voo = 3.5V, fx'tal = 3.579545MHz, Ta = 25°C, unless otherwise specified)
Operating Voltage VooP Pulse Mode All inputs connected 2.0 5.5
V·
Range VooT Tone Mode I to Voo or Vss 2.0 5.5
Memory Retention 'Voltage VOR 1.0 V
Output Gurrel)t
IOL1 DP, MUTE)I
. VOL =O.4V
I Voo=3.5V 1.7 5.0
mA
IOL2 XMUTE, iT(KS5821) I V = 2.5V
DO 0.5 1.5
Input Leakage Current IOFF MODE OUT, KT Vour= 2.5V 1.0 p.A
VIH R1-R4, 'C1-C3, HS, MIB 0.8Voo Voo
Input Voltage V
VIL OPERATION SELECT, MODE SELECT Vss 0.2Voo
hN1 Voo =3.5V VIN=OV 116
Input Current R1-R4 p.A
IIN2 .voo=2.5V VIN=OV 50
Valid Key Entry Time Tkd 23 25.3 mS
Column and. Row
Fer 445 Hz
Scanning Frequency
Key-In Tone Output D~ration Tkt 23 mS
Key-In Tone Frequency Fkt 1.8 KHz
Auto Access Paulle Time Tap 3.6 sec
Voo=2.5V, RL=5K ROW TONE -16.0 -12.0
Tone Output Vor dBV
Voo =3.5V RL=5K ONLY -14.0 -11.0
Ratio of Column to Row Tone dBer Voo=3.5V 1.0 2.0 3.0 dB
Distortion %DIS Voo= 3.5V 10 %
Tone Output Delay Time Tpad 1.5 mS
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin Name Description
1-4 R1-R4 Keyboard (R1, R2, R3, R4, C1, C2, C3, C4)
15-22 C1-C4 These inputs can be interfaced to an XV matrix keyboard. C,- C. & R, - R. are
set to low at On Hook (HS = high). C,- C. key inputs are set to low and R1-R4
are set to high at OFF HOOK (HS = low) which enables the key-input operation.
Oscillator starts running when a key press is detected.
Scanning signals are presented at both column and row inputs (TYP: 445Hz)
until the input key is released. Key inputs are compatible with standard 2-of-8
5 HS
form or single-contact keyboard. Debouncing is provided to avoid false entry
(TVP: 23mS).
Hook Switch
This input detects the state ot" the hook switch contact.
"Off Hook" corresponds to Vss condition.
I
"On Hook" corresponds to Vo~ condition.
6 M/B Make/Break Ratio
This input provides the selection of the Make/Break ratio (33.3: 66.6/40:60) when
M/B is connected to VoolVss.
7 MODE OUT Mode Output
This output indicate whether the chip is operating in pulse or tone mode.
PulselTone mode corresponds to OFF/ON state (N channel open drain). Mode
state is controlled with Operation Select, Mode Select and ITl key inputs.
8 MODE SELECT Mode Select Input
Pulse/DTMF mode is selected as shown in the following table.
Initial Mode means the state after going Off Hook (HS .... "Vss")
KEYBOARD OPERATION
1. SINGLE MODE OPERATION
• Pulse Mode Operation
I Off Hook I· B ~ .. B
Tone mode is defined by the initial mode after going Off Hook and latched at [Q1J key entry. This condition is under
Mode Select = Vss.
II
Off Hook I8 B···8
If initial mode is at pulse mode after going Off Hook and Mode Select - Voo, Operation Select= Voo. Switching
mode from pulse to tone can be done by IT] key entry and latched at IQ1] key entry.
• Redialing
I Off Hook I EJ
Up to 32 digits can be dialed with ~ key. IBQJ key is disabled while pulse or DTMF signals are transmitting.
When more then 32 digits are stored in redial memory. Redial is also inhibited.
00 key can be used as ~ key in pulse mode.
• Inhibiting Redial
I Off Hook I EJ .. ·8 EJ EJ
Redial can be inhibited by depressing [BQJ IBQJ keys after DTMF or pulse signals are transmitted.
I Off Hook I B 8 EJ EJ
m
EJ EJ EJ
Dial can be inhibited by depressing lIm! lIm! keys after the just for digit keys's signals are transmitted. You
must remember the four digit keys to release the Lock State. If you want to release the Lock State, you must depress
IQj] ~ ~ IIMI keys which are the same sequence as the four digit keys. Otherwise, You must applyS(rising
edge pulse) to the MIS input.
---l
I (On, on+1*[~}
If digit [Jm:±] is depressed during dialing pulse signal. DTMF mode but in Hold State will be set up after last
pulse signal ~ Is finished. When DTMF MODE is set up. MODE OUT will be flash to Indicate this Hold State.
Digits IOn + 11 ... IOn + ml are stored in redial memory as DTMF data and not transmitted from Tone Out.
When it is ready to transmit DTMF data in redial memory. rn. m or IPl keys is depressed to reset this Hold State
, and IOn + 11 ... IOn + ml data are serially transmitted.
. Pause time can be cancelled with 1Pl. IIJ or [BQJ keys during pause time in redialing. Any pause in series with
corresponding pause is also cancelled. When any pause is not stored before or after mode switching. chip will
go into the Hold 'State when DTMF mode is set up. MODE OUT will flash to indicate this Hold State. DTMF data
are stored in redial memory and not transmitted from tone out.
I
rn. [Bt!I or IPl keys is depressed to reset this Hold State and DTMF data are serially 'transmitted.
R1 1 2 3 R1 R1 C2 C3
R2 4 5 6 R2 C1 C2 R2
R3 7 8 9 R3 R3 C2 C3
R4 • 0 #I R4 C1 R4 C3
C1 C2 C3
~1~~________~r1~ __________
-----1Df--
KEY INPUT ~'---"""'IIIIII 31 ~~
OSC -------D------_-~---.-------illllllllllllllllllllllill1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIr-------
MUTE~ U
MODE OUT I r~L....--'-________
D:TITP:Debounci
146mSngToultime:: 146mS
23mS
PULSE MODE TIMING (MODE SELECT = Voo)
~~~----------------------
.
KEYINPUT---,m~
~
----1U
---.---
D
3
. _ . _ - - - - -
TIMING DIAGRAM
(for Switching Mode Operation by ITl key) (OPERATION SELECT, MODE SELECT - =V oo)
HS~~ _______________________________________________
KEY INPUT -----"mi
MODEOUT--------------------------------------~
5P -----...,LJlj
TONE OUT ---------------------iJ,
U---TAP,------!i
ilL.rLPL
~
TOUT
II
X'MIT MUTE
rI'--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---'FTMOP~
--.I L . . .
.---....,' T,OP
I
(KS5S19 only)
osc -------i.IIIIIIII.IIIIIII====~FO~SC3~.5795~45~MHz~===311111Imllllll~II.IIIIIIIt----
·TIMING DIAGRAM
(for Switching Mode Operation by MODE SELECT Input) (OPERATION SELECT=Vss)
KEY INPUT - - o W
Switching MS =Vss
MODEOUT-------------------~
I
5P---""'LJU LJlJlJ=TAP~ 1
I
i
TONEOUT--------------------f',
I
i"L.rLr"l 1....----
osc -------IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIt-------FOSC=3.579MHZ-----t11111111IIIIIIIr-----
[~]00 R1
GJ00~ R2
0000 R3
KS5620 8G0~ R4
C1 C2 C3 C4
MODE SELECT 7
BLOCK DIAGRAM
liS MIB MODESE[
R1
R2 x'MITMUTE
R3
OUTPUT
R4 KEYBOARD I----i LOGIC
LOGIC REDIAL
C1 MEMORY
32 DIGIT
C2
C3
C4
Voo
DTMF
GENERATOR
TONE OUT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vss= OV, Voo = 3.5V, fx'tal = 3.579545MHz, Ta = 25·C, unless otherwise specified)
Operating Voltage VooP Pulse Mode All inputs connected 2.0 5.5
V
Range VooT Tone Mode to Voo or Vss 2.0 5.5
Memory Retention Voltage VO R 1.0
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin Name Description
1-4 R1-R4 Keyboard (R1, R2, R3, R4, C1, C2, C3, C4)
15-18 C1-C4 These inputs can be interfaced to an XY matrix keyboard_
=
C1-C4 & R1-R4 are set to low at On Hook (HS high)_ C1-C4 key inputs are set
=
to low and R1-R4 are set to high at OFF HOOK (HS low) which enables the
key-input operation_ Oscillator starts running when a keypress is detected_
Scanning signals are presented at both column and row inputs (TYP: 445Hz)
until the input key is released_ Key inputs are compatible with standard 2-of-8
I
form or single-contact keyboard_ Debouncing is provided to avoid false entry
(TYP: 23mS)_
5 HS Hook Switch
This input detects the state of the hook switch contact "Off Hook"
corresponds to Vss condition_
·"On Hook" corresponds to Voo condition.
6 M/B Make/Break Ratio
This input provides the selection of the Make/Break ratio (33.3: 66.6/40:60) when
M/B is connected to VoolVss.
7 MODE SELECT Mode Select Input
PuiselDTMF mode is selected as shown in the following table.
Initial Mode means the state after going Off Hook (HS-+"Vss")
KEYBOARD OPERATION
1. SINGLE MODE OPERATION
• Pulse Mode Operation
• Rectlallng
I Off Hook IB
Up to 32 digits can be dialed with IBQI key. IBQI key is disabled while pulse or DTMF signals are transmitting.
When more then 32 digits are stored in redial memory, Redial is also inhibited.
[i] key can be used as IBQI key in pulse mode.
• Inhibiting Rectlal
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
. 17&
PRELIMINARY
KS5820 CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Pulse mode is initially defined MODE SELECT _ Voo , mode switching to OTMF can be accepted by MODE
=
SELECT Vss , OTMF mode will be set up after pulse mode is finished. In this mode, digits IOn + 11 ... IOn + ml are
transmitted from Tone Out as DTMF signals by depressing corresponded keys.
If no [f] key is contained serially before or after mode switching.
I
Off Hook
8···8 Switching MODE SELECT to Vss B··· EJ
I Pulse Mode I----- DTMF MOde-----l
*"
(On + 1 Pause)
It results the next condition.
"If digit IOn + 11 is depressed after pulse mode is finished, DTMF mode will be set up after last pulse signal (1Q!j])
is output. In this mode, digits IOn + 11 ... IOn + ml are transmitted from Tone Out as OTMF signals by depressing
corresponded keys. If digit ~ is depressed during dialing pulse signals. When DTMF mode is set up Hold
State will be set up after last pulse signal fimI is finished. MODE OUT will flash to indicate this Hold State
IOn + 11 ... IOn + ml ·are stored in redial memory as DTMF DATA and not transmitted from Tone Out. When it is
ready to transmit OTMF data in redial memory, IBQ] or [f] keys is depressed to reset this Hold State and
IOn + 11 ... IDn + ml data are serially transmitted.
R1 1 2 3 R1 R1 "C2 C3
R2 4 5 6 R2 C1 C2 R2
R3 7 8 9 R3 R3 C2 C3
R4 * 0 # R4 C1 R4 C3
C1 C2 C3 C1 C2 C3
HSl ~~L-_~ _ _
~~~------~--------------~-----------
--1 Dr---
KEY INPUT-'~mmm
4 ~~-------------------------
~~~------------------------~
osc ----~III~IIIIIIII~---FOSC=3.5j954sMHZ------lIIIIIIIII~-------
~~~------------------------
KEYINPUT----------4m
P Switching MS =Vss
llP-----.LJU LJUlJ=TAP===1
DP _ _
TONE OUT
nJl_nJlJl::::'~=
' ~~----
II
I lI_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....J.FTMOF=j
MODE SELECT----.J ------I
L...
X'MIT MUTE
osc------~IIIIIII"111--1--FOSC=3,579545MHZ------IIIII"III~-------
TAP: Auto Pause Time
FEATURES
• Low-power, high-speed, CMOS process
• Seriallparallel conversion of data
• 8-and 9-blt transmission
• Optional even and odd parity
• Parity, overrun and framing error checking
• Programmable control register
• Optional + 1, + 16, and + 64 clock modes
• Peripheral/modem control functions
• Double buffered
• One-or two-stop bit operation
CTS
!iCD
DATA TRANSMIT DO-
DATA BUS BUS DATA 01
BUFFERS
RECEIVE
DATA
ADDRESS SELECTION
CONTROL AND
AND CONTROL
'INTERRUPT
t-_ _ _ _ ~~:r~gt"'UMODEM
1-----'
I
"" Maximum output current is the maximum current which can flow out from one output terminal or 1/0 common
termin!!1 (0 0 - 0 7, RTS, Tx Data, IRQ).
Note: Permanent IC damage may occur if maximum ratings are exceeded. Normal operation should be under
recommended operating conditions are exceeded, it could affect reliability of IC.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
DC CHARACTERISTICS (Vee =5V±5%, VSs=OV, Ta= -20-+75·C, unless otherwise noted.)
0 0 - 0 7, RS, Tx ClK,
DCD, C'fS, Rx Data
2.0 - Vee
Input "High" Voltage V,H V
eso, CS2, CS" RIW, E,
2.2 - Vee
Rx ClK
Input "low" Voltage All inputs V,L -0.3 - 0.8' V
Input leakage Current RIW, eso, es" es2, E liN V'N=O-Vee -2.5 - 2.5 p.A
Three·Stah~ (Off State)
Input Current
0 0 -07 IrSI V,N =O.4-Vee -10 - 10 p.A
0 0 -07
10H= -400p.A 4.1 - -
Output "High" Voltage VOH
10H:!> -10p.A Voc·O.1 - - V
Tx data, RTS
10H = - 400p.A 4.1 - -
10H:!> -10p.A Vee·0.1 - -
Output "low" Voltage All outputs VOL IOH=1.6mA - - 0.4 V
, .
DC CHARACTERISTICS (Continued)
Output leakage
(Off State)
Cur~ent
IRQ ILOH VOH=VCC ,- - 10 pA
0 0 -0 7 - - 12.5
E, Tx ClK, Rx ClK, VIN=OV, Ta=25°C,
Input Capacitance CIN pF
Rm, RS, Rx Data, CSo, f=1.0MHz - - 7.5
CS" CS2, CTS, DCD
Output Capacitance
RTS, Tx Dat~
COUT
V,N =OV:Ta=25°C - - 10
pF
iRa f=1.0MHz - - 5.0
• Under transmitting and E=1.0MHz - - 3
receiving operation
• 500 kbps
E=1.5MHz - - 4 mA
• Data bus in Rm operation E=2.0MHz - - 5
Supply Current • Chip is not selected Icc
.500 kbps
E= 1.0MHz - - 200
• Under non transmitting
and receiving operation E= 1.5MHz - - 250 p.A
• Input level (Except E)
VIH min = Vcc - 0.8V
VIL max = 0.8V
E=2.0MHz - - 300
+1 Mode
PWCL Fig. 1
,900 - ns
Clock Frequency
+1 Mode
fc
- 500 KHz
+ 16, + 64 Modes - 800 KHz
Clock-to-Data Delay for Transmitter trOD Fig. 3 - 600 ns
Receive Data Setup Time +1 Mode tRoSU Fig. 4 250 - ns
Receive Data Hold Time +1 Mode tRoH Fig. 5 250 - ns
IRQ Release Time tlR Fig. 6 - 1200 ns
i1fS Delay Time tRTS Fig. 6 - 560 ns
Rise Time and Fall Time Except E t" tl - 1000' ns
2) WRITE
PWCL Tx elK
OA 2.2V
Tx ClK Ax ClK
OA
Ax ClK o.sv
PWCH
• Tx elK Is V'H=2.0V
Fig. 1 Clock Pulse Width, "Low" State Fig. 2 Clock Pulse Width, "High" State
Tx elK
Ax DATA
Vcc-2.0V
Fig. 3 Transmit Data Output Delay Fig. 4 Receive Data Setup Time (+ 1 Mode)
Rx ClK ENABLE
Vcc- 2.OV
O.4V
. -FV;;
iRCl _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~/:...2.0V
Fig. 5 Receive Data Hold Time ( ... 1 Mode)
Fig. 7 Bus Read Timing Characteristics Fig. 6 m Delay and i1m Release Time
(Read information from UARn
(~~=1\Y)'5.0V
lOAD A
(00-07. RiS. Tx DATA)
Fig. 8 Bus Write Timing Characteristics Fig. 9 Bus Timing Test Loads
(Write information into UARn
II
BIT BIT BIT
f---------- CHARACTER TIME @10CPS (11 BITS) 1 0 0 m s e c - - - - - - - - - - - i
TRANSMIT
CLOCK 4
ENABLE 14
READIWRITE 13 CHIP
CHIP SELECT 0 8 SELECT
AND TRANSMIT 6 TRANSMIT
CHIP SELECT 1 10 READI DATA DATA
CHIP SELECT 2 9 WRITE REGISTER
REGISTER SELECT 11- CONTROL
·24 CLEAR
TO SEND
DO 22
STATUS
01 21 REGISTER
7 INTERRUPT
02 20
REQUEST
DATA BUS
03 19 BUFFERS 23 DATA
04 18 CARRIER
DETECT
05 17
5 REQUEST
06 16 TO SEND
07 15 . CONTROL
REGISTER
RECEIVE
CLOCK 3
-------------------t....::.~.:...J
UART Enable (E) - The Enable signal, E, is a high- reading data or resetting the UART. Interrupts caused
impedance TTL-compatible input that enables the bus by Overrun or loss of DCD are cleared by reading the
input/output data buffers and clocks data to and from status register after the error condition has occurred and
the KS5824. then reading the Receive Data Register or resetting the
UART. The receiver interrupt is masked by resetting the
ReadlWrite (R/W) - The ReadlWrite line is a high-
Receiver Interrupt Enable.
impedance input that is TTL compatible and is used to
control the direction of data flow through the UART's
input/output data bus interface. When ReadlWrite is high CLOCK INPUTS
(MPU Read cycle), KS5824 output drivers are tumed on
and a selected register is read. When it is low, the Separate high-impedance TTL-compatible inputs are
KS5824 output drivers are turned off and the MPU writes provided for clocking of transmitted and received data.
II
into a selected register. Therefore, the ReadlWrite signal Ciock frequencies of 1, 16, or 64 times the data rate may
is used to select read-only or write-only registers within be selected.
the KS5824. Transmit Clock (Tx ClK) -The Transmit Clock input
Chip Select (CSO, CS1, CS2) - These three high- is used for the clocking of transmitted data. The
impedance TTL-compatible input lines are used to transmitter initiates data on the negative transition of
address the KS5824. The KS5824 is selected when CSO the clock.
and CS1 are high and CS2 is low. Transfers of ,data to Receive Clock (Rx ClK) - The Receive Clock input
and from the KS5824, are then performed under the is used for synchronization of received data (In the + 1
, control of the Enable Signal, ReadlWrite, and Register mode, the clock and data must be synchronized
Select. extemally.) The receiver samples the data on the positive
Register Select (RS) - The Register Select line is a trans,ition of the clock.
high-impedance input that is TTL compatible. A high
level is used to select the Transmit/Receive Data SERIAL INPUT/OUTPUT LINES
Registers and a low level the Control/Status Registers.
The ReadlWrite signal line is used in conjunction with Receive Data (Rx Data) - The Receive Data line is
Register Select to select the read-only or write-only a high-impedance TTL-compatible input through which
register in each register pair. data is received in a serial format. Synchronization with
a clock for detection of data Is accompiished internally
Interrupt Request (IRQ) - Interrupt Request is a TTL- when clock rates of 16 or 64 times the bit rate are used.
compatible, open-drain (no internal pull up), active low
output that is used to interrupt the MPU. The IRQ output Transmit Data (Tx Data) - The Transmit Data output
remains low as long as the cause of the interrupt is line transfers serial data to a modem or other peripheral.
present and the appropriate interrupt enable within the
UART is set. The IRQ status bit, when high, indicates PERIPHERAUMODEM CONTROL
the IRQ output is in the active state.
Interrupts result from conditions in both the The UART includes several functions that permit
transmitter and receiver sections of the UART. The limited control of a peripheral or modem. The functions
transmitter section causes an interrupt when the included are Clear-to-Send, Request-to-Send and Data
Transmitter Interrupt Enabled condition is selected Carrier Detect.
(CR5 o CR6), and the Transmit Data Register Empty Clear-ta-Sand (CTS) - This high-impedance TTL-
(TORE) status bit is high. The TORE status bit indicates compatible input provides automatic control of the
the current status of the Transmitter Data Register transmitting end of a communications link via the
except when inhibited by Clear-to-Send (CTS) being high modem Clear-to-Send active low output by inhibiting the
or the UART being maintained in the Reset condition. Transmit Data Register Empty (TORE) status bit.
The interrupt is cleared by writing data into the Transmit
Data Register. The interrupt is masked by disabling the Request:to-Sand (RTS) - The Request-to-Send output
Transmitter Interrupt via CR5 or CR6 or by the loss of enables the MPU to control a peripheral or modem via
CTS which inhibits the TORE status bit. The Receiver the data bus. The FITS; output corresponds to the state
section causes an interrupt when the Receiver Interrupt of the Control Register bits CR5 and CR6. When CR6 = 0
, Enable is set and the Receive Data Register Full (RDRF)' =
or both CR5 and CR6 1, the RTS output is low (the
status bit is high, an Overrun has occurred, or Data active state). This output can also be used for Data
Carrier Detect (DCD) has gone high. An interrupt Terminal Ready (DTR).
resulting from the RDRF status bit can be cleared by
Data Carrier Detect (!)CO) - This high-impedance character is being transmitted, then the transfer will take
TIl-compatible input provides automatic control, such place within 1-bit time of the training edge of the Write
as in the receiving end of a communications link by command. If a character is being transmitted, the new
means of a m9dem Data Carrier Detect output. The DCD ' data character will commence as soon as the previous
input rnhibits and initializes the receiver section of the character is complete. The transfer of data causes the
UART when high. A low-to-high transition of the Data Transmit Data Register Empty (TORE) bit to indicate
Carrier Detect initiates an interrupt to the MPU to empty.
indicate the occurrence of a loss of carrier when the
Receive Interrupt Enable bit is set. The Rx ClK must RECEIVE DATA REGISTER (RDR)
be running for proper DCD operation. Data is automatically transferred to the empty Receive
'Data Register (RDR) from the receiver deserializer (a
UART REGISTERS shift register) upon receiving a complete character. This
The expanded block diagram for the UART indicateS event causes the Receive Data Register Full bit (RDJ:lF)
the Internal registers on the chip that are used for the in the status buffer to go high (full). Data may then be
status, control, receiving, and'transmitting of data ThEi read through the bus by addressing the UART and
content of each of the registers is summarized in Table selecting the Receive Data Register with RS and RIW
1. high when the UART is enabled. The non-destructive
read cycle causes the RDRF bit to be cleared to empty
TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER (TOR) although the data is retained in the RDA. The status is
Data is written in the Transmit Data Register during maintained by RDRF as to whether or not the data is
the negative transition of the enable (E) when the UART current. When the Receive Data, Register is full, the '
has been addressed with RS high and RiW low. Writing automatic transfer of data from the Receiver Shift
data into the register caul$es the Transmit Data Register Register to the Data Register is inhibited and the RDR
Empty bit in the Status Register to go low. Data can then contents remain valid with its current status stored in
I:;le transmitted. If the transmitter is idling and no the Status Register.
0 Data Bit 0' Data Bit 0 Counter Divide Receive Data Register
Select ,1 (CR1) Full (RDRF)
1 Data Bit 1 Data Bit 1 Counter Divide Transmit Data Register
Select 2 (CR1) Empty (TORE)
2 Data Bit 2 Data Bit 2 Word Select 1 Data Carrier Detect
(CR2) (DCD)
3 Data Bit 3 Data Bit 3, Word Select 2 Clear-to-Send
(CR3) (CTS)
4 Data Bit 4 Data Bit 4 Word Select 3 Framing Error
(CR4) (FE)
5 Data Bit 5 Data Bit 5 Transmit Control 1 Receiver Overrun
(CR5) (OVRN)
6 Data Bit 6 Data Bit 6 Transmit Control 2 Parity Error (PE)
(CR6)
7 Data Bit 7'" Data Bit 7" Receive Interrupt Interrupt Request
Enable (CR7) (IRQ)
• leadmg bit = lSB = Bit 0
" Data bit will be zero in 7 bit plus parity modes
, •• Data bit is "don't care" in 7 bit plus parity modes.
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
188
KS5824 CMOS INTERGRATED CIRCUIT
II
Receive Interrupt Enable Bit (CR7) - The following
Status Register (except for external conditions on CTS
interrupts will be enabled by a high level in bit position
and DC D) and initializes both the receiver and
7 of the Control Register (CR?): Receive Data Register
transmitter. Master reset does not affect other Control
Register bits. Note that after power-on or a power Full Overrun or a low·to-high transition on the Data
fail/restart, these bits must be set high to reset the Carrier Detect (DCD) signal line.
UART. After resetting, the clock divide ratio may be
selected. These counter select bits provide for the
STATUS REGISTER
follo~ing clock divide ratios: Information on the status of the UART is available to
the MPU by reading the UART Status Register. This read-
CR1 CRO Function only register is selected when RS is low and RiW
0 0 +1 is high. Information stored in this register indicates the
0 1 +16 status of the Transmit Data Register, the Receive Data
1 0 +64 Register and error logic, and the peripheral/modem
1 1 Master Reset status inputs of the UART.
Receive Data Register Full (RDRF), Bit 0 - Receive
Word Select Bits (CR2, CR3, and CR4) - The Word Data Register Full indicates that received data has been
Select bits are used to select word length, parity, and transferred to the Receive Data Register. RDRF is
the number of stop bits. The encoding format is as cleared after an MPU read of the Receive Data. Register
follows; or by a master reset. The cleared or empty state
indicates that the contents of the Receive Data Register
CR4 CR3 CR2 Function are not current. Data Carrier Detect being high also
0 0 0 7 Bits + Even Parity + 2 Stop Bits causes RDRF to indicate empty.
0 0 1 7 Bits + Odd Parity + 2 Stop Bits Transmit Qata Register Empty (TORE), Bit 1 - The
0 1 0 7 Bits + Even Parity + 1 Stop Bit Transmit Data Register Empty bit being set high
0 1 1 7 +.
Bits Odd Parity +1 Stop Bit indicates that the Transmit Data Register contents have
1 0 0 8 Bits + 2 Stop Bits been transferred and that new data may be entered. The
1 0 1 8 Bits + 1 Stop Bit low state indicates that the register is full and that
1 1 0 8 Bits + Even Parity + 1 Stop Bit transmission of a new character has not begun since
1 1 1 8 Bits + Odd Parity + 1 Stop Bit· the last write data command.
Word length, Parity Select, and Stop Bit changes are Data Carrler'Detect (DCD), Bit 2 - The Data Carrier
not buffered and therefore become effective Detect bit will be high when the DCD input from a
immediately. modem has gone high to indicate that a carrier is not
Transmitter Control Bits (CRS and CR6) - Two present. This bit going high causes and Interrupt
Transmitter Control bits provide for the control of the Request to be generated when the Reoeive Interrupt
interrupt from the Transmit Data Register Empty Enable is set. It remains high after the DCD input is
condition, the Request-to-Send (RTS) output, and the· returned low until cleared by first reading the Status
transmission of a Break level (space). The following Register and then the Data Register or until a master
encoding format is used: . reset occurs. If the DCD input remains high after read
status and read data or master reset has occurred, the in succession without a read of the RDR having
interrupt is cleared, the DCD status bit remains high and occurred. The Overrun does not occur in the Status
will follow the DCD Input. Register until the valid character prior to Overrun has
Clear·to-5end"(CTS), Bit 3 - The Clear·to-Send bit been read. The RDRF bit remains set until the Overrun
indicates the state of the Clear·to-Send input from a is reset. Character synchronization is mai~tained during
modem. A low CfS indicates that there is a Clear·to- the Overrun condition. The Overrun indication is reset
Send from the mod~m. In the high state, the Transmit after the reading of data from the Receive Data Register
Qata Register Empty bit Is inhibited and the Clear·to- or by a Master Reset.
Send status bit will be high. Master reset does not affect Parity Error(PE), Bit 6 - The parity error flag indicates
the Clear·to-Send status bit. that the number of highs (ones) in the character does
Framing Error (FE), Bit 4 - Framing error Indicates not agree with the preselected odd or even parity. Odd
that the received character is Improperly' framed by a parity is defined to be when the total number of ones
start and a stop bit and is detected by the absence of is odd. The parity error indication will be present as long
the first stop bit. This error indlcate"s a synchronization as the data character Is in the RDR. If no parity is
error, faulty transmission, or a break condition. The selected, then both the transmitter parity generator
framing error flag Is set or reset during the receive data output and the receiver parity check results are
transfer time. Therefore, this error indicator is present inhibited.
throughout the time that the associated character is Interrupt Request (IRQ), Bit 7 - The IRQ bit indicates
available. the state of the IRQ output. Any interrupt condition with
Receiver Overrun (OVRN), Bit 5 - Overrun is an error its applicable enable will be indicated in this status bit.
flag the indicates that one or more characters in the data Anytime the IRQ output is low the IRQ bit will be high
stream were lost. That is, a character or a number of to indicate the interrupt or service request status. IRQ
characters were received but not read from the Receive is cleared by a read operation to the Receive Qata
Data Register (RDR) prior to subsequent characters Register or a write operation to the Transmit Data
being received. The overrun condition begins at the" Register.
midpoint of the last bit of the second character received
II
a fourth order Chebyshev high pass filter. It provides a flat response in
the passband and rejection of signals below 200Hz and above 3.4KHz.
Receive Filter Stage
The receive filter is a fifth order elliptic lowpass filter designed to
reconstruct the voice signal from the decoded/demultiplexed signal
which, as a result of the sampling process, is a stair-step signal havirig
the inherent sin XiX frequency response. The receive filter approximates
the function required to compensate for the degraded frequency
response and restore the flat passband response.
FEATURES
• Exceeds all 03/04 and CCITT specifications
• + 5V, - 5V power supplies '
• Low power consumption: 45mW (0 dBmO into 6000)
30mW (power amps disabled)
• Power down mode: 0_5mW
• 20 dB gain adjust range
• No extemal anti-aliasing components
• Sin xix correction In receive filter
• 5OI6OHz rejection in transmit filter
• TTL and CMOS compatible logic
• All inputs protected against static discharge due to handling
BLOCK DIAGRAM
PDN GNDA ' GNDD Vee PWRI
CLK
CLKO
VFXO
GSx
Fig. 1
PIN CONFIGURATION
GNDA
CLKO
PDN
KT3040J
~~ VFRI
9J Vee
Supply Voltages Vs ±7 V
Power Dissipation Po 1 W/PKG
Input Voltage VIN ±7 V
Output Short-Circuit Duration Ts.e OUT Continuous sec
Operating Temperature Range Ta -25 to + 125 ·C
Storage Temperature T.'g -65 to + 150 ·C
Lead Temperature (Soldering 10 seconds) TL 300 ·C
DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise noted, Ta = O·C to 70·C, Vee = + 5.0V ± 5%, Vee = - 5.0V ± 5%, clock frequency is 2.048MHz.
Typical parameters are specified at Ta= 25·C, Vee = +5.0V, Vee = - 5.0V, digital interface voltages measured with
respect to digital ground, GNDD. Analog voltages measured with respect to analog ground, GNDA.)
Power Dissipation
Vee Standby Current leeo PDN=Voo 400 ".A
Vee Standby Current leBO PDN=Voo 400 p.A
'l ee1
lee2
PWRI = Vee, Power Amp
(Note 1)
Inactive
PWRI = Vee, Power Amp
Inactive
3.0
3.0
4.6
.4.0
4.0
6.4
mA
mA
mA
I
Vee Operating Current leB2 (Note 1) 4.6 6.4 mA
Digital Interface
Input Current, CLK liNe VeeSVINSVee -10 10 ".A
Input Current, PDN IINP VeeSVINSVee -100 ".A
Input Current, CLKO IINo VeeSVINSVee - 0.5V -10 -0.1 ".A
Input Low Voltage, CLK, PDN Vil 0 0.8 V
Input High Voltage, CLK, PDN VIH 2.2 Vee V
Input Low Voltage, CLKO VllO Vee Vee+ 0.5 ' V
Input Intermediate Voltage, CLKO VIIO -0.8 0,8 V
Input High Voltage, CLKO VIHO Vee·0.5 Vee V
Transmit Input OP Amp
Input Leakage Current, VFXI lexl VeeSVFxlSVee -100 100 nA
Input ReSistance, VFXI Rixi VeeSVFxlSVee 10 Mil
Input Offset Voltage, VFXI VOSXI -2.5VSVINS +2.5V -20 20 mV
Common Mode Range, VFXI VCM -2.5 2.5 V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR -2.5VsVINS +2.5V 80 dB
Power Supply Rejection of Vee or Vee PSRR 60 dB
Open Loop Output Resistance, ·Gsx ROl 1 KIl
Minimum Load ReSistance, Gsx Rl 10 KIl
Maximum Load Capacitance, Gsx Cl 100 pF
Output Voltage Swing, Gsx VOXI Rl~10K ±2.5 V
Open Loop Voltage Gain, Gsx Avol Rl~10K 5\000. VN
Open Loop Unity Gain Bandwidth, Gsx Fc 2 MHz
AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise specified, Ta = 25°C. All parameters are specified for a signal level of OdBmO at 1KHz. The
OdBmO level is assumed to be 1.54 Vrms measured at the output, of the transmit or receive filter.)
TRANSMIT FILTER (Transmit filter input OP amp set to the non-Inverting unity gain mode,
with V,xl-1.09 Vrme unless otherwise noted.)
- 2.5V < VOUT <2.5V 3 KO
Minimum Load Resistance, V,xo RLX
-3.2V<VOUT<3.2V 10 KO
Load Capacitance, V,xo CLX 100 pF
Output Resistance, V,xo Rox 1 3 0
Vee Power Supply Rejection, VFxo PSRR1 f = 1KHz, V'XI + =0 Vrms 30 dB
Vaa Power Supply Rejection, VFXO PSRR2 f=1KHz, VFXI + =0 Vrms 35 dB
Absolute Gain GAX f=1KHz 2.875 3.0 3.125 dB
Below 50Hz -35' dB
50Hz -41 -35 dB
60Hz -35 -30 dB
200Hz -1.5 0.05 dB
Gain Relative to GAX GRX 300Hz to 3KHz -0.15 0.15 dB
3.3KHz -0.85 0.03 dB
3.4KHz -0.70 -0.1 dB
4.0KHz -15 -14 dB
4.6KHz and above -32 dB
Absolute Delay at 1KHz DAX 230 ,.s
Differential Envelope Delay from
Dox 60 ,.s
1KHz to 2.6KHz ;
, 194
c8SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
KT3040J CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Receive Filter (Unless otherwise noted, the receive filter is preceded by a sin xix filter with an input
signal level of 1.54 Vrms.)
Input Leakage Current, VFRI leR -3.2V sVINs3.2V -100 100 nA
,Input Re,sistance, VFRI RIR 10 'MO
Output Resistance, VFRO ROR 1 3 0
II
Load Capacitance, VFRO CLR 100 pF
Load ReSistance, VFRO RLR 10 KO
Power Supply Rejection of Vcc or VFRI connected to GNDA
PSRR3 35 dB
Vee, VFRO f= 1KHz
Output DC Offset, VFRO VOSRO VFRI connected to GNDA -200 200 mV
Absolute Gain GAR f= 1KHz -0.125 0 0.125 dB
Below 300Hz 0.125 dB
300Hz to 3.0KHz -0.15 0.15 dB
3.3KHz -0.35 0.03 dB
Gain Relative to Gain at 1KHz GRR
3.4KHz -0.7 -0.1 dB
4.0KHz -14 dB
4.6KHz and above -32 dB
Absolute Delay at 1KHz DAR 100 p's
Differential Envelope Delay 1KHz to
DOR 100 P.s
2.6KHz
Single Frequency Distortion Products DpR1 f=1KHz -48 dB
2.2 Vrms input to sin xix.
Distortion at Maximum Signal Level DpR2 Ii Iter, f = 1KHz, -45 dB
RL=10K
Total C·Message Noise at VFRO NCR 6 dBrncO
Temperature Coefficient of 1KHz Gain GART 0.0004 dB/·C
Supply Voltage Coefficient 0l,1KHz
GARS 0.01 dBN
Gain
Transmit filter output =
Crosstalk, Transmit to Receive
2.2 V rms, VFRI = 0 Vrms,
20 Log VFRO CTXR -70 dB
f = 0.3KHz to 3.4KHz
VFXO Measure VFRO
Output level = + 3 dBmO -0.1 0.1 dB
Gaintracking Relative to GAR
+ 2 dBmO to - 40 dBmO -0.05 0.05 dB
GRRL
- 40 dBmO to ...: 55 dBmO -0.1 0.1 dB
Note 5
Note 1. Maximum power consumption will depend on the load impedance connected to the power amplifier. The
specification listed assumes OdBm is delivered to 6000 connected from PWRO + to PWRO - .
2. Voltage input to receive filter at OV, VFRO connected to PWRh 6000 from PWRo + to PWRo -, output measured
. from PWRO + to PWAO - .
3. The OdBmO level for the filter is assumed to be 1.54 Vrms measured at the output o(the XMIT or RCV filter. .
4. The OdBmO level for the power amplifiers is load dependent. For RL=6000 to GNDA,the OdBmO level is 1.43
Vrms measured at the amplifier output. For RL=3000 the OdBmO·level is 1.22 Vrms.
5. VFRO connected to PWRh input signal applied to VFRI.
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin· Name Function
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
196
KT3040J CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
11" GNDD Digital ground input pin. All digital signals are referenced to this pin.
Master input clock. Input frequency can be selected as 2.048MHz,
12 ClK
1.544MHz or 1.536MHz.
The input pin used to power down the KT3040 during idle periods.
13 PDN logic 1 (Vee) input voltage causes a power down condition.
An internal pull.-up is provided.
This input pin selects internal counters in accor.dance with the ClK
14 ClKO
input clock frequency:
CLK Connect CLKO to:
2048KHz Vee
1544KHz GNDD
1536KHz V BB
An internal pull-up is provided.
Analog ground input pin. All analog signals are referenced to this pin.
15 GNDA
. Not internally connected to GNOO•
16 VFXO The output of the transmit filter stage.
...- ~ ~n.U
I ~
r-..
-10 -10 FILTER+5IN XIX
1- 20 V \
-20 '"
lIi.x.
~ iI
E -30 -30
~
:Ii
C -40 -40
11\
-so
-60 -60 -x=~
-70 -70
I -i
0.1 10 0.1 10
FREQUENCY (KHz) FREQUENCY (KHz!
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
The KT3040 monolithic filter contains four main sections; transmit filter, receive filter, receive filter power
amplifier, and frequency dividerlselect logic (refer to Figure 1). A brief description of the circuit.operation for each
section is provided below.
Transmit Filter
The input stage of the transmit filter is a CMOS operational amplifier which provides an input resistance of greater
than 101\1D, a voltage gain of greater than 10,000 low power consumption (less than 3mW), high power supply
rejection, and is capable of driving a 10K{1'1oad in parallel with up to 25pF. The inputs and output of the amplifier
are accessible for added flexibility. Non-inverting mode, inverting mode, or differential amplifier mode operation
can be implemented with external resistors. It can also be connected to provide a gain of up to 20dB without degrading
the overall filter performance. . .
The input stage is followed by prefilter which is a twoi pole RC active low pass filter designed to attenuate high
frequency noise before the input signal enters the switched-capacitor .high pass and low pass filters.
A high pass filter is provided to reject 200Hz or lower noise which may exist in the Signal path. The low pass
portion of the switched-capacitor filter provides stopband attenuation which exceeds the Ds and D4specifications
as well as the CCITI G712 recommendations. .
The output stage of the transmit filter, the postfilter, is also a two-pole RC active low pass filter which attenuates
clock frequency nOise by at least 40dB. The output of the transmit filter is capable of driving a ±3.2V peak to
peak Signal into a 10KO load in parallel with up to 25pF. '
Receive Filter
The input stage of the receive filter is a prefilter which is similiar to the transmit prefilter. The prefilter attenuates
high frequency noise that may be present on the receive input signal. A switched capacitor low pass filter follows
the prefilter to provide the necessary passband fi'atness, stopband rejection and sin xix gain correction. A
postfilterwhich is simi liar to the transmit posifilter follows the low pass stage. It attenuates clock frequency noise
and provides a low output impedance capable of directly driving an electronic subscriber-line-interface circuit. (SLlC).
APPLICATION INFORMATION
R2 R1
INTERFACE CIRCUIT
r--- - - - - - - - - l GNDA
I TRANSFORMERS I
I 600 I 16>O,1~F
8
I VFXO VFXI
DIGITAl.
I 50K
OUTPUT
I
I KT3040J KT5116
GNDA
I
I
I PWAO-
I
I VFA1
10 13
VFAO
12
DIGITAL
I 60011 O,1~F INPUT
I I 50K
L-------'--~
Fig. 2
Note 1: Transmit voltage gain =R';2 R2 x v'2 (The filter itself introduces a 3dB gain), (R, + R2~ HiK)
Note 2: Receive Gai n =R3+R4R4 (R3 + R4 ~ 10K)
Note 3: In the configuration shown, the receive filter amplifiers will drive a 6000 T to R tennination to a maximum
signal level of B.5dBm. An alternative arrangement, using a transformer winding ratio equivalent to 1.414:1
and 3000 lesistor, Rs, will provide a maximum signal level of 10.1dBm across a 6000 termination
impedance.
Gain Adjust
Fig. 2 shows the signal path interconnections between the KT3040 and KT5116 single-channel CODEC. The trans!11it
RC coupling components have been chosen both for minimum passband droop and to present the correct impedance
to the CODEC during sampling. '
. Optimum noise and distortion perfonnance will be obtained from the KT3040 filter when operated with system
peak overload voltages of ±2.5 to ±3.2V at VFXO and VFAO• When interfacing to a PCM CODEC with a peak
overload voltage outside this range, further gain or attenuation may be required. '
For example, the KT3040 filter can be used with the KT3000 series CODEC which has a 5.5V peak overload voltage.
A gain stage following the transmit filter output and an attenuation stage following the CODEC output are required.
Board Layout
Care must be taken in PCB,layout to minimize power supply and ground noise. Analog ground (GNDA) of each filter
should be connected to digital ground (GNDD) at a single point, which should be bypassed to both power supplies.
Further power supply decoupling adjacent to each filter and CODEC is recommended. Ground loops should be
avoided, both between GNDA and GNPD a~d between the 'GNDA traces of adjacent filters and CODECs.
COMBO CODEC·
18 CERDIP
The KT3054 consists of ,..Iaw· monolithic PCM
CODEC/FILTERS utilizing the AID and DIA conversion
and a serial PCM interface. The devices are fabricated
using double-poly CMOS process C/£-process). The
encode portion of each device consists of an input
gain adjust amplifier, an active RC prefilter which
eliminatesNery high frequency noise prior to entering
a switched-capacitor band-pass filter that rejects
signals below 200Hz and above 3.400Hz.
Also Included are auto-zero circuitry and a companding
coder which samples the filtered signal and encodes
it in the companded ,..Iaw PCM format. The decode
portion of each device consists of an expanding
decoder, which reconstructs the analog signal from
the companded ,..Iaw code. a low-pass filter which
corrects for the sin xix response of the decoder output
and rejects signals above 3,400Hz and is followed by
a single-ended power amplifier capable of driving low
impedance loads.
The devices require two 1.536MHz. 1.544MHz or
2.048MHz transmit and receive master clocks, which
may be asynchronous; transmit and receive bit clocks,
which may vary from 64KHz to 2.048MHz; and transmit
and receive frame sync pulses. The timing of the frame
sync pulses and PCM data is compatible with both
industry standard formats ..
FEATURES
• Complete CODEC and filtering system (COMBO)
Including;.
-:- Transmit high-Pass and low-pass filtering
- Receive low-pass filter with sin xix correction
- ,..Iaw compatible COder and DECoder.
- Internal precision voltage reference
- Active RC noise filters
- Serial I/O interface
- Internal auto-zero circuitry
• ,..Iaw without signaling
• Meets or exceeds all DJD. and CCITT
specifications .
• Low operating power: typically 60mW
• Power-down standby mode: typically 3mW .
• Automatic power-down
• :!: 5V operetlon
• TTL or CMOS compatible digital interfaces
• Maximizes line interface card circuit density
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
R2
R1
ANALOG IN
II
TIMING AND
CONTROL
+5V -5V
,--'
a:w
:0::",
--':0::
0--,
<DO
Fig. 1
Vee to GNDA 7 V
Vee to GNDA -7 V
Voltage at Any Analog Input or Output Vcc+0.3 to Vee-0.3 V
Voltage at Any Digital Input or Output Vee +0.3 to GNDA-O.3 V
Operating Temperature Range -25 to + 125 ·C
Storage Temperature Range i -65 to +150 ·C
Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 secs) / 300 ·C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise noted; Vcc=5.0V ±5%, Vae= - 5V ± 5%, GNDA =OV, Ta=O·C to 70·C; typical qharacteristics
. specified ·at Vcc=5.0V, Vae = -5.0V, Ta=25°C; all signals are referenced to GNDA.)
Digital Interface
Input Low Voltage VIL 0.6 V
Input High Voltage VIH 2.2 V
Dx,IL=3.2mA 0.4 V
Output Low Voltage VOL SIGR, IL= 1.0mA 0.4 V
TSx, IL = 3.2mA, open drain .0.4 V
Ox, IH = - 3.2mA 2.4 V
Output High Voltage VOH
SIGR, IH = - 1.0mA 2.4 V
Input Low Current IlL GNDA~VIN~VIL' all digital inputs -10 10 pA
Input High Current IIH VIH~VIN~VCC -10 10 p.A
Output Current in High Impedance
loz Ox, GNDA~Vo~Vcc -10 10 pA
State (TRI-STATE)
Analog Interface with Transmit Input Amplifier
Input Leakage Current IIXA -2.5V~V~+2.5V, VFxl+ orVFxl- -200 200 nA
Input Resistance RIXA -2.5V~V~ +2.5V, VFxl+ or VFxl- 10 MO
Output Resistance RoXA Closed loop, unity gain 1 3 0
Load Resistance RLXA GSx 10 KO
Load Capacitance CLXA GSx 50 pF
Output Dynamic Range VoXA GSx, RL~10KO ±2.B V
Voltage Gain AvXA VFxl + to GSx 5,000 VIV
Unity Gain Bandwidth FuXA 1 2' MHz
Offset Voltage VosXA c..20 20 mV
Common-Mode Voltage VcMXA CMRRXA>60dB -2.5 2.5 V
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRRXA DC Test 60 dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRRXA DC Test 60 dB
Analog Interface with Receive Filter
Out out Resistance RoRF Pin VFRO 1 3 0
.Load Resistance RLRF VFRO= ±2.5V 600 0,
Load Capacitance CLRF 500 pF
Output DC Offset Voltage VOSRO, -200 200 . mV
Power Dissipation
Power-Down Current ·lccO No Load 0.5 1.5 mA
Power-Down Current leeO No Load 0.05 0.3 mA
Active Current Icc1 No Load 6.0 9.0 rnA
Active Current lee1 No Load 6.0 9.0 rnA
TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic Symbol Test Condition Min Typ Max Unit
tSSFM
MClKx and MClKR
ns I
Period of Bit Clock tps 485 488 15,725 ns
Width of Bit Clock High tWSH VIH=2.2V 160 ns
Width of Bit Clock low tWBL V1L =0.6V 160 ns
Rise Time of Bit Clock tRS tps = 488ns 50 ns
Fall Time of Bit Clock tFS tps =488ns 50 ns
Holding Time from Bit Clock
tHsFL long frame only 0 ns
low to Frame Sync
Holding Time from Bit Clock .
tHOLD Short frame only 0 ns
High to Frame Sync
Set-Up Time from Frame Sync
tSFS long frame only 80 ns
to Bit Clock low
Delay Time from BClKx High
tDSD load = 150pF plus 2 lSTTl loads 0 180 ils
10 Dala Valid
Delay Time to TSx low tXDP load = 150pF plus 2 lSTTl loads 140 ns
Delay Time from BClKx low to
IDzc 50 165 ns
Data Oulpul Disabled
Delay Time to Valid Data from
FSx or BClKx,Whlchever IDzF CL=OpF 10 150pF 20 165 ns
Comes later
Set-Up Time from DR Valid to
tSDS 50 ns
BClKRIX low
Hold Time from BClKRIX low to
IHsD 50 ns
DR Jnvalid
Delay Time from BClKRIX low
tOFSSG load = 50pF plus 2 lSTTl loads 300 ns
10 SIGR Valid I
Set-Up Time from FSXlR 10 Short frame sync pulse (lor 2 bit
ISF 50 ns
BClKXIR low . clock periods long) (Note 1) ,
Hold Time from BCLKXIR Low Short frame sync pulse (1 or 2 bit
tHF 100 ns
to FSXlR Low clock periods long) (Note 1)
Hold Time from 3rd Period of
Long frame sync pulse (from 3 to
Bit Clock Low to Frame Sync tHBFI 100 ns
8 bit clock periods long)
(FSx or FS R)
Minimum Width of the Frame
tWFL 64K bitls operating mode 160 ns
Sync Pulse (Low Level)
Note 1: For short frame sync timing. FSx and FSR must go high while their respective bit clocks are high.
TIMING DIAGRAM
TSx -:--------t\
MCLKR
MCLKx
BCLKX
FSx _ _ _ _--'T
SIGx
Dx---------~
FSX
----= f--------tSSFB+-------i tHBSF
I
SFX __________~~+---S-I-G-N-A-Ll-N-G-F-R-A-M-E--~--------------------~--------____~+_--~--~------
----- ,---,
tSSFF \ \
f------++---tSSFB--------i
SIGR.
------------------------------------------------------------------------~~-----
c8 SAMSUNGSEMICONDUCTOR 205
·KT3054J CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise specifiEld: Ta=O·C to 70·C, Vcc=5V±5%, Vaa= -5V±5%, GNDA=OV, f=1.02KHz,
VIN = OdBmO, transmit Input amplifier connected for unity:galn non-inverting.) .
Amplitude Response
Nominal OdBmO level is 4dBm (6000) 1.2276 Vrms
Absolute Levels AL
OdBmO·
Max Overload Level tMAX Max overload level (3.17dBmO) .2.501 VPK
VFxl + = OV,rms,
Positive Power Supply Rejection,
PPSRx Vee = 5.0Voe + 100mVrms 40 dBC
. Transmit
f = OKHz - 50KHz
VFxl + = OVrms,
Negative Power Supply Rejection,
NPSRx Vee = - 5.0Voe + 100mVrms 40 dBC
Transmit
f = OKHz - 50KHz
PCM code equals positive zero
Vee = 5.0Voc + 100mVrms
Positive Power Supply Rejection,
PPSRR f = OHz - 4000Hz 40 dBC
Receive
f = 4KHz - 25KHz 40 dB
f == 25KHz - 50KHz 36 dB
PCM code equals positive zero
Vee= -5.0Voc + 100mVrms
Negative Power Supply Rejection,
NPSRR f = OHz -:- 4000Hz 40 dBC
Receive
f = 4KHz - 25KHz , 40 dB
f = 25KHz - 50KHz 36 dB
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin No. Symbol Description .
I
into DR. FSR is an 8KHz pulse train.
Receive data input. PCM data is shifted into DR following the FSR
6 DR
leading edge.
The bit clock which shifts data into DR after the FSR leading edge.
Many vary from 64KHz to 2.048MHz. Alternatively, may be a: logic
BClKR/
7 input which selects either 1.536MHzl1.544MHz or 2.048MHz for
CLI~SEl
master clock in synchronous mode and BClKx is used for both
·transmit and receive directions.
Receive master clock. Must be 1.536MHz, 1.544MHz or 2.048MHz.
, May be asynchronous with MClKx, but should be synchronous with
MClKR/
8 MClKx for best performance. When MClKRis connected continously
PDN
low, MClKR is selected for all internal timing. When MClKR is
connected continuously high the device is powered down.
Transmit master clock. Must be 1.536MHz, 1.544MHz or 2.048MHz.
9 MClKx
Maybe asynchronous with MClKR.
The bit clock which shifts out the PCM data on Dx. May vary from
10 BClKx
64KHz to 2.048MHz, but must be synchronous with MClKx.
11 Dx The TRI·STATE PCM data output which is enabled by FSx.
Transmit frame sync pulse input which enables BClKx to shift
12 FSx
out the PCM data on Dx. FSx·is an 8KHz pulse train.
13 TSx Open drain ouptut which pulses low during the encoder time slot.
Analog output of the transmit input amplifier.
14 GSx
Used to externally !iet again.
15 VFxl- Inverting input of the transmit input amplifier.
16 VFxl+ Non·inverting input of the trans.mitinput amplifier.
PIN CONNECTION
VFx'+
VFx'-
GSx
TSx
KT3054J FSx
DR 6
BCLKRI
BCLKx
CLKSEL
MCLKRI
PDN
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
POWER·UP
When power is first applied, power-on reset circuitry initializes the COMBO and places it into the power-down mode.
All non-essential circuits are deactivated and the Ox and VFRO outputs are put in high impedance states. To power-
up the device, a logical low level or clock must be applied to the MCLKFJPDN pin and FSx and/or FSRpulses must
be 'present. Thus, 2 power-down control modes are available. The first is to pull the MCLKFJPDN pin high; the
alternative is to hold both FSx and FSR inputs continuously low-the device will power-down approximately 2ms
after the last FSx or FSR pulse. Power-up will occur on the first FSx or FSR pulse. The TRI-STATE PCM data
output, Dx, will remain in the high impedance state until the second FSx pulse.
SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION
For synchronous operation, the same master clock and bit clock should be used for both the transmit and receive
directions. In this mode, a clock must be applied to MCLKx and the MCLKFJPDN pin can be used as a power-down
control. A low level on MCLKR/PDN powers up the device and a high level powers down the device. In either case,
MCLKx will be selected as the master clock for both the transmit and receive circuits. A bit clock must also be
applied to BCLKx and the BCLKFJCLKSEL can be used to select the proper internal divider for a master clock of
1.536MHz, 1.544MHz or 2.048MHz. For 1.544MHz operation, the device automatically compensates for the 193rd
clock pulse each frame.
With a fixed level on the BcLKFJCLKSEL pin, BCLKx will be selected as the bit clock for both the transmit and
receive directions. In this synchronous mode, the bit clock, BCLKx, may be from 64KHz to 2.048MHz, but must
be synchronous with MCLKx.
Each FSx pulse begins the encoding cycle and the PCM data from the previous encode cycle .is shifted out of
the enabled Dx output on the positive edge of BCLKx. After 8 bit clock periods, the TRI·STATE Dx output is retumed
to a high impedance state. With an FSRpulse, PCM data is latched via the DR Input on the negative edge of BCLKx
(or BCLKR if running). FSx and FSR must be synchronous with MCLKXlR .
TABLE 1. Selection of Master Clock Frequencies
BCLKR/CLKSEL Master Clock Frequency Selected
Clocked, 1.536MHz or 1.544MHz
0 2.048MHz
1 (or Open Circuit) 1.536MHz or 1.544MHz
ASYNCHRONOUS OPERATION
For asynchronous operation, separate transmit and receive clocks may be applied .. MCLKx and MCLKR must be
1.536MHz, 1.544MHz for the KT3054, and need not be synchronous. For best transmission performance, however,
MCLKR should be synchronous with MCLKx, which is easily achieved by applying only static logic levels to the
MCLKFJPDN pin. This will automatically connect MCLKx to all internal MCLKR functions (see Pin Description). For
1.544MHz operation, the device automatically compensates fo~ the 193rd clock pulse each frame. FSx starts each
encoding cycle and must be synchronous with MCLKx and BCLKx. FSR starts each decoding cycle and must be
synchronous with BCLKR. BCLKRmust be a clock, the logic levels shown in Table 1 are not valid in asynchropous
mode. BCLKx and BCLKR may operate from 64KHz to 2.048MHz. .
I
The receive section consists of an expanding DAC which drives a fifth order switched-capacitor low pass filter
clocked at 256KHz. The decoder is A-law or wlaw (KT3054) and the 5th order low pass filter corrects for the sin x/x
attenuation due to the 8KHz sample/hold. The filter is then followed by a 2nd order RC active post-filter/power
amplifier capable of driving a 6000 load to a level of 7.2dBm. The receive section is unity-gain. Upon the
occurrence of FSR; the data at the DR input is clocked in on the falling edge of the next eight BClKA (BClKx)
periods. At the end of the decoder time slot, the decoding cycle begins, and 10l-ls later the decoder DAC output
is updated. The total decoder delay is -10l-ls (decoder update) plus 110l-ls (filter delay) plus 62.51-1s (1/2 frame), which
gives approximately 180l-Is.
TRANSMIT SECTION
The transmit section input is an operational amplifier with provision for gain adjustment using two external
resistors, see Figure 4. The low noise and wide bandwidth allow gains in excess of 20dB across the audio
passband to be realized. The op amp drives a unity-gain filter consisting of RC active pre-filter, followed by an eighth
order switched-capacitor bandpass filter clocked at 256KHz. The output of this filter directly drives the encoder
sample-and-hold circuit. The AID is of companding type according to wlaw (KT3054) or A-law coding conventions. A
precision voltage reference is trimmed in manufacturing to provide an input overload (tMAxl of nominally 2.5V peak
(see table of Transmission Characteristics). The FSx frame sync pulse controls the sampling of the filter output,
and then the successive-approximation encoding cycle begins. The 8-bit code is then loaded into a buffer and shifted
out through Dx at the next FSx pulse. The total encoding delay will be approximately 1651-1s (due to the transmit
filter) plus 1251-1s (due to encoding delay), which totals 290l-Is. Any offset voltage due to the filters or comparator
is cancelled by sign bit integration.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
POWER SUPPLIES
In applications where the printed circuit board may be plugged into a "hot" socket with power and clocks already
present, an extra long ground pin in the connector should be used.
All ground connections to each device should meet at a common point as close as possible to the GNDA pin.
This minimizes the interaction of ground return currents flowing through a common bus impedance. 0.11-1F supply
decoupling capacitors should be connected from this common ground point to Vee and Vee.
For best performance, the ground point of each CODEC/FllTER on a card should be connected to a common card
ground in star formation, rather than via a ground bus.
This common ground point should be decoupled to Vee and Vee with 10l-lF capacitors.
RECEIVE GAIN ADJUSTMENT
For applications where CO DEC/filter receive output must drive a 6000 load, but a peak swing lower than ± 2.5V
is required, the receive gain can be easily adjusted by inl?erting a matched T-pad or r-pad at the output. Table"
lists the required resistor values for 6000 terminations. As these are generally non-standard values, the equations
can be used to compute the attenuation of the closest practical set of resistors. It may be necessary to use
unequal values for the R1 or R4 arms of the. attenuators to achieve a precise attenuation. Generally it is tolerable
to allow a small deviation of the input impedance from nominal while still maintaining a good return loss. For
example a 30dB return loss against 6000 is obtained if the output impedance of the attenuator is in the range 2820
to to 3100 (assuming a perfect transformer).
~ l 1:,.[2,2U600 I
I
R4 R4 IZ2
I
Z1!
I 1
I
IL.. ___ _
N +1
2 N
R1 = Z1 (W-1)-~ (N2-1)
N
R2 = z,J Z1'Z2 (w=-:1)
. I POWER IN
Where: N ='\1 POWER OUT
and
s=~
Also: Z = .JZsc,-Zoc .
Where Zsc, = impedance with short circuit termination.
and Zoe = impedance with open circuit termination
dB R1 R2 R3 R4
APPLICATION CIRCUITS
GNDA VFxl -
Vee GSx
-5V
ANALOG
INTERFACE
KT3054J
______ 1
I
TO SllC VFRO
------ - ----------
FROM TSAC' FSR FSx FROM TSAC I
DIGITAL
DR Ox INTERFACE
Fig. 4
COMBO CODEC
20 CERDIP
The KT3064 Vt-Iaw), is monolithic PCM CODECI
FILTERS utilizing the AID and D/A conversion, a serial
PCM interface. The devices are fabricated using
double-poly CMOS process. The device feature an
additional receive power amplifierto'provide push-pull
balanced output drive capability. The receive gain can
be adjusted by means of two external resistors for an
output level of up to ± 6.6V across a balanced 6000
load. The Analog Loopback switch and TSx output is
also included.
FEATURES
• wlaw compatible
• Meets or exceeds all D3JD4 and CCITT
specifications
• :!: 5V operation
• Low operating power: typically 7,OmW
• Active RC noise filters
• Power-down standby mode: typically 3mW
• Automatic power-down
• Transmit high-pass and low-pass filtering
• Internal precision voltage reference
• Serial I/O interface
• Internal auto-zero circuitry
• TTL or CMOS compatible digital interfa,ce
• Maximizes line interface card circuit density
BLOCK DIAGRAM
R2
I
Storage Temperature Range T. -65-+150 ·C
Lead Temperature Soldering, 10 secs) TL 300 ·C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise noted: Vee=5.0V±5%, Vee= -5V±5%, GNDA=OV, Ta=O·C to 70·C; typical characteristics
specified at Vee = 5.0V, Ta = 25°C; ali signals are referenced to GNDA)
Power Dissipation
Active Current led1 Power amplifiers active, VPI = OV 7.0 10.0. mA
Active Current lee1 Power amplifiers active, VPI = OV 7.0 10.0 mA
Power'Down Current leeo 0.5 1.5 . mA
Power·Down Current leBo 0.05 0.3 mA
Digital Interface
Input Low Current hL GNDAsV1NSV1L, Ali digital inputs -10 10 p.A
Input High Current I'H V'HSV'NSVee -10 10 p.A
Output Current in High
loz Ox, GNDASVoSVee -10 10 p.A
Impedance State (TRI·STATE)
Input Low Voltage V'L 0.6 V
Input High Voltage V'H 2.2 V
Dx,IL=3.2mA 0.4
Output Low Voltage VOL SIG R, IL = 1.0mA 0.4 V
Tsx, IL=3.2mA, Open Drain 0.4
Ox, IH = - 3.2mA 2.4
Output High Voltage VOH V
SIG R, IH = - 1.0mA ·2.4
Analog Interface with Transmit Input Amplifier
Input Leakage Current I,XA - 2.5V sV S + 2.5V, VFxl + or VFxl- -200 200 nA
Input Resistance R,XA - 2.5V sV S + 2.5V, VFxl + or VFxl- 10 MO
Output Resistance RoXA Closed loop, unity gain 1 3 MO
Load Resistance RLXA GSx 10 KO
Load Capacitance CLXA GSx 50 pF
Output Dynamic Range VoXA GSx, RL~ 10KO ±2.B V
II
Delay Time. from BCLKx High
tOBo Load = 150pF plus 2 LSTIL loads 0 180 ns
to Data Valid
Delay Time to TSx Low txop Load = 150pF plus 2 LSTIL loads 140 ns
Delay Time from BCLKx Low
tOEe 50 165 ns
to Data Output Disabled
Delay Time to Valid Data from
FSx or BCLKx, tOZF CL=OpF to 150pF . 20 165 ns
whichever Comes Later
Set-Up Time from DR Valid to
tSOB 50 ns
BCLKRIX Low
Hold Time from BCLKR/x Low
IHBO 50 ns
to DR Invalid
Delay Time from BCLKRIX Low
tOFSSF Load = 50pF plus 2 LSTIL loads 300 ns
to SIGR Valid
Set-Up Time from FSX1R to Short frame sync pulse
tSF 50 ns
BCLKXlR Low (1 or 2 bit clock periods 10ng)(Note 1)
Hold Time from BCLKx1R Low Short frame sym; pulse
tHF 100 ns
. to FSXlR Low (1 or 2 bit clock periods 10ng)(Note 1)
Hold Time from 3rd Period of
Long frame sync pulse
Bit Clock low to Frame Sync tHBFI 100 ns
(from 3.to 8 bit clock periods long)
(FSx of FSR)
Minimum Width of the Frame .
tWFL 64K bitls operating mode 160 ns
Sync Pulse (Low Level)
Note 1: For short frame sync timing, FSx and FSR must go high while their respective bit Clocks are high.
PIN CONFIGURATION
>
.
.,
+
J'
> >
I
J'
::
..J
u
In
~
'..J
U
:::;;
+ «
0
I
0: 0 u a: a: Ii: z
0 0 a: <) (/) 0 0
>
Il.
>
Z
(!)
Il.
>
IL
>
> IL
"
..J
u
Il.
Ii:
In
"U:::;;
..J
TIMING DIAGRAM
MClKx
MClKA
BlCKx
FSx
loze
Ox
BClKA
MClKX
MClKA
BClKx
FSX
Ox
BClKA
FSR ----J["
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin Name Function
7
Vee'
FSA
Positive power supply pin Vee = +5V±5%.
Receive frame sync pulse which enables BClKA to shift PCM data into
OA, FS A is an BKHz pulse train. (refer to Fig 2 and 3 for timing details)
Receive data input. PCM data is shifted into OA following the FSA
II
B OA
leading edge.
The bit clo.ck which shifts data into OA after the FSA leading edge.
,May vary from 64KHz to 2.04BMHz. Alternatively, may be a logic input
BClKFJ
9 which selects either 1.536MHzl1.544MHz or 2.04BMHz for master clock
ClKSEl
in synchronous mode and BClKx is used for both transmit and receive
directions. (see Table 1)
Receive master clock. Must be 1.536MHz or 2.04BMHz. May be
asynchronous with MClKx, but should be synchronous with MClKx
MClKAI
10 for best performance. When MClKA is connected continuously low,
PON
MClKx is selected for ,all internal timing. When MClKA is connected
continuously high, the device is powered down.
Transmit master clock. Must be 1.536MHz, 1.544MHz or 2.04BMHz.
11 MClKx
May be asyncl"jronous with MClKA,
The bit clock which shifts out the PCM data on Ox. May vary from
12 BClKx
64KHz to 2.04BMHz, but must be synchronous with MClKx.
13 Ox The TRI-STATE PCM data output which is enabled by FSx.
Transmit frame sync pulse input which enables BClKx to shift out the
14 FSx
PCM data a on Ox, FSx is an BKHz pulse train. (refer to Fig 2, 3)
1,5 TSx Open drain output which pulses low during t~e encoder time slot.
'Analog loopback control inpu!. Must be set to logic '0' for normal
operation. When pulled to logic '1', the transmit filter input is dis
16 ANlB
connected from the output of the preamplifier and connected to the
VPO+ output of the receive power, amplifier.
Analog output of the transmit input amplifier.
17 GSx
Used to externally set again.
1B VFxl- Inverting input of the transmit input amplifier.
19 YFxl+ Non-inverting input of the transmit input amplifier.
20 Vee Negative power supply pin Vee::: - 5V ± 5%.
.FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
POWER·UP
When. power is first applied, power-on reset circuitry initializes the COMBO and places it into the power-down mode.
All non-essential circuits are deactivated and the Ox, VFRO, VPO - and VPO + outputs are put in high impedance
states. To power-up the device, a logical low level or clock must be applied to the MCli<R/PON pin and FSx and/or
FSR pulses must be present. Thus, 2·power-down control modes are available. The first Is to pull the MClKR/PON -
pin high; the alternative is to hold both FSx and FSRinputs continuously low-the device will power-down approxi-
mately 2ms after the last FSx or FSRpulse. Power-up will occur on the first FSx or FSRpulse. The TRI-STATE PCM
data output, Ox, will remain in the high impedance state until the second FSx pulse.
SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION
For synchronous operation, the same master clock and bit clock should be used for both the transmit and .receive
directions. In this mode, a clock must be applied to MClKx and the MClKR/PON pin can be used as a power-down
controL A low level on MCLKFJPON powers up the device and a high level powers down the device. In either case,
MClKx will be selected as the master clock for both the transmit and receive circuits. A bit dock must also be
applied to BClKx arid the BCLKR/ClKSEl can be used to select the proPer internal divider for a master clock of
1.536MHz, 1.544MHz or 2.048MHz. For 1.544MHz operation, the device automatically compensates for the 193rd
clock pulse each frame.
With a fixed level On the BClKR/ClKSEl pin, BClKx will be selected as the bit clock for both the transmit and
receive directions. In synchronous mode, the bit clock, BClKx, may be from 64KHz to 2.048MHz, but must be
synchronous with MClKx. Each FSx pulse begins the encoding cycle and the PCM data from the previous encode
cycle is shifted out of the enabled Ox output on the positive edge of BClKx. After 8 bit clock periods, the TRI-
STATE Ox output is returned to a high impedance state. With an FSRpulse, PCM data is latched via the DR input
on the negative edge of BClKx (or BClKR if running). FSx and FSR must be synchronous with MClKx/R:
ASYNCHRONOUS OPERATION
. For asynchronous operation, separate transmit and receive clocks maybe applied. MClKx and MClKR must be
1.536MHz, 1.544MHz for the KT3064, and need not be synchronous. For best transmission performance, however,
MClKR should be synchronous with MCLKx, which is easily achieved by applying only static logic levels to the
MClKFJPON pin. This will automatically connect MClKx to all internal MClKRfunctions (refer to pin description).
For 1.544MHz operation, the device automatically compensates for the 193rd clock pulse each frame.
FSx starts each encoding cy.cle and must be synchronous with MClKx and BClKx. FSR starts each decoding
cycle and must I;le synchronous with BCl~, BClKRmust be a clock. BCLKx and BClKR ma~y operate from 64KHz
to 2.048MHz.
TRANSMIT SECTION
II
The transmit section input is an operational amplifier with provision for gain adjustment using two external
resistors. The low noise and wide bandwidth allow gains in excess of 20dB across the audio passband to be
. realized. The OP amp drives a unity-gain filter consisting of RC active pre-filter, followed by an eighth order switched·
capacitor bandpass filter clocked at 256KHz. The output of this filter directly drives the encoder sample·and-hold
circuit. The A/D is of companding type according to wlaw (KT3064) coding conventions. A precision voltage
reference is trimmed in manufacturing to provide an input overload (t m..} of nominally 2.5V peak. The FSx frame
sync pulse controls the sampling of the filter output, and then the successive-approximation encoding cycle
begins. The 8-bit code is then loaded into a buffer and shifted out through Ox at the next FSx pulse. The total
encoding delay will be approximately 165i,ts (due to the transmit filter) plus 125jLs (due to encoding delay), which
totals 290jLs. Any offset voltage due to ~he filters or comparator is cancelled by sign bit integration.
RECEIVE S!:CTION
The receive section consists of an expanding DAC which drives a fifth order switched-capacitor low pass filter
clocked at 256KHz. The decoder is wlaw (KT3064) and 5th order low pass filter corrects for the sin xix attenuation
due to the 8KHz sample/hold. The filter is then followed by a 2nd order RC active post-filter with its output at VFRO.
The receive section is unity-gain, but gain can be added by using the power amplifiers. Upon the occurrence of
FS R, the data at the DR input is clocked in on the falling edge of the next eight BClKR (BClKx) periods. At the·
end of the decoder time slot, the decoding cycle begins, and 10jLs later the decoder DAC output is updated. The
total decoder delay is 210jLs (decoder update) plus 110jLs (filter delay) plus 62.5jLs· (1/2 frame), which gives approxi-
mately.180jLs.
TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
(Unless otherwise specified: Ta=O·C to 70·C, Vcc=5V±5%, V~e= -5V±5%, GNDA'=OV, f= 1.02KHz,
VIN = OdBmO transmit input amplifier connected for unity-gain non,inverting.)
Amplitude Response
Nominal OdBmO level is 4dBm (6000) 1.2276 Vrms
Absolute Levels OdBmO
Max transmit overload level
Max-Transmit Overload Level tMAX
(3.17dBmO) 2.501 VPK
Ta=25·C, Vcc =5V, Vee,= -5V
Transmit Gain, Absolute GXA -0.15 0.15 dB
Input at GSx=OdBmO at 1020Hz
f=16Hz -40 dB
f=50Hz -30 dB
f=60Hz -26 dB
f=200Hz -1.8 -0.1 dB
f = 300Hz - 3000Hz -0.15 0.15 dB
Transmit Gain, Relative to GXA GXR
f=3300Hz -0.35 0.05 dB
f=3400Hz -0.7 0 dB
f=4000Hz -14 dB
f = 4600Hz and up, measure -32 dB
Response from OHz to 4000Hz
Absolute Transmit Gain Variation
GXAT Ta=O·C to 70·C ±0.1 dB
with Temperature
Absolute Transmit ,Gain Variation
GXAV Vcc=5V±5%, Vee= -5V±5% ±0.05 dB
with Supply Voltage
Sinusoidal test method
Reference level = -10dBmO
Transmit Gain Variations with
GXRL VFxl + = - 40dBmO to + 3dBmO -0.2 0.2 dB
Level
VFxl + = - 5OdBmO to - 40 dBmO -0.4 0.4 dB
, VFxl + = - 55dBmO to - 5OdBmO -1.2 1.2 dB
Ta=25·C, Vcc =5V, Vee = -5V
Receive Gain, Absolute GRA Input = Digital code sequence for -0.15 0.15 dB
OdBmO signal at 1020Hz
f = OHz to 3000Hz -0.15 0.15 dB
,f=3300Hz -0.35 0.05 dB
Receive Gain, Relative to GRA GRR
f=3400Hz -0.7 0 dB
f=4000Hz -14 dB
Absolute Receive Gain Variation
GRAT Ta=O·C to 70·C ±0.1 dB
with Temperature
Absolute Receive Gain Variation
GRAV Vcc =5V±5%, Vee = -5V±5% ±0.05 dB
with Supply Voltage
Sinusoidal test method; reference
input PCM code 'corresponds to an
Receive Gain Variations with ideally encoded-10dBmO signal
GRRL
Level PCM level = - 4OdBmO to + 3 dBmO -0.2 0.2 dB
PCM level = - 50dBmO to - 40dBmO -0.4 0.4 dB
PCM level = - 55dBmO to - 50d~mO -1.2 1.2 dB
Receive Filter Output at VFRO VRO RL= 10KO -2.5 2.5 V
VFxl + = OVrms,
Positive Power Supply Rejection,
PPSRx Vee = 5.0Voc + 100mVrms 40 dBC
Transmit
I = OKHz - 50KHz
VFxl + = OVrms;
Negative Power Supply Rejection,
NPSRx Vss = - 5.0Voc + 100mVrms 40 dBC
Transmit
1= OKHz - 50KHz
flCM code equals positive zero
Vcc = 5.0Voc + 100mVrms
Positive Power Supply Rejection,
PPSRR I = OHz - 4000Hz 40 dBC
Receive
I = 4KHz - 25KHz 40 dB
I = 25KHz - 50KHz 36 dB
PCM code equals positive zero
Vss= -5.0Voc +100mVrms
Negative Power Supply Rejection,
NPSR A I = OHz - 4000Hz 40 dBC
Receive
I = 4KHz - 25KHz 40 dB
I = 25KHz - 50KHz 36 dB
APPLICATION INFORMATION
POWER SUPPLY
While the pins of the KT3064 are well protected against electrical misuse, it is recommended that the standard
CMOS practice be followed, ensuring that ground is connected to the device before any other connections are
made. In applications where the printed circuit board may be plugged into a "hot" socket with power and clocks
already present, an extra long ground pin in the connector should be used.
All ground connections to each device should meet at a common point as close as possible to the GNDA pin. This
minimizes the interaction of ground return currents flowing through a common bus impedance. 0.1!,F supply
decoupling capacitors should be connected from this common ground point to Vee and VBB• For best performance,
II
the ground point of each CODEC/FILTER on a card should be connected to a common card ground in start formation,
rather tha via a ground bus. This common ground point should be decoupled to Vee and VBS with 10!,F capacitors.
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
R2 R1
300
VBS
0.1
600 GNDA KT3064
0.1
+5V Vee
VPI
300 R3 R4
FEATURES
• The simple % 5V power supply operation
• Typically 30mW low power dissipation
• Follows the w255 companding law
• Synchronous ancl asynchronous operation
• On-chip offset null circuit eliminates long term drift, drift error
and need for trimming
• Minimum' extemal circuitry required
• Serial data output 64Kb/s to 2.1Mb/s at 8KHz sampllng'nite
• Separate analog and digital grounding pins reduce system noise
problems
• On·chlp sample and hold.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
RECEIVE (DECODE)
1--------{12
DIGITAL
INPUT
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
EXAMPLE;
1. Q..1.j 0010 = +70.8mV+ (2x4.90mV)
sign bit chord step bit = 8O.SmV
If the sign ·bit were a zero, then both pulse signs would be changed to minlis signs
PIN CONFIGURATION
ANALOG INPUT 1
ANALOG GROUND
ANALOG OUTPUT
KT5116J
MASTER CLOCK I 5 DIGITAL INPUT
DIGITAL OUTPUT 8
DC CHARACTERISTICS
(Condition; V+ =5V, V- = -5V, V"I+.=2.5V, Vrel_ = -2.5V)
AC CHARACTERISTICS
I
25% of
SYNC Rise, Fall Time (XMIT, RCV) t rs, tts ns
PWCLK
8
SYNC Pulse Width (XMiT, RCV) p's
fx(fr)
SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter Test Condition Symbol Min Typ Max Unit
PIN DESCRIPTION
1. Analog Input (Pin 1)
At this pin, employs voice-frequency analog signals which are bandwidth-limited to 4KHz. Then, they are sampled
at an 8KHz rate. The Analog Input must remain between Vref (+) and V,of (-) for accurate conversion.
3. NC (Pin 4)
This pin is a pin of non-connection.
I COOEC
I
I
I
I
""n
I
I TYPICAL
I
I
I
Fig. 1
~-------------------------twsx------------------~--~~
2.4V
1.4V
Ir-----------------------------Il
XMIT SYNC O.4V
I
V
PCM DATA PRESENT
. Fig. 2
2.4V
1.4V
1,...--------------------------.. .1
RCV SYNC V
-~H--tRS
tSRc
tRSS
tRC
DIGITAL INPUT
{#!lIff!!!!/~
tj
IOIR
DAT
----~------------------------------~\.
ANALOG OUTPUT
tSAO
r
Fig. 3
Note: All rise and fail times are measured from O.4V and 2.4V. All delay times are measured from 1.4V:
80
70
JJ I
Ii 80
:!!
Ii +1
~.
+0.5
:!!
50
4~ 40 ..:;....
CO I r
~
~
40 -0.1 -0.1 -0.1 0..1 _
40 39~5116
~ ~~5
~4
-0.05
<>
g :k I-
30 z
:c -1 -,
z~
~ANNEL ~"23
-0.5.1
Il!
co 20 r- f-
JANK
SPECIFICATIONS _ _ 22~5-
" 03
-2 _~HANNEL BANK
SPECIFICATIONS
10 I I -3 I I -3
I
-4
+30 -10 -20 -30 -40 -50 -60 +10 -w -20 -30 -40 -50 -80 -70
INPUT LEVEL - dBmO INPUT LEVEL - dBmO
FIg. • Fig. 5
ENABLE SAR
SAR REQUIRES
::: 128 MASTER CLOCKS
XMIT SYNC
)(VALID DATA
XMIT CLOCK
------------------' REQUIRED TO TRANSFER DATA
FROM MASTER TO SLAVE
DIGITAL
200n
RCV IN
INTERNAL
CLOCK RCV SYNC
. Fig. 7
10100000
~ 10010000
5
0--
~
Ci
13
1000oooo}
--' 0000 0000
00010000
00100000
0011 0000
II
0100 0000
01010000
j
01100000
./
, V-
01110000
01111111
- ~
~
- VREF
2
Fig. 8 ANALOG INPUT (VOLTS)
0 + VREF
-2-
+VREF
0111 0000 -
D/A CONVERTER (p.·Law Decoder) TRANSFER CHARACTERISTIC
01111111
.........
.......
01100000
01010000
0100 0000
~
,
\.
0011 0000
00100000
00010000
10010000
10100000
1011 0000
1100 0000
1101 0000
11100000
,
\
r"
11110000
~ i"--
11111111
- VREF 0 + VREF
-VREF -2- 2 +VREF
XMITSYNC
1 MASTER
CLOCK
PERIOD
(MIN)
. 17 MASTER
-1 .
CLOCK'
PERIODS
(MIN)
tRDS
~ALI fiR,,f;J/ilFlIQ!ifilil.Q/'ifll'.QfiIi!0r,:JlFfl\CJrlli!iJ,QfilW.CJrl
.fi::1:1t:j~ff11:i E7v:t1i~v:t:IJ EJVJ.'t:J ~tJ':ff:J ~tN:Je3~ ~\f11:J~ \
Fig. 11
Note: All. rise and fall times are measured from O.4V and 2.4V. All delay times are measured from 1.4V.
GAIN ADJUST'
BAND 8
PASS TRANSMITIER .
FILTER' DIGITAL . DIGITAL
(AID) MUX TRUNK
FROM {
OTHER
CHANNELS.
---~----
2 WIRE CABLE I
I
I
RECEIVER
I 13
(DIA)
12
I LOW
I PASS DIGITAL
DEMUX DIGITAL
I FILTER TRUNK
I TO
OTHER {
I CHANNELS
LL~~~~~~~~ __ _
II
I I
I
J IL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .,
J I
I J
I 1.004KHz I
I NOUT NOTCH FILTER
I HP3551A FILTER
I .
L ______________ ~ _______ I ~
SOUT+NoUT
Fig. 12
Note: The ideal decoder consists of a digital decomponder and a 13·bit precision DAC.
PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
The equipment connections shOwn in Figure 12 can be used to evaluate tlie performance of the KT5116.
An analog signal provided by the HP3551 a transmission test set is connected to the Analog Input (Pin 1) of the
KT5116. The Digital Output of the CODeC is tied back to the Digital Input and the Analog Output is fed through
a lOW-pass filter to the HP3551A.
Remaining pins of the KT5116 are connected as follows:
1. RCV SYNC is tied to XMIT SYNC.
2. XMIT CLOCK is tied to Master CLOCK. The signal is inverted and tied to RCV clock.
The following timing signals are required:
1. Master CLOCK=2.048MHz
2. XMIT SYNC repetition rate=8KHz
3. XMIT SYNC width=8 XMIT CLOCK periods.
when all the above requirements are met, the set-up of Figure 12 permits the measurement of synchronous system
performance over a wide range of Analog Inputs.
The data register and ideal decoder provide a means of checking the encoder portion of the KT5116 independently
of .the decoder section. To test the system in the asynchronous mode, Master CLOCK should be separated from
RCV CLOCK. XMIT CLOCK and RCV CLOCK are separated also separated.
10MD
'NON
·POLARIZED
2.048MHz
128KHz
5V
2KII±1'10
GNDAo---------4----~--,
C2 .05~F
-5Vo--------~-----
NOTE: All unused input connected to GNDD or Vee, only in HeT series.
TONE DECODER
8 DIP
The LM567C is a monolithic phase locked loop system designed to pr0-
vide a saturated transistor switch to GND. when an input signal is present
within the passband. External components are used to independently
set center frequency bandwidth and output delay.
FEATURES
• Wide frequency range (O.01Hz - 500kHz).
• Bandwidth adJustabl, from 0 to 14% 8 SOP
• logic compatible output wHh 100mA current sinking capability.
II
• Inherant Immunity to fal.. 81gna18.
• High rejection of out..of.band slgnal8 and nolae.
• Frequency range adjustable over 20:1 range by an external
re8lstor.
APPLICATIONS
• Touch Tone Decoder
• Wireless Intercom.
• Communications paging deco,ders
• Frequency monitoring and control. ORDERING INFORMATION
• Ultrasonic controls (remote TV etc.)
• Carrier current remote controls. Device Package Operating Temperature
• Precision oscillator. LM567CN 8 DIP
0- +70·C
LM567CD 8 SOP
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Nee =5JJV. T... 25°C unless other wise specified)
fo=_1_
R,C,
where R, is in ohms and C, is in farads.
where V; is the input signal in volts, rms, and C~ is the capaCitance at pin 2 in I'F.
241
c8SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
LMS67C LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
PIN DESCRIPTION
OUTPUT FILTER - C3 (Pin 1)
Capacitor C3 connected from pin 1 to ground forms a simple low-pass post detection filter to eliminate spurious outputs
due to out-of-band signals. The time constant of the filter can be expressed as T3 =R3C3, where R3 (4.7kG) is the internal
impedance at pin 1.
The precise value of G3 is not entical for most applications. To eliminate the possibility of false triggering by spurious
signals, it is recommended that C3 be 2: 2 C2, where C2 is the loop filter capacitance at pin 2.
If the value of C3 becomes too large, the turn-on qr turn-off time of the output stage will be delayed until the voltage
change across C3 reaches the threshold voltage. In certain applications, the delay may be desirable as a means of
suppressing spurious outputs. Conversely, if the value of C3 is too small, the beat rate at the output of the quadrature detec-
tor may cause a false logic level change at the output. (Pin 8) .
The average voltage (during lock) at pin 1 is a function of the inband input amplitude in accordance with the given transfer
characteristic.
INPUT (Pin 3)
The input signal is applied to pin 3 through a coupling capacitor. This terminal is internally biased at a dc level 2 volts
above ground, and has an input impedance level of approximately 20 kG
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
SELECTION OF EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
A typical connection diagram for the LM567C is shown in Figure 3. For most applications, the following procedure will
be sufficient for determination of the external components At, Ct, C2 , and C3 •
1. At and Ct should be selected for the desired center frequency by the expression fa =l/AtCt. For optimum temperature
stability, At should be selected such that 2kO, and the AtC t product should have sufficient stability over the projected
operating temperature range.
2. Low-pass capacitor, C 2 , can be determined from the Bandwidth versus Input Signal Amplitude graph of Figure 7.
One approach is to select an area of operation from the graph, and then adjust the input level and value of C2 accord-
ingly. Or, if the input amplitude variation is known, the required foC2 product can be found to give the desired bandwidth.
II
Constant bandwidth operation requires V,>200mV rms. Then, as noted on the graph, bandwidth will be controlled
solely by the foC2 product.
3. Capacitor C 3 sets the band edge of the low-pass filter which attenuates frequencies outside of the detection band and
thereby eliminales spurious outputs. If C3 is too small, frequencies adjacent to the detection band may switch the output
stage off and on at the beat frequency, or the output may pulse off and on during the turn-on transient. a typical
minimum value of C 3 is 2 C2 • .
Conversely, if C3 is too large, turn-on and turn-off of the output stage will be delayed until the voltage across C3 passes
the threshold value.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The LM567C is a frequency selective tone decoder system based on the phase-locked loop (PLL) principle. the system
is comprised of a phase-locked loop, a quadrature AM detector, a voltage comparator, and an output logic driver. The four
sections are internally interconnected as shown in Figure 1.
When an· input tone is present within the pass-band of the circuit, the PLL synchronizes or "locks" on the input signal.
The quadrature detector serves as a lock indicator: when the PLL is locked on an input signal, the dc v'oltage at the output of
the detector is shifted. This dc level shift is then converted to an output logic pulse by the amplifier and logic driver. The
logic driver is a "bare collector" transistor stage capable of switching 100 mA loads.
The logic output at pin 8 is normally in a "high" state, until a tone that is within the capture range of the decoder is present
at the input. When the decoder is locked on an input signal, the logic output at pin 8 goes to a "low" state.
The center frequency of the detector is set by the free-running frequency of the current-controlled oscillator in the PLL.
This free-running frequency, fa, is determined by the selection of At and C t connected to pins 5 and 6, as shown in
Figure 3. The detection bandwidth is determined by the size of the PLL filter capacitor, C2; and the output response speed
is controlled by the output filter capacitor, C3
14
-
12
8
.....
6_
4_ .....;
r--..
2
-is 0 25
TEIIPEIW'UIII rei
7&
- 100
BW YS CENTER FREQUENCY
.........
""
--lIII0
o
10 12 14 18 100 11( 101( 1001< 111
aw~allO)
~
~~
~ t': I
JI
f'\ t\-
ea ~ ["-....
f'\ 1'-- 1"---
l"'- t-
2" 4 10 12 14 18
-t-
1000 1.0
500 ~-
" t\..
(MInimum Ca)
~ r--
L_100mA
V
20
10
"-
I'\.
10
"' 20 50 100
0,2
---,...
, -25 25
IL_30mA
50
---
75
/"
100
II
BANDWIDTH (1Ma 01 10) BANDWIDTH ("C)
AC TEST CIRCUIT
+5V
LM567C
Yin +5V
fi=100KHz
Note: Adjust for fo=1OOKHz
Fig. 2
AL
6 5 3
lSL10
AL
Al =6.8K to 15K
./ R2-4.7K
A3=20K 'C2~ ~Cl
FEATURES
• Very low power dissipation (4mW at 5V)
..
•
Bandwidth adjustable from 0 to 14% of fo
Logic compatible output with 10mA current sinking capability.
I
• Highly stable center frequency_
• Center frequency adjustable from 0.01 Hz to 60KHz.
• Inherent immunity to false signals.
• High rejection of out-of-band signals and noise.
• Frequency range adjustable over 20:1 range by external resistor.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = +5V, T. = 25°C, unless otherwise specilied.)
BLOCK DIAGRAM
OUTPUT FILTER 1
LOOP FILTER 2
II
INPUT 3 6 TIMING RESISTOR
5 TIMING CAPACITOR
TEST CIRCUIT .
vee
+5V
HL
4
20KII
INPUT
+--4---'-0 OUTPUT
Fig. 1
TYPICAL APPLICATION CIRCUIT
vee
RL
8 1---+--0 OUTPUT
1
fo='1'I1Cl
Fig. 2
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
The LM567L monolithic circuit consists of a phase detector, low pass filter, and current controlled oscillater which comprise
the basic phase-locked loop, plus an additional low pass filter and quadrature detector enabling detection of in-band signals.
The device has a normally high open collector output.
The input signal is applied to Pin 3 (100KO nominal input resistance). Free running frequency is controlled by an RC network
at pins 5 arid 6. A capacitor on pin 1 serves as the output filter and eliminates out-of-band triggering. PLL filtering is accom-
2;
plished with a capacitor on Pin band-width and skew are also dependent upon the circuitry here. Pin 4 is +Vcc (4.75 to
fN nominal, 10V maximum); Pin 7 is ground; and Pin 8 is the open collector output, pulling low w~en an in-band signal triggers
the device.
The LM567L is pin-for-pin compatible with the standard LM567-type decoder. Internal resistors have been scaled up by a
factor of ten, thereby reducing power dissipation and allowing use of smaller capacitors for the same applications compared
to the standard part. This scaling also lowers maximum device center frequency and load current sinking capabilities.
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
The LM567L is a frequency selective tone decoder system based on the phase-locked loop (PLL) principle. The system
is comprised of a phase-locked loop, a quadrature detector, a voltage comparator, and an output logic driver.
When an input tone is present within the pass-band of the circuit, the PLL synchronizes or "locks" on the input signal.
The quadrature deiector serves as a lock indicator: when the PLL is locked on an input Signal, the DC voltage at the output
of the detector is shifted. This DC leve) shift is then converted to an output logic pulse by the amplifier and logic driver.
The logic output at Pin 8 is an "open-collector" NPN transistor stage capable of switching 10mA current loads.
The logic output at Pin 8 is normally in a "high" state, until a tone that is within the capture range of the decoder is present
at the input. When the decoder is locked on an input Signal, the logic output at Pin 8 goes to a "low" state.
Fig 3 shows ihe typical output response of the 'circuit for a tone-burst 'applied to the input, within the detection band.
The center frequency of the detector is set by the free-running frequency of the current-controlled oscillator in the PLL.
This free-running frequency, fo, is determined by the.selection of R1 and C1 connected to Pins 5 and 6, as shown in Fig 2.
The detection bandwidth is determined by the size of the PLL filter capacitor, C2 (see Fig 10); and the output response speed
is controlled by the output filter capacitor, C3.
B·W (%)=338
J V; (RMS)
fo (Hz).C2 (I'F)
INPUT
I
OUTPUT
If necessary, the detection bandwidth skew can be reduced to zero by an optional centering adjustment. (see optional
controls.)
fmrn fa h fmax
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
SELECTION OF EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
A typical connection diagram for the LM567L is shown in Fig 2. For most applications, the following procedure will
be sufficient for determination of the external components Rl, Cl, C2, and C3.
1. Rl and Cl should be selected for the desired center frequi:lncy by the expression fa'" l/R1C2. For optimum tem-
perature stability, Rl should be selected such that ~OKO:$ Rl :$200KO, and the R1Cl product should have sufficient
stability over the projected operating temperaturE! range.
2. Low-pass capacitor, C2,I can be determined from the bandwidth versus input signal amplitude graph of Fig 10.
One approach is to select an area of operation from the graph, and then adjust the input level and value of C2 ac-
cordingly. Or if the input amplitude variation is known, the required fa C2 product can be found to give the desired
bandwidth. constant bandwidth operation requires Vj >200mVrms. Then, as noted on the graph, bandwidth will be
controlled solely by the fa C2 product. .
3. Capacitor C3 sets the band edge of the low-pass filter which attenuates frequencies outside of the detection band
and thereby eliminates spurious outputs. If C3 is too small, frequencies adjacent to the detection band may switch
the output stage off and on at the beat frequency, or the output may pulse off and on during the turn-on transient.
A typical minimum value for C3 is 2 C2.
Conversely, if C3 is too large, turn-on and turn-off of the output stage will be delayed until the voltage across C3
passes the threshold value.
PRECAUTIONS
1. The LM567L will lock on signals near (2n+l) fa and produce an output for signals near (4n+ 1) fa, for n=O, I, 2 etc.
Signals at 5 fa and 9 fa can cause an unwanted output and should, therefore, be attenuated before reaching the input
of the circuit. .
2. Operating the LM567L in a reduced bandwidth mode of operation at input levels less than.200mVrms results in
maximum immunity to noise and out-band signals. Decreased loop damping, however, causes the worst-case lock-up .
time to increase, as shown by the graph of Fig 13.
3. Bandwidth variations due to changes in the in-band signal amplitude can be eliminated by operating the LM567L
in the high input level mode, above 200mV. The input stage is then limiting, however, so that out-band signals or high
noise levels can cause an apparent bandwidth reduction as the in-band signal is suppressed. In addition, the limited
input stage will create in-band components from subharmonic signals so that the circuit becomes sensitive to sig-
nals at fo/3, f0l5 etc.
4. Care should be exerc'ised in lead routing and lead lengths should be kept as short as possible. Power supply leads
should be properly bypassed close to the integrated circuit and grounding paths should be carefully determined to
avoid ground loops and undesirable voltage variations. In addition, circuits requiring heavy load currents should be
provided by a separate power supply, or filter capacitors increased to minimize supply voltage variations.
OPTIONAL CONTROLS
PROGRAMMING
Varying the value of resistor R1 and/or capaCitor C1 will change the center frequency. The value of R1 can be changed
either mechanically or by solid state switches. Additional C1 capacitors can be added by grounding them through saturated
npn transistors.
I
SPEED OF RESPONSE
The minimum lock-up time is inversely related to the loop frequency. As the natural loop frequency is lowered, the turn-on
transients becomes greater. Thus maximum operating speed is obtained when the value of capaCitor C2 is minimum. At
the instant an input Signal is applied, its phase may drive the oscillator away from the incoming frequency rather than toward
it. Under this condition, the lock-up transient is in a worst case situation, and the minimum theoretical lock-up time will not
be achievable.
The follOWing expressions yield the values of C2 and C3, in microfarads, which allow the maximum operating speeds
for various center frequencies where fa is Hz.
13 26
C2= - , C3= Jl.F
fa fa
The minimum rate that digital information may be detected without losing information due to turn-on transient or output
. chatter is about 10 cycles/bit, which corresponds to an information transfer rate of f0/10 baud. In situations where minimum
turn-off is of less importance than fast turn-on, the optional sensitivity adjustment circuit of Fig 5 can be used to bring
the quiescent C3 voltage closer to the threshold Voltage. Sensitivity to beat frequenCies, noise, and extraneous signals,
however, will be increased.
+V
+V
a1I
DECREASE
SNESITIVITY
RA
LM567L 1 R LM567L LM567L 1-'-'-1'-~~-~:
5DK
C3 INCREASE
SENSITIVITY
INCREASE
DECREASE SENSITIVITY
SENSITIVITY , .
SILICON
DIODES FOR
TEMPERATURE
COMPENSATION
(OPTIONAL)
CHATTER
When the value of C3 is small, the lock· transient and ac components at the lock detector output may cause the output
stage to move through its threshold more than once, resulting in output chatter.
Although some loads, such as lamps and relays will not respond to chatter, logic may interpret chatter as a series of output
signals. Chatter can be eliminated by feeding a portion of the output back to the input (Pin 1) or, by increasing the size of
capacitor C3. Generally, the feedback method is preferred since keeping C3 small will enable faster operation. Three
. alternate schemes for chatter prevention are shown in Fig 6. Generally, it is only necessary to assure that the feedback time
constant does not get so large that it prevents operation at the highest anticipated speed.
+v +V +v +V
LM567L
RL
LM567L
8
RL
RI'
i~~·'"
~C3 R
C1 100K 1 10~K RL
SKEW ADJUSTMENT
The circuits shown in Fig 7 can be used to change the position of the detection band (capture range) within the largest
detection band (lock range). By moving the detection band to either edge of the lock range, input signal variations will expand
the detection band in one direction only, since R3 also has a slight effect on the duty cycle, this approach may be useful to
obtain a precise duty cycle when the circuit is used as an oscillator.
+V +V
IL~_I'L
LOWERSfo
R1 R2
51(
--. 1
A3
lC2 1.0K
RAISESfo
<
SILICON
DIODES FOR
TEMPERATURE
COMPENSATION
(OPTIONAL)
2.5
1'\
"'-
~
NO LOAD "ON" CURREN~ ~
I 2. 0
i!§'
u
1. 5
V
,//" /V
~
II
II:
i 1.
°vV ~SCENT CURRENT
o.
5 --
o
• SUPPLY VOLTAGE - VOLTS
10 10Hz 100Hz 1KHz
CENTER FREQUENCY
10KHz 100KHz
2W~--~~~~---+---+---r---r--~
C3
C2
16 10 12 14 16
BANDWIDTH - % OF to BANDWIDTH - % of to
12.5
1.
400
1'\ 1'\
12 300
:2 200
~ 10.0
t
i!:
10
100
l:\. '" BANDWIDTH UMITED BY C2
I
"
I
75
5.0
8
6
- --
r-- 50 ~
"I
'\l\.
40
BANDWIDTH LIMITED BY
•
---t---
30 EXTESNAL RESISTOR-
2.5
rOWTTH
2
20 I'Vt l 11 MuM 2J
~ 1
AT!25 0 C
o 10
-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 1 3 • 5 10 20 30 4050 100
TEMPERATURE,oC BANDWIDTH", 0110)
FIG 14. POWER SUPPLY DEPENDENCE' FIG 15. TYPICAL CENTER FREQUENCY DRIFT
OF CENTER FREQUENCY = =
WITH TEMPERATURE(V cc 5V,Rl 80kIJ,fo 1KHz) =
1.2 100
1.1
1.0
I
0.9
I ..........
I
5'
I
0.8
0.7
f------
1-
Ii
100
'\
I 0.6 ~ -200 f\
~
il
0.5
0.4
~
1/ d
·w
IE
~-309
\
0.3
0.2
I -400
0:1
o -500
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 2 3 45 10 -25. o· 25 50 75
CENTER FREQUENCY - KHz TEMPERATURE, ·C
cti:
r--fo_1KHz
"""';;;:::
f'\ "-
'\I\.
V+=5V
\
-4
-25 25 50 75
TEMPERATURE, ·C I
FEATURES
• Current Limited Output: ± 10mA typ
• Power-Off Source Impedance: 300 Ohms (min)
• Simple Slew Rate Control with External Capacitor
•
•
Flexible Operating Supply Range
Compatible with OTL and TTL, HCTLS Families
GND7 J 10K
70
VEE 1
Vee +15
Power Supply Voltage VDe
VEE -15
~ .
Input Voltage Range V'R -15sV,R s7.0 Voc
Output Signal Voltage VD ::1:15 Voc
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc~9.0±1%V, VEE~-9.0 ± 1%V, Ta~0-70°C unless otherwise noted)
Input Current 1 I'L ' Low Logic State (V'L ~O) 1.0 1.6 mA 1
I'H High Logic State
Input Current 2 10 /LA 1
(V'H~5.0V)
V'H~1.9V, RL~3.0K(l
-6 -7
Vee~9.0V, VEE~-9.0V
Output Voltage-Low Logic State VOL V 2
V,~~1.9V, RL~3.0K(l
-9 -10.5
Vee~13.2V, VEE~-13.2V
* MaximLim packa'ge power dissipation may be exceeded if all outputs are shorted simultaneously.
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee=9.0±1%V, VEE =-9±1%V, Ta=0-25°C)
DC TEST CIRCUIT
+1.9V
JVIL
3K
II
+5V
1
FIGURE 3 OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT FIGURE 4 OUTPUT RESISTANCE (POWER OFF)
Vee VEE
+1.9V
L vee
±2Vdc
±6mAMax
+1.9V
J MC1488
VIL
+0.8V
Vee
VINO~-D---1--3K -"':""""'-i------'OVO
15PF
vo-----
tTHL and ItTLH Measured 10% to 90%
+9.0
+6D
r-
V"'r'r-r
Vcc-9V, VEE--9V
--
- - -- - -
--
Vcc=6V, VEE'''''-6V
r-- -
-9D
f-- r- V'~VO
3K
1000____.
__
i
~
10 _ __-
w
Iii
II:
~~
5 === ~ _ V~I,'I~II
10
r m
IIIWI! IIIII
to L--J....l.1J..Lll1111JJ..-.J-J
to 10 10
1111..LU1.lJJL----L.J..LLllJJl------,-J---LJ--WJlI
1,000
"
~
I
~ 10
ian
12
Vee'
.&;3 3K
"" ........
OJ
Hi 6.0 ti
.~
~ T ,
iii 4_0
>
i 2D I I
APPLICATION INFORMATION
The Electronic Industries Association (EIA) RS232C specification detail the requirements for the interface between data
processing equipment and data communications equipment. This standard specifies not only the number and type of interface
leads, but also the voltage levels to be used. The MCl488 quad driver and its companion circuit; the MC1489/A quad receiver,
provide a complete interface system between DTL or TTL logic levels and the RS232C defined levels. The RS232C require-
ments as applied to drivers are discussed herein .
• The required driver voltages are defined as between 5 and 15-volts in magnitude and are positive for a logic "0" and negative
for a logic "1". These voltages are so defined when the drivers are terminated with a 3000 to 7000-ohm resistor. The MC1488
meets this voltage requirement by converting a DTUTTL logic level into RS232C levels with one stage of inve~ion.
The RS232C specification further requires that during transitions, the driver output slew rate must not exceed 30 volts per
microsecond. The inherent slew rate of the MC1488 is much too fast for ~his requirement. The current limited output of the
FIGURE 12 - SLEW RATE Vs CAPACITANCE
FORlsc=10mA
1000 _ _
100
._.
l
w
Ii
a:
~
OJ
10
C, CAPACITANCE (PF)
device can be used to control this slew rate by connecting a capacitor to each driver output. The required capacitor can be
easily determined by using the relationship C=los x tSf/AV from which Figure 12 is derived. Accordingly, a 33O-pF capaci-
tor on each output will guarantee a worst case slew rate or 30 volts per microsecond.
The interface driver is also required to withstand an accidental short to any other conductor in an interconnecting cable.
The worst possible signal on any conductor would be another driver using a plus or minus 15-volt, 500-mA source. The MCl488
, is designed to indefinitely withstand such a short to all four outputs in a package as long as the power-supply voltages are
greater than 9.0 volts (Le., Vcc~9.0 V:VEE~-9.0V). In some power-supply deSigns, a loss of system power causes a low
impedance on the power-supply outputs. When this occurs, a low impedance to ground would exist at the power inputs to
the MC1488 effectively shorting the 3OO-ohm output resistors to ground. If all four outputs were then shorted to plus or minus
15' volts, the power dissipation in these resistors would be excessive. Therefore, if the system is designed to permit low
o-....-""'T"----~-~ - ,- -----'1"'----
~ ¢M
: MCl48s-1
: r--, I
o-:-1 __,P-:-<>
I I
o-+-{-~I_-o
o-t-i .._~ 1
o-~--r ••-., :
o-~- {. __,P-t--o
Fig. 13 - Power supply protection to
meet power-off fault conditions
o-~--r"" !
o-i-.L_}>I-o
" ' __ r ___ J
VEE 1 7.~ +,
O-M--':":-'-~-----'-'-'-+--------:~.!-..L- ----
impedances to ground at the power-supplies of the drivers, a diode should be placed in each power-supply lead to prevent
overheating in this fault condition. These two diodes, as shown in Figure 8, could be used to decouple all the driver pack-
ages in a system. (These same diodes will allow the MC1488 to withstand momentary shorts to the i25-volt limits specified
in the earlier Standard RS232B.) The addition of the diodes also permits the MC1488 to withstand faults with power-supplies
of less than the 9.0 volts stated above.
The maximum short-circuit current allowable under fault conditions is more than guaranteed by the previously mentioned
10mA output current limiting.
Other Applications
The MC1488 is an extremely versatile line driver with a myriad of possible applications. Several features of the drivers
enhance this versatility:
1. Output Current Limiting - this enables the circuit designer to define the output voltage levels independent of power-
'supplies and can be accomplished by diode clamping of the output pins. Figure 14 shows the MC1488 used as a DTL to MOS
translator where the high-level voltage output is clamped one diode above ground. The resistor divider shown is used to reduce
the output voltage below the 300mV above ground MOS input level limit.
2. Power-Supply Range - as can be seen from the schematic drawing of the drivers, the positive and negative driving
II
elements of the device are essentially independent and do not require matching power-supplies. In fact, the positive sup-.
ply can vary from a minimum seven volts (required for driving the negative pulldown section) to the maximum specified 15
volts. The negative supply can vary from approximately -2.5 volts to the minimum specified the positive or negative sup-
plies as long as the current output limits are not exceeded. The combination of the current-limiting and supply-voltage fea-
tures allow a wide combination of possible outputs within the same quad package. Thus if only a portion of the four drivers
are used for driving RS232C lines, the remainder could be used for DTL to MOS or even DTL to DTL translation.Figure 15
shows one such combination.
+12V
IJTL D--+-o--,..---r--O RTL OUTPUT
MOSOUTPUT INPUT -O.7V to +3.7V
DTL (WITH VsS~GND)
DTL
TTL
NAND ......... I - l -.....J:H--<,......---,>----'-f'--O DTL OUTPUT
INPUT lK GATE -O.7V 10 +5.7V
10K INPUT
CTL
M.HTL
-12V -12V
INPUT
DTL
MOS
INPUT
TYPICAL APPLICATION
+12V -12V
LINE DRIVER INTERCONNECTING. LINE RECEIVER
MC1488 CABLE MC1489 PIN CONNECTIONS
...r--'~...r--,0- TTLlDTL
TTLlDTL -I
"1- __ " -L __ /
I I
I I
I-- --l
I I
I I
INTERCONNECTING
CABLE
FEATURES
• Input Resistance - 3.0KO to 7.0KO
• Input Signal Range - ± 30 Volts
• Response Control 14 SOP
a) Logic Threshold Shifting
b) Input Noise Filtering
• Input Threshold Hysteresis Built in
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(1/4 OF CIRCUIT SHOWN)
r---....-~--Ov~
14
9K 1.6K
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee =5.0± 10%V, Ta =0 _70°C unless otherwise noted)
II
Input Turn-On Thereshold Voltage V,H
MC1489 1.0 1.5 Vdc
MC1489A 1.75 1.95 2.25
.. "" .. _--- r---- -- I--.
Ta=25°C, VOH 2: 2.5V,
Input Turn-Off Threshold Voltage V'L 0.75 1.25 Vdc
ic=O.5mA
V,H =0.75V,IL=-0.5mA 2.5 4.0 5.0
. Output Voltage High VOH Vdc
Input Open, IL = - 0.5mA 2.5 4.0 5.0
Output Voltage Low VOL V,L =3.0V,IL=10mA 0.2 0.45 Vdc
Output Short Circuit Current los -3.0 -4.0 mA
All gates "on", lOUT =OmA,
Power Supply Current lee 16 26 mA
V'H=5.0V
Power Consumption Pe V'H=5.0V 80 130 mW
SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee=5.0±1%V, Ta =25°C, See Fig. 1)
TYPICAL APPLICATION
PIN CONNECTIONS
LINE DRIVER LINE RECEIVER
MC1488 INTERC0NNEcriNG MC1489
InputA 1
...r---~--""t
TTLlDTL-=!. __ ~> L-/ ~ ... __ ..~ TTLlDTL
Response
ControlA 2
12 Response
Control 0
I I
I I
I I Response
r-- --; ControlB
Inpu1C
! : 9 Response
INTERCONNEcrlNG Comrol C
CABLE
Ground 7 8 OutputC
TEST CIRCUIT
VR
~----~----~~----VO
C~
Vln
~ O% Von --~1/4-:--1 _ _ . - - - - - - - . Vo
50%
Vin tPHL MCI489A
tPlH ITLH and ITHL C; capacitor is for noise filtering
vo measured R. relstor Is for threshold shifting
10%-90%
MC1489
~ • I------'\---+---+-----'lrl-------\
~
i3~~~~~r+--~
+10 6.0
+8.0
5D
+6.0
1./
./ AT AT AT AT
YEO
~
5K 13K 11K
VILH V,HL
-6.0 ::: ~
-10
-25-20 -15 -10 -5.0 0 +5.0 +10 +15 +20 +25 -3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0 +3.0 +2.0 +10
- --
8.0 2.
22
5D MC1489A V,LH
... 20
r-- - I -
AT A, AT
iw
~
18
16
,.
-
~r·
g
-
5K 11K
+5V
v" V"
-5V
AT
V"
0
6X
[3
II:
X
....
....
:J
0-
il! 0.6
12
10
DB -
-- r-- ~VIt-l
MC1489V,LH
MC1489A VlI..H
r--
- V,LH
= V'Hl
I--
ii
> 0.4
0.2
V,HL MC1489
V,LH MC1489
VllH MC1489A
,.
o
o 'D 6.0 12
APPLICATION INFORMATION
General Information
The Electronic Industries Association (EIA) has released the R8-232C specification detailing the requirements for the inter-
face between data processing equipment and data communications equipment. This standard specifies not only the number
and type of interface leads, but also the voltage levels to be used. The MC1488 quad driver and its companion circuit, the
MC1489 quad receiver, provide a complete interface system between OfL or TTL logic levels and the R8-232C defined levels.
The RS-232C requirements as applied to receivers are discussed herein.' .
The required 'input impedance is defined as between,30oo ohms and 7000 ohms for input voltages between 3.0 and 25
volts in magnitude; and any voltage on the receiver input in an open circuit condition must be le,ss than 2.0 volts in magni-
tude. The MC1489 circuits meet these requirements with a maximum open circuits meet these requirements with a maxi-
mum open circuit voltage of one VeE.
The receiver shall detect a voltage between -3.0 and -25 volts as a Logic "1" and inputs between +3.0 and +25 volts
as a Logic "0". On some interchange leads, an open circuit of power "OFF" condition (300 ohms or more to ground) shall
be decoded as an "OFF" condition or Logic "1". For this reason, the input hystereSiS thresholds ofthe MC1489 circuits are
all above ground. Thus an open or grounded input will cause the same output as a negative or Logic "1" input.
Device Characteristics
The MC1489 interface receivers have internal feedback from the second stage to the input stage providing input hystere-
sis for noise rejection. The MC1489 input has typical turn-on voltage of 1.25 volts and turn-off of 1.0 volt for typical hystere-
sis of 250mV. The MC1489A has typical turn-on of 1.95 volts and turn.-off of 0.8 volt for typically t 15 volts of hysteresis.
'Each receiver section has an external response control node in addition to the input and output pins, thereby allowing the
designer to vary the input threshold voltage levels. A resistor can be connected between this node and an external power-
supply. Figures 2, 6 1and 7 illustrate the input threshold voltage shift possible through this technique.
This response node can also be used for the filterin!) of high-frequency, high-energy noise pulses. Figures 3 and' 4 show
typical noise-pulse rejection for external capacitors of various sizes.
These two operations on the response node can be combined or used individually for many combinations of interfacing
applications. The MC1489 circuits are particularly useful for interfacing between MOS circuits and OfLffTL logic systems.
In this application, the input threshold voltages are adjusted (with the appropriate supply and resistor ,values) to fall in the
center of the MOS voltage logic levels. (See Figure 9).
The response node may alSo be used as the receill6r input as long as the designer realizes that he may not drive this node
with a low impedance source to a voltage greater than one diode above ground or less than one diode below ground. This
feature is demonstrated in Figure10 where two receivers are slaved to the same line that must still meet the RS-232C
impedance requirement.
+5Vdc
R
.
r---...\
--1L. ___..."
OTL or TIL
r .. - .....
---l ,
+svdclrh'
II
Fig. 11'- TYPICAL PARALLELING OF TWO MC1489/A RECEIVERS TO MEET RS-232C
Vcc
RESPONSE CONTROL PIN" r- - ---------- - - ---
I 1/2 MC1489
i
IN'~PU~T~_;'8:,:K~.Li-'----~+-H_ . . . . .-t<' OUTPUT
vcco--+----------,
OUTPUT
INPUT 8K
16 DIP
LOW POWER NARROW BAND FM IF
The MC3361 is designed for use in FM dual conversion communication
equipment. It contains a complete narrow band FM demodulation system
operable to less than 2.SV supply voltage. .
FEATURES
• Includes: Oscillator, Mixer, limiting Amp, Quadrature Discriml· 16 SOP
nator, Active Filter, Squelch, Scan Control, and'Mute Switch
• Stable operation with wide supply voltage (2.5V to 7.0V)
• Low drain current (4.0mA "lYP. at Vcc =4.0V)
• Excellent Input Sensitivity
(-3dB limiting, 2.0"Vrms "lYp.)
• Minimum number of external parts required.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperature
BLOCK DIAGRAM MC3361N 16 DIP
-20 -+ 10·C
MC3361D 16 SOP
·DEMODUlAlOR
Fig. 1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee =4.0V, fo=10.7MHz, .:If= ± 3KHz, fmod =1KHz, Ta =25°C, Unless Otherwise Specified)
II
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
PIN CONNECTIONS
Pin 1: Oscillator Pin 2: Oscillator
Pin 3: Mixer Output Pin 4: Vcc
Pin 5: Limiter Input Pin 6: Decoupling
Pin 7: Limiter Output Pin 8: Quad Coil
Pin 9: Recovered Audio Output Pin 10: Filter Input
Pin 11: Filter Output Pin 12: Squelch In
Pin 13: Scan Control Pin 14: Mute
Pin 15: GND Pin 16: Mixer Input
'rEST CIRCUIT
vee
MURATA
CFU 1 - - - - - - < > AUDIO MUTE
4550
1 - - - - - - - 0 SCAN CONTROL
MC3361
l - - - - - - < > SQUELCH IN
)-+--'II\f¥-'-H--O FILTER IN
1-"""'~1"""---o AF OUTPUT
Quad coil
Tokotype
RMC-2A6597HM
Fig, 2
-~, ~ -
k'
Voltage Regulator
Device Function Package Page
KA350 3 AMP Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator' ' TO-3P 277
KA3524 ' Regulator Pulse Width Modulator 16 DIP 285
LM317 3·Terrninal Positive Adjustable Regulator TO·220 291
LM323 3-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulator 14 DIP/14 SOP 423 '
LM723 Precision Voltage Regulator 14 DIP(14 SOP 300
KA78540 Switching Regulator, 16 ,DIP 306
KA78TXX 3A Positive Voltage Regulator TO·22O 312
MC78XX 3·Terrnihal 1A Positive Voltage'Regulator TO·22O 323
~C78LXX 3·Terrninal Positive Voltage Regulator TO·92 353
MC78MXX 3-Terminal 0.5A Positive Voltage Regulator TO·22O 364
MC79XX 3·Terrnlnal Negative V.olt;lge Regulator TO·22O 377
MC79MXX 3·Terrninal 0.5A 'Negative Voltage Regulator TO·220 387
, Voltage ,Reference
KA336·5.0 • Voltage Reference Diode TO·92 393
KA385-1.2 Micropower Voltage Reference Diode TO·92 397
KA431 Programmable Precision Reference TO·9218 DIP/8 SOP 401
Operational Amplifier
KA201 A Single Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP 407
KA301A Single Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP 407
KA733C Differential Video Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 412
KA9256 Dual Power Operational Amplifier 10 SIP HIS 419
KF351 Single Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP 421
, LM224/A Quad Operational Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 423
L"M248 Quad Operational Amplifier' 14 DIP/14 SOP 432
LM2581A Quad Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP/9 SIP 438
LM324/A Dual Operational Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 423
LM348 Dual Operational Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 432
LM3581A/S Quad Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP/9 SIP 438 '
LM741C/ElI Single Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP 446
.LM2902 Quad Operational Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 423
LM2904 Dual Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP/9 SIP 438
MC14581C/S/I Dual Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP/9 SIP 452
MC3303 Quad Operational Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 456
MC3403 quad Operational' Amplifier 14 DIP/14 SOP 456
MC4558C/AC/I Dual Operational Amplifier 8 DIP/8 SOP/9 SIP 463
Voltage Comparator
, KA319 Dual High Speed Voltage Comparator ' 14 DIP/14 SOP 468
KA3.61 High Speed Voltage Comparator 14 DIP/14 SOP 472
KAnOC High Speed Voltage Comparator 14 DIP/14 SOP 474
LM211 Voltage Comparator 8 DIP/8 SOP 476
LM239/A Quad Differential Comparator 14 DIP/14 SOP 481
LM293/A Dual Differential Comparator 8 DIPI8 SOP 489
LM311 Voltage Comparato! ·8 DIP/S SOP 476,
LM339/A Quad Differential Comparator 14 DIP/14, SOP 481
LM3931A1S Dual Differential Comparator 8 DIP/8 SOP 489
LM2901 Quad Differential Comparator 14 DIP/14 SOP 481
LM2903 Dual Differential Cpmparator S DIP/S SOP 489
LM3302 Quad Differential Comparator 14 DIP/14 SOP 481
Timer'
KS555 CMOS Timer -8 DIP/8 SOP 496
KS555H CMOS Timer 8 DIP/8 SOP 501
KS556 CMOS Timer 14 DIP/14 SOP 505
NE555 Timer 8 DIP/8 SOP 509
.NE556 Dual Timer 14 DIP/14 SOP 513
NE558 Dual Timer 16 DIP/16 SOP 516
KA350 .LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
FEATURES
• Output adjustable between 1_2V and 33V
•
•
•
•
•
Guranteed 3A output current
Intemal thermal overload protection
Load regulation typically 0-1 %
Line regulation typically O_005%N
Intemal short-circuit current limiting constant
1: Ad) 2: Output 3: Input II
with temperature., . ORDERING INFORMATION
• Output transistor safe-area compensation
• Floating operation for high voltage application Operating Temperature
• Standard 3-lead transistor package
• Eliminates stoc~ing many fixed voltages
o -J25~C
BLOCK DIAGRAM
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
PROTECTION
CIRCUITRY
ADJ OUT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V , - Vo = 5V, 10 = 1.5A, T, = aoc to 125°C; Pmax , unless otherwise speCified)
Ta=25°C,3V-s.V,-Vo-s.35V
Line Regulation 6Vo 0.005 0.03 %N
(Note 1)
Ta=25°C,10mA-s.lo-s.3A
Load Regulation 6Vo Vo-s.5V (Note 1) 5 25 mV
Vo~5V (Note 1) 0.1 0.5 %N~
Adjustment Pin Current lad! 50 100 tJA,
3V-s.V, -Vo -s.35V,
Adjustment Pin Current Change 61",,; 0.2 5.0 "A
10mA-s.IL-s.3A, PO-s.PMAX
Thermal Regulation VTAG Pulse";20mS, Ta=25°C 0.002 %IW
Reference Voltage ' VAEF 3V-s.V, -Vo -s.35V,10mA-s.lo-s.3A 1.2 1.25 1.30 V
Line Regulation 6Vo 3.0V-s.V,- Vo-s.35V 0.02 0.07 %N
10mA -s.lo-s.3.QA
Load Regulation 6Vo Vo-s.5.0V 20 70 mV
Vo~5.0V 0.3 1.5 %\(0
Temperature Stability Ts Tj=O°C to 125°C 1.0 %Vo
V, -Vo::;10V, PO-s.PMAX 3.0 4.5 A
Maximum Output Current IMAx
V, -Vo=30V, PO-s.PMAX, Ta=25°C 0.25 1.0 A
, Minimum Load Current
ILMIN V,-Vo=35V 3.5 10 mA
to Maintain Regulation
RMS Noise, % of Vo VN 10Hz-s.f-s.10KHz, Ta=25°C 0.003 %Vo
Vo =10V, f=120Hz,
Ripple Rejection , RR without CAOJ 65 dB
CAOJ = 10"F 66 80 dB
Long-Term Stability S Tj =125°C 0.3 1 %
Note 1: Regul'ation is measured at constant junction temperature. Changes in output voltage due to heating effects
must be taken into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
0.4
tw 0.2
"
i r"",,-
-
t-5OOmA-
w
...!i;.!:5A T,=25:'(;'-
~-O.2 \
g ~~ \
!;-O.4
~
>
05- 0.6
<J
-0.8
." .......... I'--
II
-1.0 0
o 25 50 75 100 125 0 10 20 30 40
T JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (OC) VI- VOl INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFfERENTIAL (V.,J
"
Fig. 1 fig. 2
3.0
I:::.Vo=100mV
i
70 ;g
....
l.... 6/;
Z
w
a: 2.5
....
zw ~
E
'"
u
60
- w
"~
-------
~
.... 65
!'- g 2.0
·z
w
:&
Iii 50 ......'"
!;
~
0
J
45
.'"
....I
;!;
1.5
40 oj
35
,. I
,260 5.0
--
4.5 .. _-
TJ=25°C
4.0
,250 C
S-
t-:--. -..... ....
...'"
zw
3.5
3.0
u ./
V
,240 2.5
IEw
./
~ 2.0
....,.., ".."
5
a
,230 ~
1.5
,...... i--""'"
1.0
0.5
I I
25 50 75 100 125 o 10 20 30 40
T", JUNCTION TEMPERATURE {0C} V,-V.. INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (V,.)
FIg.·S . Fig. 6
100 140
CJ=10lo'F
120
80
' .....
""', ..... WITHOUT CADJ
CAl =10 F
......
NI
20 rVI,-Vo=5V
, V.=15V
~
'" wrt~b
t-~~~~Z
IL =5OOmA
20
r-
f =l2OHz
o
T'=~'C
o TJ:ill
o w ~ 20 ~ ~ ~ 0.01 0.1 , 10
V.. OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) I.. OUTPUT CURRENT (AI
fig. 7 .
fig.' .
100 10
,
~
'L=LA
VI=15V
r=y,= 15V
I-Vo=IOV
1-1,=5OOmA
Vo=1OV
80
TJ=25-C
TJ = 25°C
~
/ ~
III
V "' 1\
I"r\'\ , C?AD.I= 10"F
V
L
~
L
\ l\CAOJ=
, 10l'F L
20
WITHOUTC~~
o 10- ,
10 100 lK 10K lOOK 1M 10M 10 100 lK 10K lOOK 1M
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) f, FREQUENCY (Hz)
fig. 8 Fig. 10
tlJV_
IL=5OmA
T'=~iC-
c,,=~"FJ""=IO"F
II
~,
"
11\
1\\ CL = 1",F: CAW =10"F
11/ 'h, = ~ WlT~OUT C,,,
-0.5 .
... -1.0
II $ -3
\
~,= 0: WITHOUT C""
~. -1.5 Ii ·1.5
~€ 11.0 1 I, Vr =15V
~
!!!l!
. 1.0
0.5
V,
~ 0.5
J 1
Vo=1OV .-
IML=5Om~
~3 0 -'1 \ TjC-
10 20 30 40 10 20 ~ 40
I,TIME"",) • f,TIME"",)
. fig. 11 FJg.12
APPLICATION INFORMATION
STANDARD APPL.ICATION
ADJ
I, j
R,
CIN
IAOJ I 120
Co
f" Fig. 13
/,
m
~R2
I" I
Cin : Cln is required if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power supply filter.
Co: Output capacitors in the range of 1!,F to 100!,F of aluminum or tantalum electrontic are commonly used to
provide improved output impedance and rejection of transients.
In operation, KA350 develops a nominal 1.25V reference voltage, Vref, between the output and adjustment
terminal. The reference voltage is impressed across program resistor R, and, since the voltage is constant, a
constant current I, then flows through the output set resistor R2, giving an output voltage of
R2
=
Vou• 1.25V (1 +~) + IAOJ R2
Since IAOJ current (less than 100!,A) from the adjustment terminal represents an error term, the KA350 was
designed to minimize I",OJ and make it very constant with line and load changes. "fo do this, all quiescent operating
current is returned to the output establishing a minimum load current requirement. If there is insufficient load on
the output, the output voltage will rise.
Sinpe the KA350 is a floating reg41ator, it is only the voltage differential across the circuit .which is important
to performance, and operation at high voltage with respect to ground is possible.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
LIGHT CONTROLLER . PRECISION POWER REGULATQR WITH
LOW TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
IN457 R1
375
_'-~10K
IN457 R2
Fig. 14
• Adjust for 3.75V across R1 L-_--4--_----,-Yl2~Kh
OUTPUT
Fig. 15 ADJUST
11N
KA350
ADJ
OUT
- VOUT C2 ADJ
R1
1·1~F
C2 240
l·1~F
R1
240 "~.D1· 1N4002 •
1M4802
+
=: C3 R3
1~ Ft 50K
C1.~~ VR2
1O~F /,
5K + C1
100~F
C1 R1
240
P . . I' w",'
II. 1.2V
R3
680
,..: ~2
2K
C1
i'" 0.1~F
i,'-7
R2
720 2N2(
C2
i'"0.1~F
.....
1K
TIL
-10V
• Min output = 1.2V
Fig. 18 Fig. 19
IN
R1* IN KA350 OUTt--~~--oVOUT
* 0.4SR1 S1200
Fig. 20 * Minimum load current =4mA
Fig. 21
SA CONSTANT VOLTAGE/CONSTANT CURRENT REGULATOR
MJ450r2_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~-----~~-~
R1
33
35V o----1f-----'\Io.,.,..--IIN KA350
ADJ
OUT ~----.,__~======t_~~4-=:..:-_- OUTPUT
1.2V- 30
C3
+
I
+ C6
10pF
t Solid tantalum
* Lights in constant current mode -6V TO -15V.
Fig. 22
12V BATTERY CHARGER
500
R6
0.2
LED R2
15
R3
230
R4
15K
Q1
2N2905 ]-~--I*--~ TO 12V
1N457 BATTERY
O.lpF R1
3K
Fig. 23
R2
TRACKiNG PREREGULATOR 720
3A CURRENT REGULATOR
R1
240 VIN IN . KA350 OUT
I
ADJ R1
0.4
O---r- IN. KA350 OUT IN KA350 OUT - 0 V~UT 2W
ADJ
R3
12o
:: ~~~F : ~C2
l~F R4
1K,.:
~OUTPUT
ADJUST
Fig. 25
m Fig. 24
1N4002 1N4002
'--____+--____--------'- - - - - - - - - - - - -4-------'
R2
1K
t Minimum load-10mA
• All outputs Within ± 100mV'
Fig. 26
L.J
,
1000~F"
R2
2.4K l
480
I
ADJ
120
• Rs- sets. output impedance of charger ZooT = As (1
•
+
R
if>
OUT
Use of Rs allows low charging rates with fully 1
0--- IN KA350
charged battery.
•• 1000l'F is recommended to filter
out any input transients.
Fig. 27 Fig. 28
FEATURES
• Complete PWM power control circuitry
• Frequency adjustable to greater than 100KHz
• 2% frequency stability with temperature
• Total quiescent current less than 10mA
• Dual alternating output switchs for both push-pull or slngle-ended
I
applications
• Current limit amplifier provides external component protection
• On-chip protection against excessive junction temperllture and
output current
• SV, SOmA linear regulator output available to user ORDERING INFORMATION
Operetlng Temperature
BLOCK D.IAGRAM 0-70·C
OSCILLATOR
OUTPUT
CURRENT
LIMIT
GROUND
(SUBSTRATE)
Fig_ 1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(YIN = 20V, f = 20KHz, Ta = 0 to 70·C unless otherwise specified)
REFERENCE SECTION .
Output Voltage Vref 4.6 5.0 5.4 V
Line Regulation Vlln• VIN =8-40V 10 30 mV
Load Regulation VIOad IL =0-20mA 20 50 mV
Ripple Rejection VRR f = 120Hz, Ta= 25·C 66 dB
Short-Circuit Output Current Isc Vrel=O, Ta=25·C 100 mA
Temperature Stability 0.3 1 %
Long Term Stability Ta=25·C 20 mV/Khr
OSCILLATOR SECTION
Maximum Frequency fMAX CT = 0.001ILF, RT = 2KD . 350 KHz
Initial Accuracy RT and CT constant 5 %
Frequency Change with Voltage 6f . VIN =8-40V, Ta=25·C 1 %
Frequency Change with Temperature 6f Over operating temperature range 2 %
Output Amplitude (Pin 3) VA3 Ta=25·C 3.5 V
. Output Pulse Width (Pin 3) V3PW CT=0.01ILF, Ta=25·C 0.5 ILs
ERROR AMPLIFIER SECTION
Input Offset Voltage VIO VCM=2.5V 2 10 mV
Input Bias Current liB VCM=2.5V 2 10 ~
Open Loop Voltage Gain Avo 60 80 dB
Common·Mode Input Voltage Range VCR Ta=25·C 1.8 3.4 V
Common·Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR Ta=25·C 70 dB
Small Signal Bandwidth BW Av=OdB, Ta=25·C 3 MHz
Output Voltage Swing Vosw Ta=25·C 0.5 3.8 V
COMPARATOR SECTION
Maximum Duty Cycle DCm.. % Each output on 45 %
Input Threshold (Pin 9) VTH , Zero duty cycle 1 V
Input Threshold (Pin 9) VTH2 Maximum duty cycle 3.5 V
Input Bias Current Ie 1 ,.A
CURRENT LIMITING SECTION
V(Pin 2) - V(Pin 1)~50mV
'Sense Voltage Vsense 180 200 220 mV
Pin 9=2V, Ta=25°C
Sense Voltage T.C.
Common-Mode Current
OUTPUT SECTION (EACH OUTPUT)
Collector-Emitter Voltage VCEO
0.7
40
0.2
1
mV/oC
V
V
II
Collector Leakage Current ILKQ VcE =40V ,0.1 50 ,.A
Saturation Voltage VSAT IC=50mA 1 2 V
Emitter Output Voltage VE V'N =20V, 17 18 V
Rise Time (10% to 90%) tr RC=2KIl, Ta=25°C 0.2 ,.s
Fall Time (90% to 10%) tf RC=2KIl, Ta=25°C 0.1 ,.s
V'N=40V, PINS 1, 4, 7, 8,11
and 14 are grounded, Pin 2=2V
Total Standby Current ISTD 5 10 mA
All other inputs and
outputs open
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Voltage Reference
An internal series regulator provides a nominal 5 volt output which is used both to generate a reference voltage
and is the regulated source for all the internal timing and controlling circuitry. This regulator may be bypassed
for operation from a fixed 5 volt supply by connecting pins 15 and 16 together to the input voltage. In this configuration,
thE> maximum input voltage is 6.0 volts.
This reference regulator may be used as a 5 volt source for other circuitry. It will provide up to 50mA of current
itself and can easily be expanded to higher current with an external PNP as' shown in Figure 2.
VREF
+ 10~J ~E~~~~~G ON
CHOICE FOR 0,
GNDo---------------+-------~-o
Fig. 2
Oscillator
The oscillator in the KA3524 uses an external resistor (RT) to establish a constant charging c;urr!!nt into an external
capacitor (CT). While this uses more current than a series connected RC, it provides a linear ramp voltage on the
capacitor which ,is also used as a reference for the comparator. The charging current is equal to 3.6V + RT and
should be kept within the range of approximately 30~ to 2mA, i.e., 1.SK<RT<100K. The range ,of vaiues for Cr
also has limits as the discharge time of Cr determines the pulse width. of the oscillator output pulse. This pulse
is used (among other things) as a blanking pulse to both outputs to insure that there is no possibility,of having'
both out'puts on simultaneously during transitions. This output dead time relationship [s shown in Figure 6. A pulse
,width below approximately 0.5 microseconds may allow faise triggering of one output by removing the blanking
pulse prior to the flip-flops reaching a stable state. If smal!" values of Cr must be used, the pulse width may still
be expanded by adding a shunt capacitance ( = 100pF) to ground at the oscillator output. (Note: Although the oscillator
output is a convenient oscilloscope sync input, the cable and input capacitance may increase the blanking pulse
width slightly.) Obviously, the upper limit to the pulse width is determined by the maximum duty cycle acceptable.
Practical values of Cr fall between .001 and 0.1 microfarad. ' .
The oscillator period is approximately t = RrCr where t is in microseconds when RT == ohms and Cr = microfarads.
The use of Figure 7will allow selection of RT and Cr for a wide range of operating frequencies. Note that for series
regulator applications, the two outputs can be connected in parallel for an effective 0-90% duty cyCle and the
frequency of the oscillator is the 'frequency of the output. For push-pull applications, the outputs are separated
,-"' . and the flip-flop divides the frequency such 'that each outputs duty cycle is 045% and the overall frequency is
one-half that of the oscillator. .
External Synchronization
If it is desired to synchronize the KA3524 to an external clock, a pulse of = + 3 volts may be applied to the oscillator
output termi.nal with RrCr set slightly greater than the clock period. The same considerations of pulse width apply.
The impedance to ground at this pOint is approximately 2K ohms. .
" .
If two or more KA3524s must be synchronized together, one must be designated as master with its ArCT set for
the correct period. The slaves should each have an RrCr set for approximately 10% longer period than the master
with the added requirement that CT(slave) = one-half Cr (master). Then connecting Pin 3 on all. units together will
insure that the.master output pulse-which occurs first and has a wider pulse width-,will reset the slave units.
Error Amplifier
This circuit is a simple differential-input, transconductance amplifier. The output is the compensation terminal,
pin 9, which is a high impedance node (Rl = 5MO). The gain is
SleRl .
Av=gmRl= 2KT =.002 Rl
and can easilY.be reduced from a nominal of 10,000 by an external shunt resistance from pin 9 to ground, as shown
in Figure S. .
In addition to DC gain control, the compensation terminal is also the place for AC phase compensation. The frequency
response 'curves of Figure 5 show the uncompensated amplifier with a single pole at approximately 200Hz and
a unity gain cross-over at 5MHz. .
Typically, most output filter deSigns will introduce one or more additional poles at a significantly power frequency.
Therefore, the best stabilizing network is a series R-C combination between pin 9 and ground which introduces
a zero to cancel one of the output filter poles. A good starting point is 5OKO plus .001 microfarad.
One final point on the compensation terminal is that this is also a convenient place to insert any programming
signal which is to override the error amplifier. Internal shutdown and current limit circuits are connected here, but
any other circuit which can SiAk 200l'A can pull. this point to ground thus shutting "ff both outputs.
. .
While feedback is normally applied around the' entire regulator, the error amplifier can be used with conventional
operational amplifier feedback and is stable in either the inverting or non-inverting mode. Regardless of the
connections, however, input common-mode· limits must be observed or output signal inversions may result. For
conventional regulator applications, the 5 volt reference voltage must be divided down as shown in Figure 3. The
error amplifier may also be used in fixed duty cycle applications by using the unity gain configuration shown in
the open loop test c'ircuit.
Current Limiting
The current limiting circuitry of the KA3524 is shown in Figure 4.
By matching the base·emitter voltages of 01 and 02, and' assuming negligible voltage drop across R,:
Threshold = VBEl01) + I,R2- VBE(02)
=I,R2 =200mV
Although this circuit provides a relatively small threshold with a negligible temperature coefficient, there are some
limitations to its use, the most important of which is the ± 1 volt common mode range which requires sensing
in the ground line. Another factor to consider is that the frequency compensation provided by R,e, and 01 provides
a roll·off pole at approximately 300Hz.
Since the gain of this circuit is relatively low, there is a transition region as the current limit amplifier takes over
pulse width control from the error amplifier. For testing purposes, threshold is defined as the input voltage to get
25% duty cycle with the error amplifier signaling maximum duty cycle.
In addition to constant current limiting, pins 4 and 5 may also tie used in transformer·coupled circuits to sense
II
primary current and shorten an output pulse, should transformer saturati,on occur. Another application is to ground
pin 5 and use pin 4 as an additional shutdown terminal: Le., the output will be off with pin 4 open and on when
it is grounded. Finally, foldback current limitting can be provided with the network of Figure 5. This circuit can
reduce the shortcircuit current {lsc} to approximately onethird the maximum available output current (IMAX)'
r-AM...-- 6~~~~~E
VOLTAGE
Vo 2.5V (R + R2l
R, NEGATIVE
"--..w,,.-- OUTPUT
GND GND VOLTAGES
Note change in input connections for opposite polarity outputs.
Fig. 3
CURRENT LIMITING CIRCUITRY OF THE KA3524
Fig. 4
FOLDBACK CURRENT LIMITING
-O"'C<>-1rr","'-..---~-o Vo = 5V
SA/SB 1 VOR2
IMAx=Rs VTH + R, + R2
Isc = As
VTH
where
VTH =200mV
+
Foldback current limiting can be used to reduce
power dissipation under shorted output conditions
Fig. 5
OUTPUT STAGE DEAD TIME AS A FUNCTION OSCILLATOR PERIOD AS A FUNCTION OF R., AND Or
OF THE TIMING CAPACITOR VALUE
,0
III
8 5
V
I
~ 2
/'
~
" 1.0
~
/
~
§ 0.5 _V/"
0.3
.001 .002 .005 .01 .02 .05 10 20 50 100 200 500 lmS 2mS
TIMING CAPACITOR VALUE(C,~.F OSCILLATOR PERIOD·,.s
Fig•• Fig. 7
80
RL_30m["
RL =1MO
RL=300KO
"'" .....
RL=100KO
'"'""\
R..=30Kll
20
10 100 lK 10K
FREOUENCY (liz)
Fig. 8
lOOK ""
1M 10M
FEATURE
•
•
•
•
Output current In excess of 1.SA
Output adjustable between 1.2V and-37V
Internal thermal·overload protection
Internal short·clrcult current·limiting constant with
1: Adj 2: Output 3: Input
II
temperature
~ Output transistor safe·area compensation ORDERING INFORMATION
• Floating operation for high·voltage applications
• Standard 3·pin transistor packages Operating Temperature
Q-12S0C
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
3
'---~--~---1---...-- ............-------------r-----r----,...-.Q.v'N
Rll
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(VIN-VOUT=5V, IOUT=0_5A, 0·CsT(:i;;125°C, Imax =1 ..5A, Pmax =2QW, unless otherwise specified)
Ta=25°C
Line Regulation /,;Vo 3V S,VIN - VouTs,40V 0.01 0.0,4 %N
3V SVIN - VouT s40V 0.02 0.07 %N
Ta= 25°C, 10mAslouTs,IMAX
VoUT s,5V 5 25 mV
VouT~5V 0.1 0.5 ,%Vo
Load Regulation /,;Vo
10mAs,louTS IMAx
VoUT s,5V 20 70 mV
VouT~5V 0.3 1.5 %Vo
Adjustable Pin Current lAo. 50 100 p.A
2.5V S,VIN - VoUT s,40V
Adjustable Pin Current Change /';IAo. 10mAs, louTs, IMAx 0.2 5 ",A
PSPMAX
• 3V SVIN - VoUTs40V
Reference Voltage VREF 10mAs, louTs, IMAX 1.20 1.25 1.30 V
POS,PMAX
Temperature Stability Ts 0:7 %Vo
Minimum Load Current to
IL(min) VIN-VOUT=40V 3.5 10 mA
Maintain Regulation
VIN-VOUTS15V, POSPMAX 1.5 2.2
Maximum Output Current IMAx A
VIN - VOUT = 40V, POS,PMAX 0.15 0.4
RMS NOise, % of VOUT eN Ta=25°C,10Hzs,fs,10KHz 0.003 %Vo
VouT=10V, f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR without CAo. 65 dB
CAOJ = 10p.F 66 80
Ta=25°C for end pOint
Long-TermStability, Tj = Thigh S " 0.3 l' %1KHRS
measurements
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case Rs\Jc 5 °CIW
- --- t--..
k -O.5A
1c=1~ /
~
I---" --- ~
VIN=15V
Vwr=1OV
-0.8
-1.0 ~
o 25 50 75 100 125 o 25 50 75 100 125
TEMPERATURE ("C) TEMPERATURE ("C)
fig. 1 fig. 2
6VQIf=100mV
£~5~---+----~----~---+--~ £
1,250
.
- r--.
I~ -----r----t---~~::~::~~~~ ~cl
>1.240
"- r-.... .........
Ii1.5 ~--~-_=+=-j.,l;=-i!OO""!------:
I 1,230
.~ ·1
~ ~O I
I t------t------t------'1~~._t_------J
50
i 40 1----+----+----1I-~rl_~~
f-- V.. -Vaur:5V
Io.~- zl----+----+----1I---~.-~
1= 120Hz
Tp_as-C
o I I
o m ~ Z 25 ~ ~
o1~0-----,,~oo-----:',K:----...J,O':-:K---::,OOK=--~,M
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VI FREQUENCY (IbI
fig. I fig. •
r-
l()O
T.=25°C
/
~~ f'...CAD.J=10p,'F
III
~CADJ=O
IIi 10- 1
C.r.DJ=o/ /
V
V1N =15V
I 10- 2
,./
/c... =10,F
20 t-- Voor=1OV
f= 120Hz
T. = 25°C
o lllU 10- 3
0.01 0.1 1 10 10 100 lK 10K lOOK 1M
OUTPUT CURRENT (A) FREQUENCY (Hz)
FIg. 7 fig. 8
i
~€ 1.0
I
gz
~ ~ 0.5
lit I ~,=0;1... =d~
o ~\ CL=O; CADJ=O
C -1"F; C = 10"F
L ADJ
... =1O/A.F
rr CL = 11'F; CAD.!
CI 0
-1
-0.5
Vour:::: 1OV -2 1\ VIN= 15V
VOUT=10V _
INL=50mA
-1.0 r-- Tk=50mA
=25·C
1 -3
\J T.=25·C
!E 1,5
iil 1.0 1
~ 0.5
L 1\
II \
10 20 30 10 20 30
TIME!..) TIME (oS)
FIg. 8 Fig. 10
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
AC Voltage Regulator Current Limited 6V Charger
VIN
120 9V TO 60V
6Vp-p
~ .
'L..J
II
• Sets peak current (0.6A for 10)
Fig. 11 •• The 1000,.F is recommended to filter out
12V Battery Charger input transients
Fig. 12
R2
=
• Rs-sets output impedance of charg~r louT Rs (1 + R1)
Use of Rs allows low charging rates with fully
charged battery.
Fig. 13
FEATURES
• 3 Amp output current
• Intemal current and thermal limiting
• 0.010 typical output Impedance
• 7.5 minimum Input voltage
ORDERING INFORMATION
Operating Temperature
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM' 0-125°C
j ELEMENT
CURRENT SOA
GENERATOR PROTECTOR
STARTING
CIRCUIT
t-
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
ERROR
AMPLIFIER
I
THERMAL
PROTECTION
I---
'[ GND
Fig. 1
Input Voltage Vc 20 V
Operating Temperature Range Top, 0- +125 °C
Storage Temperature Range TS1g -65- +150 °C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Output Voltage Vo
TJ-25°C
VIN = 7.5V, loUT=O
7.6VsVIN s15V
OsIOUTs3A, Ps30W
4.8
4.75
5 5.2V
5.25 V
I
TJ=25OC
Line Regulation I1Vo 5 25 rmJ
7.5VsVIN s15V
==\).:'~
cl.,,1'-
t I~
---r~:,,~
-~
~ 'DINTALUM
. r-YIN-15V
I (THE~IAAL EFFECI)
/
r-- V1N - 1
......
,.1...., ......
, Tj-,26OC
,
, T,_,25"C ~
............ ~ ~.......
~
o o
6 . 10 15 20 5 10 '6 20
....UTVOLTAIII!(Y) INPUT 1IOLTAGE (Y)
Fig. 6
-
RIPPLE REJECTION Fig. 7 OROPOUT VOLTAGE
80 / 25
VlN.,ovT
IL-O,
7 .....
"
---
CL.lo,.F
-"LUM
saUD I
~N-1(JY,k.':;--
J \ ~ ~ ::- .......
Il-3A
IL-1A
!
.........
E3;;: :::::
(THERMAL EFFECI)
1\
1\
CL.,Y
20 o
1 10 100 lK 10K 100K 1M -75 -SO -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 160
JUNCI'ION TEMPERATURE ("CI
50
~ IL01501
CL o o.1,F 5.10 I--
VI.JJV
IL_2Or'nA:
\
TI_ZSC'C
I.......
.... -r-. ........
/ ........ ~
V
I
-75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150
TIllE"", TEMPERATURE rei
1°55"C
~
12 V1N_10\f
r 025'C 1)025'C
~,
1)0125'C
I
/ --!CL 0 1o,.F
SiiLIO 1l\N'1lWJM
I,
I/CL o o.1,F
I
/
o J
o 12 18 20 o
INPUf VllLU. (VI TIlE"",
Fig. 12 OUTPUTNOISEVOLTAGE
1D
.........
01
10 100 1K 10K
FREQUENCY (Hz)
FEAT,URES
• Poslt,ive or Negative Supply Operation.
• 0.01 % line and load regulation
14 SOP
• Output voltage adjustable from 2 to 37 volts.
• Output current to 150mA without extemal pass transistor
BLOCK DIAGRAM
TEMP,'
COM PENS
ZENER
FREQUENCY
COM PENS
11 Vc
• 1
~~ ORDERING INFORMATION
0.. Ii;
Ulr;;
wz Device Package Operating Temperatura
a:~
~I- LM723CN 14 DIP
O-+70·C
10 LM723CD 14 SOP
+----t-OVo LM7231N 14 DIP
-25-+85°C
LM7231D 14 SOP
3 9
Vre ,
_ Vec NON CURRENT CURRENT Vz
Fig. 1 ' ·INVERT LIMIT SENSE
INPUT
+Vcc .vc
OUTPUT
Vz
FREQUENCY
COMPENSATION
CURRENT
LIMIT
CURRENT
SENSE
Vre, NON - Vee INVERtING
INVERTING INPUT
INPUT '
Fig. 2
I
Storage Temperature Range T" g -65-+150 °C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(unless otherwise specified, Ta=25·C, VI =Vee =Ve=12V, Vo = +5V, IL=1.0mA, Rsc=O, CI=100pF,
Cref=O and devider impedance as seen by error Amplifier:s10KIl connected as shown in figure3)
LM7231/LM723C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Basic low voltage regulator (Vo .. 2 to 7V) Basic high voltage regulator (vo,. 7 to 37V)
~r
Fig. 3
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
v.
(y)
U I,
111.1211
f - - RSC.101l
~ r-~ g
2r---+-~+++H~---r-+~bH+H
8
I-
.• •• • {!
2r---+-~+++H~---r-+~~+H
"~--~2~-4~~8~8~~~--~2~~4~8~8 0 • 40 80 80 IolmAI
. 'Fig. 7 vw. (y) Fig. 8
Current limiting characterl8llca va. . Load regulation cherecterl8llc8 without
junction temperature current limiting
10 AVtN•
~
........ lmAI ~)
1
f--
T••ooo
r-. ~
0.7
~" -.....;: ~
180
.........
r::::: ~ _ - Ta.25OC
~R
CUmlnt
, --
f - - r--Rae-i 120 -0.'
.~ t---. t-..
--t--'
CUmlnt ......
!
I-- 00;;;;;; Rae-lOll , 80
I i'. -G.2
I ;
~
!
I i
Ii:
40
I i I
I
, , I ; , I i i
I (
,i
I ( I,
I I ! I
U t 0 -u I
-- -•
• FIg. 9 80 ... TJ('C) o • ~g. 1(/'1 .80 1o(mAI
VO.5V- -
o ..... ""- o
....... ~
111.1211
Rae.101l -
1- -:-
~~
-II1II
-0.1
-0.15
......;
-
~ r--.. Ta.25"C_
...... ~
T._'~ ~
-0.1
~
'\
,
\ '\
.~
VO.5V
-0.2
i-- r-- VI.I211
Rae.101l -o.a \
Ta.l25"C \
-lUll
Ta.
~
-G.4
o 5 10 15 •
Fig. 11
o • 40
Fig. 12
80 80 ,,(mAl
0.2
VO-5V
RSC-O 0..
V1_12V
VO-5V
1 1-
IO-lmA Rsc-O
"Vi-~ 10=lmAto~A_
0.1 o
--r-
'- - V -1.1
~
........
........
..
1 -u
Id
(rnA)
111
IN.
(M/)
5 15
I~PUt~
25
Fig. 14
l1li YIe(VI
IN,
(VI
I
VOJViiiI I--
4
10-0
4 I 2
II
2 o
ra-O'C
........
2
~~
I'
./ -::::: ::::::
ra-25"C
ra-7O"C
o
-
V
/'
V1-12V
........
-
Out ullmltage
-2 --J VO - 5V
lO_lmA
:RSC-O
o
, I
I
10 20 30 5 15 25 t'-l
Fig. 15 Fig. 16
Load transient response Outp.lt Impedance va. frequency
IN. Ao
(M/) ILoadCU~ ( till
VO-5V
~
• II~r
4 V1-12V
I- RSC-O
!\ o
I- IO-SOmA
C~-;
4 II -5
1
8
e
~
CO-l
4
.J '- r- ~ Output~ 2
o
~,jVl-l2V
. \ 0.1 V
•e
-4 ri 10-_
VO 5V
-
'RSC.Q
V
I
4
2
! ! ,
-II l1li1
l!II iii t'-l
100 11( 1CIK
- '(Hz)
Fig. 17 Fig. 18
SWITCHING REGULATOR
16 DIP
The KA78S40 is a monolithic switching regulator sub·
system consisting of all the active building blocks
necessary for switching regulator systems.
FUNCTIONS·
• High-currenl,. high·voltage output switch a power tran·
sistor and a diode
• A temperature compensated voltage reference
• A comparator .
• A duty cycle controllable oscillator with an active cur·
rent limit circuit
• Independent operational amplifier.
FEATURES
• Step·up, step-down or inverting switching regulators
• Output current to 1.5A without external transistors
• Output adjustable from 1.3 to 40V ORDERING INFORMATION
.; Operation from 2.5 to 40V Input
• SOdB line and load regulation Operating Temperature
• Low standby current drain 0-70·C
• High gain, high current Indepenclfmt OP Amp.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
COMPARATOR COMPARATOR
NON-INVERTING INVERTING TIMING IpK DRIVER SWITCH
INPUT INPUT GND CAPACITOR SENSE COLLECTOR COLLECTOR
r-----~9r-----~
'------qR
R1
----
c8SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR 306
/
KA78S40 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
General Characteristic
Supply Voltage Vex; 2.5 40 V
Vex; = 5.0V 1.8 3.5
Supply Current Disconnected OP Amp ICCl mA
Vex; = 40V 2.3 5.0
Vex; = 5.0V 4.0
Supply Current Connected OP Amp IcC. mA
VCC= 40V I 5.5
Reference Section I
Reference Voltage VREF IREF=1.0mA 1.180 1.24$ 1.310 V
VCC= 3.0V to 40V
Reference Voltage Line Regulation t;,.V REF 0.04 0.2 mVN
IREF=1.0mA, Ta=25·C
IREF = 1.0mA to 10mA
Reference Voltage Load Regulation t;,.VREF 0.2 0.5 mV/mA
Ta=25·C
Oscillation Section
Vee = 5.0V, Ta=25·C 20 50 p.A
Charging Current ICHG
VCC = 4OV, Ta=25·C 20 70 p.A
Vex;=5.0V, Ta=25·C 150 250 p.A
Discharging Current lOCH
Vex;=40V, Ta=25·C 150 350 p.A
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Design Formulas
~ ,. I~k· L I~k. L
toff I'S
II
VOUT+ Vo VOUT + Vo - VIN IVOUTI + Vo
CT (I'F) 45 x 10- 5 loff (I's) 45 x 10- 5 toff (I's) 45 x 10- 5 loff (}.<S) I'F
I~k· (Ion +10ff) .(Ipk -louT)2. toff (I~k - IOUT)2. loff
Co I'F
8 V'IPPI. 2 Ipk • Vnpple 2 I pk • Vripple
Efficiency
VIN-V.at+Vo.
VIN
VOUT
VOUT+ Vo
VIN - Vsat •
VIN
VOUT
VOUT + Vo - V••t ---.
VIN - Va• t
VIN
IVOUTI
VOUT+VO
IIN(Avg)
(Max load ~. VOUT+ Vo ~ ~. IVOUTI + Vo
A
condilion)
2 VIN - V••t + Vo 2 2 VIN + IVOUT I + Vo - Vs•t
RsC
0.3311
VIN o---r-¥o/tr---..,------.-----.
25 V
-...,
I
I
Q1
I'A78840 +-_--'
R1 55 k
R2
12 k
01
IBIAS 390pF l
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
,i 011
I I
I I
I I
I
~A78S40 +--__----' II
I
01 I Fig. 4. Typical Inverting ,operation (Ta = 25°C)
L-_l~2~k-r____________-+~~-r~~IO~UT:l00mA
~J,
+--4 VOUT: -15V
144K
TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS
\
II.
c
47
V >
I
1,214
1,212
iil1,210
"- -
V
I
U >
I
1,208
4.7
/
1,208
1,204
II 1,202
0.47 1,200
1 10 100 1000 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 12E
--
/'" 350
V
. . .V
./
=e
I
>
1300
- ~~
250
150 200
o 10 20 30 40 50 o 10 20 30 40 50
VIN-V
T()'220
FEATURES
• Output current In excess of 3_0 ampere
• Output transistor safe-area compensation
1: Input 2: GND 3: Output
• Power dissipation: 25W (To-220)
• Internal short-circuit current limiting ORDERING INFORMATION
• Internal thermal overload protection
• Output voltage offered in 2% and 4% tolerance Device Package Operating Temperature
(2% regulators are available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices)
• No external components required KA78TXXCT
TO-220
• Thermal regulation Is specified KA78TXXACT
• Output voltage of 5; 6; 8; 12; 15; 18; 24V o-125°C
KA78TXXCH
TO-3P
KA78TXXACH
BLOCK DIAGRAM
INPUT SERIES
PASS
r-~UT
I I
1 ELEMENT 3
CURRENT ,SOA
GENERATOR PROTECTOR
I I
"
THERMAL
PROTECTION
-
I GND
KA78T05AC KA78T05C
II
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
KA78T06C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
KA78T08C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
I
Load Regulation I::.Vo mV
5mAslos3A 15 80
Therrnal Regulation Regthe Pulse=10mS, P=20W, Ta=25°C 0.002 0.03 OfoVJW
5mAslos3A, T1= +25°C 3.5 5.0
Quiescent Current I. mA
5mAs los3A . 4.0 6.0
10.3VsV1N S35V, 10 = 5mA, TI = + 25°C 0.1 0.8
QuieScent Current Change 1::.1. 10.7VsVINS23V,lo=2A mA
5mAs los3A
Ripple Rejection RR l1VsVINs21V, f=120Hz, 10=2A 61 71 dB
Dropout Voltage Vo lo=3A, TI = +25°C 2.2 2.5 Vrx;
Output Noise Voltage VN 10HzSfsl00KHz, TI = +25°C 10 p.VlVo
Output Resistance R9 f= 1.0KHz 2.0 mO
Short Circuit Current Limit Isc V1N =35V, TI = +25°C 1.5 2.5 A
Peak Output Current 1- Tj = +25°C 5.0 A
Average Temperature
Cofficient of Output . I::.Vo/I::.T 10=5.0mA 0.3 mV/oC
Voltage
KA78T12AC KA78T12C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
KA78T15AC KA78T15C
Characteristic Symbol Test CondItions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
I
load Regulation t:.Vo mV
5mAslos3A 15 50 15 80
Thermal Regulation Regth Pulse=10mS, P=20W, Ta=25°C 0.001 0.Q1 0.002 0.03 %VofW
5mAslos3A, T,= +25°C 3.5 5.0 3.5 5.0
Quiescent Current Id mA
5mAs los3A 4.0 6.0 4.0 6.0
17.6VSV'NS40V, 10=5mA, T,= +25°C;
Quiescent Current
t:.ld 18VsV'Ns30V,lo=2A; 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.8 mA
Change
5mAs los3A
18.5V DC S V'N S 28.5V DC,
Ripple Rejection RR 60 65 55 65 dB
f = 120Hz, 10 = 2.0A
Dropout Voltage V6 10=3A, T;= +25°C 2.2 2.5 2.2 2.5 Vpc
Output Noise Voltage VN 10Hzsfsl00KHz, TI = + 25°C 10 10 p.vNo
Output Resistance Ro f = 1.0KHz 2.0 2.0 mO
Short Circui,t Current
Isc V,N=40V, T,= +25°C 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 A
Limit
Peak Output Current lpeak 1',= +25°C 5.0 5.0 A
Average Temperature
Coefficient of t:.Volt:.T 10 = 5.0mA 0.6 0.6 mVloC
Output Voltage
KA78T18C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
KA78T24C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
Thermal Regulation
Quiescent Current
Regthe
Id
5mAslos3A
Pulse=10mS, P=20W, Ta=2SoC
5mAslos3A, T)= +25°C
5mAslos3A
27VsVI~S.40V,
10=SmA, Ti= +25°C;
15
0.002
3.5
4.0
0.1
80
0.03
5.0
6.0
0.8
%Vo/W
mA
II
Quiescent Current
f::,l d 27.5VSVINS39V,lo=2A; mA
Change
SmAslos3A
Ripple Rejection RR 28VSVIN S38V, f=120Hz, 10=2.0A 51 61 dB
Dropout Voltage Ve 10 = 3A, Ti= +25°C 2.2 2.5 Vee
Output Noise yoltage VN 10Hzsfs100KHz, Ti= +25°C 10 p.VlVo
Output Resistance Ro f=1.0KHz 2.0 ma
Short Circuit Current
Isc ' VIN =40V, T)= +2SoC 1.0 2.0 A
Limit
Peak Output Current lpeak TI = +2SoC 5.0 A
Average Temperature
Coefficient of f::,Vo/f::,T 10 = 5.0mA 1.0 mV/oC
Output Voltage
v:,-Vo.\ov Vo=5.0V
w = mOmA -
1I---~T:~'~~
lOUT
~ Co=O
TJ -25°C ~
r- !oo;=JmA I
iii 80 iii 80
:!1. :!1.
z lOUT =3.0A ~ z
~ Q
~
0
w
Ul
a: 60 1 Ul
a:
.w
~
ii:
- r
Vo =5.0V
V1N =10V \ ~ 60
Vo=5.0V
'"
a:
40
Co=O
. TJ =25°C
\ ii:
'"
a: rCo=O
VIN= 10V
f=120Hz
TJ=25°C
11 40
20
1.0 10 100 1K 10K lOOK
1 1M 10M 100M
30
0.01
III 0.1 1.0 10
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) JOUT, OUTPUT CURRENT (A)
Fig. 5 QUIESCENT CURRENT V, INPUT VOLTAGE Fig. 6 QUIESCENT CURRENT V. OUTPUT CURRENT
4.0 5.0
TJ -25°C- j-----
C 3.0 f C
4.0
g
...z
w
a:
II g
!<w
a: 3.0
TJ=25°C
a: a:
:> :>
...0z 2.0
...0z
w
0
[fi
I w
0
In
2.0
I
W
5 5
0 0
.l 1.0 .l VIN-VO= 5.0V
I Vo =5.0V
i<>rrT A-
1.0
ill
V 10 20 30 40
III
0.01 0.1 1.0 10
VIM! INPUT VOLTAGE (V1IJ fo~, OUTPUT CURRENT (A)
~ 2.5 B.O
~.
~ 2.0
is
IU
~>
~
r- t--
loor=3.0A
...g
.."
Z
IU
..."
6.0
- -
,... r- ~
'\ ~
-r- r-.. II"" r-
(J
t--
r- t-- ~ r--
1.5 10UT=1.0A_ 4.0
""'~~
.......
Ie r0-
O"", =0:;;::--
'""'-
"
0
.
'"
~
~
1.0
J 2.0 1"'-" TJ=oec -
.;r
.j
"~ I
TJ=25°C
TJ =125 G C
o
oj 0.5 0 J.
I
10 30 70 110 150 0 10 30 40
T,. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ('C) Vw-V.. INPUT.()UTPUT VOLTAGE (V.,)
n
0.6 Vo=5.0V -
0 V,N =10V
10IJT=150mA
~~ 0.4 00=0 _ 00=0
~Z r-i-,=25'C
"0
5!;i
TVJ =25·0
\
r
0.2
.jiii 1\
<1<>
-0.2 IV
-·0.4
IU
"~ -0.6
g
.. ~
1.0 1
~IU
;r" 0.5 II II
J~
<16
10 20
t, TIME",")
30 40
~ TIME",") '"
Fig. 11 MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION
40
MAXIMUM AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
50 75
TA• AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (Oe)
APPLICATION INFORMATIONS
The KA78TOO,A Series of fixed voltage regulators are designed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts down
t~e circuit when subjected to an excessive power overload condition, Internal Short·Circuit Protection that limits
the maximum current the circuit will pass, and Output Transistor Safe·Area Compensation that reduces the output
short:circuit current as the voltage across the pass transistor is increased. ,
In many low current applications, compensation capacitors are not required. However, it is recommended that
the reg),Jlator input be bypassed with a capacitor If the regulator is connected to the power supply filter with long
wire lengths, or if the output load capacitance is large. An input bypass capacitor should be selected to provided
good high·frequency characteristics to insure stable operation under all load conditions. A O:33"F or larger tantalum,
mylar, or other capacitor having low internal impedance at high frequencies should be chosen. The bypass capacitor
should be mounted with the shortest possible leads directly across the regulator's "nput terminals. Normally good
construction techniques should be used to minimize ground loops and lead resistance drops since the regulator
has no external sense lead. '
Input
R Output
Constant
'------''--oCurrent to
t;: Grounded Load
The KA78T05 regulator can also be used as a current
source when connected as above. In order to minimize
10K,
dissipation, the KA78T05 is chosen in this application.
Resistor R determines the current as follows:
J 1.0"F
xx = 2 digits of type number indicating voltage. XX = 2 digits of type number indicating voltage.
The KA78TOO,A series can be current boosted with a The ,circuit of Figure 18 can be modified to provide
PNP transistor. The 2N4398 provides current to 15 supply protection against short circuits by adding a
amperes. Resistor R in conjunction with the VBE of short·circuit sense resistor, Rsc, and an additional
the PNP determines when the pass transistor begins PNPtransistor. The current sensing PNP must be able
conducting; this circuit is not short-circuit proof. Input· to handle the short-circuit current of the three·terminal
output differential voltage minimum is increased by regulator: Therefore, an eight·ampere power transistor
the VBE of the pass transistor. is specified.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
Output Current up to 1.5A
Output voltages of 5; 6; 8; 8.5; 9; 10; 11; 12; 15; 18; 24V
Thermal Overload Protection
Short Circuit Protection
Output Transistor SOA P~ctlon
L -_ _1:
ORDERING INFORMATION
_ Input
_ 2: GND 3: Output
II
Device Package OPerating Temperature .
MC78XXIT TO·22O - 40°C - + 125°C
MC78XXCT TO·22O
BLOCK DIAGRAM O°C _+125°C
MC78XXACT TO·220
I
...... ~
CURRENT SOA
GENERATOR PROTECTION
THERMAL
'PROTECTION I---
I GN o
2
Fig. 1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
.---.------?-----?--~-_,_--_r_--oIN
>-~-~-+---4--~-_oOUT .
R20
R19
Fig. 2
MC78051 MC7805C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
II
Load Regulation /::,Vo TJ=25°C mV
10 = 250mA to 750mA 5 50 5 50
Quiescent Current Id Tj =25°C 4.2 8 4.2 8 mA
10=5mA to 1.0A 0.5 0.5
Quiescent Current Change /::, Id V,=7V to 25V 1.3 mA
V,=8V to 25V 1.3
Output Voltage Drift /::,Vo//::,T 10=5mA -1.1 -1.1 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage V. f = 10Hz to 100,KHz T, = 25°C 40 40 /LV
Ripple f = 120Hz
RR 62 78 62 78 dB
Rejection V,=8 to 18V
Dropout Voltage VD 10=1A, TJ=25°C 2 2 V
Output Resistance Ro f=1KHz 17 17 mO
Shon Circuit Current Isc V,=35V, TJ=25°C 750' 750 mA
Peak Current Ipeak TJ=25°C 2.2 2.2 A
,* Tm,n<T,<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tm,,= -40°C, Tmax=125°C
MC78XXC, Tmin = O°C, Tmax = 125°C
* Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78061 MC7806C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
• Tmin<TI<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tmin= -40°C, Tmax =125°C
MC78XXC, Tmin=O°C, Tmax=125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with Jow duty is used .
MC78081 MC7808C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
I
Load Regulation 6Vo T,=25 DC mV
10 = 250mA to 750mA 4.0 80 4.0 80
Quiescent Current Id Tj =25 DC 4.3 8 4.3 8 mA
10=5mA to 1.0A 0.5 0.5
Quiescent Current Chaoge 6 1d . VI = 10.5V to 25V 1.0 mA
VI = 11.5V to 25V 1.0
Output Voltage Drift 6VoI6T 10=5mA -0.8 -0.8 mVJ"i:,
Output Noise Voltage VN {= 10Hz to 100KHz T, = 25 DC 52 52 "V
.Ripple
RR f=120Hz, V,=11.5V to 21.5 56 72 56 72 dB
Rejection
Dropout Voltage Vo 10=1A, Tj =25 DC 2 2 V
Output Resistance Ro f=1KHz 16 16 mil
Short Circuit Current Ise VI = 35V, Tj =25 DC 450 450 inA
Peak Current Ipeak Tj =25 DC 2.2 2.2 A
* Tmin<Tj<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tmln = -40 DC, T~ax=125DC
MC78XXC, Tmln=ODC, Tmax =125 DC
* Load and line regulation are .specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately !lulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78851 MC7885C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
'* Tmin<Ti<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tm'n== -40°C, Tmax ==125°C
MC78XXC: Tmln==O°C, Tmax ==125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating effects
must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used. •
MC78091 MC7809C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
Quiescent Current'
Id
61d
Tj =25°C
10 = 250mA to 750mA
Tj =25°C
10=5mA to 1.0A
V,=11.5V to 26V
4
4.3
80
8
0.5
.4
4.3
90
8.0
0.5
1.3
mV
mA
mA
II
V, = 12.5V to 26V 1.3
Output Voltage Drift 6V o/6T lo=5mA -1 -1 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz Tj := 25°C 58 58 "V
Ripple f = 120Hz
RR 56 71· 56 71 dB
Rejection V, = 13V to 23V
Dropout Voltage VD 10 = 1A, T, = 25°C 2 2 V
Output Resistance Ro f=1KHz 17 17 mO
Short Circuit Current Isc V,=35V, Tj =25°C 450 450 mA
Peak Current Ipeak Tj =25°C 2.2 2.2 A
• Tmm<Tj<T max
MC7!lXXI: Tm;, = -40°C, Tmax= 125°C
MC78XXC, Tmm=O°C, Tmax =125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately· pulse testing with low duty is used.
. '.
MC78XX1MC78XXA LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
MC78101 MC7810C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
• Tmln<'Tj<Tmax
· MC78XXI: Tm'n = - 40°C, Tmax = 125°C
MC78XXC, Tmln=O°C, Tmax =125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78111 MC7811C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
II
Load Regulation 6Vo Tj =25°C mV
10 = 250mA to 750mA 4 110 4 110
Quiescent Current Id T,=25°C 4.3 8 4.3 8 mA
10=5mA to 1A 0.5 0.5
Quiescent Current Change 61d V; = 13.5V to 29V 1.0 mA
V; = 14.5V to 29V 1.0
Output Voltage Drift 6Vo/6T 10 = 5mA -1 -1 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz Tj = 25°C 70 70 /LV
Ripple f = 120Hz
RR 55 71 55 71 dB
Rejection V, = 14V to 24V
Dropout Voltage .Vo 10=1A, Tj =25°C 2 '2 V
Output Resistance Ro . f= 1KHz 18 18 mO
Short Circuit Current Isc V; = 35V, Tj =25°C 390 390 mA
Peak Current lpeak Tj =25°C 2.2 2.2 A
* Tm,n<Tj<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tm;n= -40°C, Tmax = 125°C
MC78XXC, Tm'n=O°C, Tmax=125°C
* Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78121 MC7812C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ fJlax
* Tmin<TJ<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tmin= -40°C, Tmax= 125°C'
MC78XXC, Tmin = O°C, Tmax = 125°C
* Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
. effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78151 MC7815C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
I
Load Regulation /,;V o T,=25°C mV
10 = 250mA to 750rriA 4 150 4 150
Quiescent Current Id TJ=25°C 4.4 8 4.4 8 mA
10=5mA to 1.0A 0.5 0.5
Quiescent Current Change /';Id V, = 17.5V to 30V 1.0 mA
V, = 18.5V to 30V 1.0
Output Voltage Drift /,;VJ/,;T 10=5mA -1 -1 mV'oC
Output Noise Voltage . VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz Tj = 25°C 90 90 /LV
Ripple f = 120Hz
RR 54 70 54 70 dB
Rejection V, = 18.5V to 28.5V
Dropout Voltage VD 10 = 1A, Tj = 25°C 2 2 V
Output Resistance Ro f=1KHz 19 19 m{J
Short Circuit Currel)t Isc V, = 35V, Tj = 25°C 230 230 mA
Peak Current Ipeak Tj =25°C 2.2 2.2 A
• Tmln<Tj<Tma,
MC78XXI: Tmin = - 40°C,. Tma>< = 125°C
MC78XXC, Tmln=O°C, Tma><=125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78181 MC7818C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
• Tmin<TJ<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tmln= .,..40°C, Tma.=125°C
MC78XXC, Tmin=O°C, Tma, = 125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature qhanges in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
MC78241 MC7824C
Characteristic. Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
TJ=25°C 23 24 25 23 24 25
Quiescent Current
Id
61d
Tj =25°C
10 = 250mA to 750mA
Tj =25°C
10=5mA to 1A
V, = 27V to 38V
4
4.3
240
8
0.5
4
4.3
240
8
0.5
1
mV
mA
mA
II
Vi = 28V to 38V 1
Output Voltage Drift 6Vo/6T 10=5mA -1.5 -1.5 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TJ= 25°C 170 170 "V
Ripple f = 120Hz
RR 50 66 50 66 dB
Rejection V, = 28V to 38V
Dropout Voltage Vo 10=1A, Tj =25°C 2 2 V.
Output Resistance Ro f= 1KHz ·28 28 mO
Short Circuit Current Isc V, = 35V, T,=25°C 150 150 mA
Peak Current lpeak TJ=25°C 2.2 2.2 A
• Tmln<Tj<Tmax
MC78XXI: Tmin= -40°C, Tmax= 125°C
MC78XXC, Tmin=O°C, Tmax=125°C
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
V,=7.5t025V,
7 50
10=500mA
T =25°C
J
I Vi =7.3t025V 7 50
I Vi =8to 12V 2 25
Tj =25°C
25 100
10=5mAto 1.5A
'Load Regulation AVo mV
10=5mAto 1A 25 100
10 = 250 to 750mA 8 50
10=5mAto 1A 0.5
AVo
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -1.1 mVI"C
AT
, Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
V, =8.6 to 25V,
9 60
10 = 500mA
T j =25°C
I V, =8.3 to 21V 9 60
I V, =9to 13V
I
3 30
T,=25°C
43 100
10 =5mA to 1.5A
'Load Regulation aVo mV
10=5mAto lA 43 100
10 = 250 to 750mA 16 50
.I o=5mAto lA 0.5
aVo iii
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -0.8 rril/fOC
aT
-
f=10Hz to 100KHz J.lV
Output Noise Voltage VN 10 ---v;;
Ta=25°C
f=120Hz. 10 =500mA
Ripple Rejection RR 65 dB
V,=9to 19V
, Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with lOw duty cycle is used.
T =25°C
J
I Vi =10.4 to 23V 12 80
I Vi =11 to 17V 5 40
T j =25°C
45 100
10=5mAt01.5A
'Load Regulation !No mV
10=5mAto 1A 45 100
10 = 250 to 750mA 16 50
10=5mAto 1A 0.5
.lVo
Output Voltage Driff 10=5mA -0.8 mVI"C
AT
f=10Hz to 100KHz ,..V
Output Noise Voltage VN 10
T.=25°C Ii;
f=120Hz, 10 =500mA
Ripple Rejection RR 62 dB
Vi =11.5 to 21.5V
, Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
* Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects
must b.e taken into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects
must tie taken into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
I
T,=25°C
10=5mA to 1.5A 46 100
Load Regulation 6Vo mV
. 10 = 5mA to 1.0A 46 '100
10 = 250mA to 750mA 17 50
T,=25°C 4.4 6.0
Quiescent Current Id mA
6.0
Vi=13.8V to 26V, Tj =25°C 0.8
Quiescent Current Change 6 1d V, =14V to 27V, 10=500mA 0.8 mA
10=5mA to 1.0A . 0.5
Output Voltage Drift t:,Volt" T 10=5mA -1.0 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz, Ta = 25°C 10 "VIVo
f = 120Hz, Vi = 14V to 24V
Ripple Rejection RR 61 dB
10=500mA
Dropout Voltage VD 10=1.0A, TJ=25°C 2.0 V
Output Resistance Ro f=1KHz 18 m
Short Circuit Current Ishort Vi = 35V, TJ=25°C 390 mA
Peak Current Ipeak T,=25°C 2.2 A
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects
must be taken into account separately. Pulse testing with l.ow duty cycle is used.
Vi = 14.8 to 30V,
13 120
10 = 500mA
T =25°C
j
I V, =14.5 to 27V 13 120
I Vi =16 to 22V 6 60
Tj =25°C
46 100
10=5mA to 1.5A
*Load Regulation aVo mV
10=5mA to 1A 46 100
10 = 250 to 750mA 17 50
10=5mAto 1A 0.5
aVo
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -1 mVI"C
aT
* Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
I
6
TJ =25°C
,52 100
10=5mAt01.5A
"Load Regulation t.Vo mV
10=5mA to 1A 52 109
10 = 250 to 750mA 20 50
10=5mA to 1A 0:5
.6.Vo
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -1 mVloC
~
f =10Hz to 100KHz /LV
Output Noise Voltage VN 10
T.=25°C VO
f=120Hz, 10 =500mA
Ripple Rejection RR 58 dB
Vi =18.5 to 28.5V
" Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
c8 SAMSUNGSEMICONDUCTOR 343
MC78XXIMC78XXA LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Vi =21 to 33V,
25 180
10 = 500mA
10 = 250 to 750mA 22 50
10=5mAto lA 0.5
I!.Vo
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -1 mVfOC
I!.T
1=120Hz,lo=500mA
Ripple Rejection RR 57 dB
V,=22t032V
" Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used.
Vi =27 to 38V,
31 240
10=500mA
T,=25°C
I V,=26.7t038V 31 240
10=5mA to 1A
10 = 250 to 750mA
60
60
25
100
100
50
mV
II
Quiescent Current I. Tj =25°C 4.6 6 mA
10=5mAto 1A 0.5
t.Vo
Output Voltage Drift 10= 1mA -1.5 mVJOC
l!.T
, Load and ·line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken
into account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. .
TEST CIRCUIT
DC parameters
1 3
MC78XXX VOUT
:~Ci Co :~
O.33~F O,1~
I~ Fig, 3
Load regulation
3
MC78XXX 1 - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - 0 VOUT
RL 270pF
2
\----4--It,J"h----4---o Vo
Jl VO
OV
SOpS
Fig, 4
Ripple rejection'
5.111 1 3
~
MC78XXX VOUT
1 ;;;r-0.33~F 2
~ ~RL
-
470~F
rh
120Hz
f----ll-
Fi g ,5
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
(j) 3 3
V,N o----r---I MC78XXX I---r----Q MC78XXX
Vour V,N
® ®
I
Id 2
AT vxx
li lO
Notes:
Fig. 6
3
V,N MC78XXX
Vour V,N Vour
2 o.T AT
j Id
"F
0.33~F
O.TII'
TOkO
A2
Fig. 9
IA1 ;;,51 d
VO=VXX (1+R2/R,)+ld R2
, 101
'3
MC78XXX
10 VOUT
2
0.1""
R,= . VBEO'
IREO-I o, Bo,
,Fig. 10 Fig. 11
High output current wi,th short circuit protection Tracking voltage regulator
RSC ;3
MC78XXX
VOUT
Q2 2
4.7I<D
R1 3 VOUT
COMMON COMMON
,3D
Q1=8D534
Q2=2N6124
Rsc= VBE02
1 ~r
~
-VOUT
Fig. 12 Fig. 13
VOUT
3
MC7815
)1 2
MC78XXX
·O.lpF
-2CN 2
MC7915
3
Fig. 14
lN4OO1
-15V
Fig. 15
II
Switching regulator High input voltage circuit
2
R
O.33,.F o.lpF
3
2OOO~F Z2
+
10~F
2
+
2000~F
Fig. 16 Fig. 17
1 3
MC7BXXX MC7BXXX
1 1
VIN You
Ro O.33~F
~ O.1~·
Fig. 18 1 Fig. 19
I
High input and output voltage Reducing power dissipation with !dropping resitor
R
3
MC7BXXX
Your VIN Your
2
'0
O.1~ RL
VZ1
R= VI (mlnrVXx-VDROP (max)
10 (max) + 10 (max)
VO=VXX+VZ1
Fig. 20 Fig. 21
R1
01
MC78XXX
2
MC78XXX·
2
3 VOUT
vxx
vob A A
\TV
II
O.1pF
R3
LOGIC
INPUT
Fig. 22 Fig. 23
Note: The circuit performs well up to 1QO KHz.
2 Rl
Q2
01
+
C
Fig. 24
(b)
3
MC78XXX
VOUT V,N VOUT
Fig. 25
v. lalla when the light goes up Vo rises when the light goes up
.........
1
MC78XXX
3 ...
vIN VoUT
2
+
Z!Z
~
"
!.? Fig. 26
REGULATORS
These regulators employ internal current-limiting and thermal-shutdown,
making them essentially indestructible. If adequate heat sinking is
provided, they can deliver up to 100mA output current. They are intended
as fixed voltage regulators in a wide range of applications including local
(on-card) regulation for elimination of n!lise and distribution problems
associated with single-point regulation. In addition, they can be used with
power pass. elements to make high-current voltage regulators. The
MC78LXXAC used as a Zener diode/resistor combination .replacement,
offers an effective output impedance improvement of typically two orders
of magnitude, along with lower quiescent current and lower noise.
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
Output current up to 100mA.
No external components.
Internal thermal overload protection.
Internal short circuit current limiting.
Available in JEDEC TO-92.
Output voltage of 2.6V, 5V, 6.2V, SV, S.2V,
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device
1: Output 2: GNO 3: Input
OUTPUT
R4
R9
01
R5. Rl0
~----~--~---4---~----+-----+---------~--------~--------4---~GNO
Quiescent Current
Change
I
Quiescent Current Id Tj =25°C 2.1 6.0 mA
Notes
1. The maximum steady state usable output current and input voltage are very dependent on the heat sinking and/or
lead length of the package. The date above represent pulse test conditions with junction temperatures as indicated at
the initiation of tests.
2. Power dissipation sO.75W.
MC7ILOYC MC7ILOYC
so I
r-- ;;;;;::: ~r"1JmA
i'--
-- ~
-
- --
I - --.; 1our01lJmA t--
I- l"""-
i--
. . . . 1-
IIJ -11 11
1)0 0- - -_. -- r- r-- r- -
o so 10 15 20 25 30 ~ ~ ~ 100 125
1..-uT WlLT_- V JUNCrlON TEMPERATURE - 'C
41J J.J
f': I'.....
VooT_5V
T,025'C
.J~
6.
las .........
~~
I~ ........ 10UT 0 1IJmA2101If.,l,,,,,
I:
"- ..........
,
/.~
2.8
V1Ho1OV
f-- r-VCUToSV
Iii
"1\ 21J
J
•
I
i
III
80
40
- I
I\,
OUTPUTVOIJl\GE
DEVlImON
iI!
20
r--,L"00mA<AESIS11lE
Vour_5V
J,..,)
-200
10 100 1K 10K lOOK 6 10 12
FREQUENCY - Hz nME-,.s
--kJ 200
-
f-
LOADCU~REN 5.0
MC78L05AC 100 i ~ 2D
~
o I;; ~ 1D
~~~~~~:H~ ===
Ic if
I~
WITH ~ HEAr siNK F
r--, 0.126" LEAD LEN~
..~ IU
E H
I f-----1 FROM PC BOARD, ~
Olfll'UTVOLWlE
"L~J~
DEVIImON FREE AIR
a:
"
1·0.1 FROM PC BOARD,
~
,
u FREE AIR ~
-1
rVIN_1OV
§ ;0D5 ,
VouT=5V
D.02
-2
o
APPLICATION INFORMATION
10 20 30
TIME- ..
40 50 50
OD1
26 50 7S 100
AMBIENT TElFEf!AT\lRE - OC
126 150
I
The MC78L series regulators have thermal overload protection from excessive power, internal short-circuit protection which
limits each circuit's maximum current, and output transistor safe-area protection for redUCing the output current as the. voltage
across each pass transistor is increased.
Although the internal power dissipation is limited, the junction temperature must be kept below the maximum specified
temperature (12S°C) in order to meet data sheet specifications. To calculate the maximum junction temperature or heat
sink required, the following thermal resistance values should be used:
Thermal Considerations
The TO·92 molded package manufactured by SST is capable of unusually high power dissipation due to the lead frame
design. However, its thermal capabilities are generally overlooked because of a lack of understanding of the thermal paths
from the semiconductor junction to ambient temperature. While thermal resistance is normally specified for the device
mounted 1cm above an infinite heat sink, very little has been mentioned of the options available to improve on the con·
servatively rated thermal capability. .
An explanation of the thermal paths of the TO·92 will allow the designer to determfne the thermal stress he is applying
in any given application.
Where: IIJC = thermal resistance of the case between the regulator die and a point on the case directly above the die
locat!on.
ileA = thermal resistance between the case and air at ambient temperature.
OJL - thermal resistance from transistor die through the collector lead to a point 1116 inch below the regulator case.
OLA = total thermal resistance of the collector-base-emitter pins to ambient temperature.
IlJA = junction to ambient thermal resistance.
OJL
OJC OJL OJC
OLS ! P(WATTS)
~i~
Ta
II
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
vour
VIN 0---'\111,."..---...-----;
Rl IL
C2 RL
Rl
24011 Vour
VIN ~--r----I
-'L-
10-30mA RL
When it is necessary to operate a MC78LXXAC regulator with a large input-output differential voltage, the addition of
series resistor R1 will extend the output current range of the device by sharing the total power dissipation between R1 and
the regulator.
R, = 25 - 15 - 2 = 34.3 = 2400
30+4,3 8
I
V3 = 35 - (30 + 4.3) x 0.24 = 35.82 = 26,8V
Po IMAX) = (26.8 -15) 30 + 26.8 (4.3)
=354+ 115
=470mW, which permit operation up to 70°C
in most applications.,
Line regulation of this circuit is typically 110mV for an input range of 25 - 35V at a constant load current; ,Le. 11 mVN
Load regulation=constant V, load regulation (typically 10mV, 10-30mA IL)
+(11mVNxO.24x20mA (typically 53mV)
=63mV for a load current change of 20mA at a constant V ,N of 30V.
Typical Application
Notes
1. To specify an output voltage, substitute voltage value for "xx".
2, Bypass Capacitors are recommended for optimum stability and transient response and should be locate as close as
possible to the regulator.
FEATURES
• Output Current up to 0.sA
• Output YoItagM of 5; 8; 8; 10; 12; 15; 18; 20; 24V 1: Input 2: GND 3: OUtput
• Thennal OwrIoed Protection
• Short Circuit ProtectIon ORDERING INFORMATION
• Output 'ftIIn-.aor SOA ProIecIIon
Device Package Operating Temperature
MC78MXXIT TO·220 -40- + 125·C
BLOCK DIAGRAM MC78MXXCT TO·220 O·C -+125·C
CURRENT SOA
GENERAIOR PROI'ECTION ~~R20
,
~ R19
THERMAL
PROrECTION - ~
GNo
Fig: 1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
r----~----~---~-~-___t"--...,.--oIN
All
~~--r-+--~---+-~OUT
A20
A19
II
Fig. 2
c8SAMSUNGSEMICONDU~R . 366
MC78MXXC SERIES LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
I
b.Vo mV
10 =5mA to 200mA 60
Quiescent Current Id 6 mA
Quiescent Current Id 6 mA
*·Tm1n
MC78MXXI: Tmin= -40·C
MC78MXXC: Tmin=O·C
* Tmm
MC78MXXI: Tm'n= -40·C
MC78MXXC: Tmin=O·C
II
Load Regulation 6Vo mV
10 =5mA to 200mA . 150
Quiescent Current Id 6 mA
Quiescent Current Id 6 mA
f=120Hz 10=300mA S3
Ripple Rejection RR dB
V,=22t032V
Quiescent Current
61d
10 =5mA to 200mA
10 =5mA to 350mA
10=200mA
200
6
0.5
0.8
mA
mA
II
V,=23 to 35V
6Vo 10=5mA
Output Voltage Drift -1.1 mVJOC
6T T, =0 to 125°C
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz 110 /LV
f=120Hz lo=300mA 53
Ripple Rejection RR dB
Vi =24t034V I
Dropout Voltage Vo T,=25·C,lo=500mA 2 V
Short Circuit Current Iso T, = 25·C, V, = 35V 240 mA
T,=25OC 23 24 25
Output Vohage. Vo 10 = 5 to 350mA V
22.8 24 25.2
V,=27t038V
V,=27to 100
38V
line-Regulation' /':,.Vo io=,200mA mV
V,=28to 50
38V I
10 = 5mA to O.SA 480
Load Regulation /':,.Vo mV
10 =5mA to 200m.l\ 240
Quiescent Current Id 6 mA
* Tmin
MC78MxXl: Tm'n=-40·C
MC78MXXC: Tmin = O·G '
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
F-~--oVOUT VINo--_-I
vxx
Fig. 3
Notes:
(1) To specify an output voltage, substitute voRage value for "XX".
I
(2) Although no output capacitor is needed for stability, it does
improve transient response.
(3) Required if regulator is located 'an appreciable distance from
power supply filter. . Adjustable output regulator (7 to 3OV)
VOUT
VOUT
Rl
IR,;;':5I d
R2
Vo =Vxx (1+R2/R,)+ld R2
13V<V,N<25V 3
F - - - r - r - - - - f - - -......-_1----<D VoUT
R4
Cl 9100
vxx
1
·7V<-V,N<·I7V
R5
9.1kO
6
10kO
C2
0.1""
Fig. 7
High current voltage regulator
V,No--~-...=.:.c.::.:;::..=---------,
R _ VBEO'
'-"----
IREo-~
Bo,
!-=--+--oVOUT
High output current with short circuit protection Tracking voltage regulator
Rsc VOUT
Q2
Rl 4.7kll
31l VOUT
COMMON
J('
Rse VBEOQ2 4.7kll
=~
Fig. 9
VOUT
Fig. 10
High input voltage circuit Reducing POYler dissipation with dropping resistor
t-"?--QVOUT
RL
Power AM modultor (unity voltage gain, 10 .;; 0.5) Adjustable output voltage with temperature
compensation .
Vo
~--o
Rl ! Vxx
~ Modulation
Signal
3-TERMINAL NEGATIVE
TO·22O
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
The MC79XXC series ofthree-terminal negative regulators is available in
10-;120 package and with several output voltages. They/canprovideslocal
on-card regulation, eliminating the distribution problems associated with
single point regulation; furthermore, having the same voltage options as
th~MC78XXCpositive standard series, they are particularly suited for split
power supplies. " - .
If adequate heat sinking is provided, the MC79XXC series can deliver an
output current in excess of 1.5A. Although designed primarily as fixed
voltage regulators, these devices can be used with external components
to obtain adjustable voltages and currents.
II
FEATURES
• Output Current up to 1.SA
• Ouput Voltages of - 2V, - SV, - 6V, - 8V, -12V, -1SV, 'I: GND 2: Input 3: Output
-18V, -24V
,. Thermal Overload Protection ORDERING INFORMATION
• Short Circuit Protection
• Output Transistor SOA ProtectIon Operating Temperature
0-125°C
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
R15
R16
.--1--'------4-0 OUT
R23
~~~-~-~---~------~~~---------~~--------~~IN
V,= -7to 40
-25V
Line Regulation /:;Vo Tj =25°C mV
V, = -8to 20
-12V
Tj =25.oC
70 120
10=5mA to 1.5A
Load Regulation . /:;Vo mV
Tj =25°C
20 60
10 =250 to 750mA
10=5rnAto lA 0.5
Quiescent Current Change /:;Id
1.3 rnA
Vi= -7to -25V
/:;Vo
Output Voltage Drift 10=5rnA -0.4 rnVJOC
""ZT
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise Voltege VN 40 /LV
Tj =25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR 54 60 dB
/:;V,=10V
Tj =25°C
Dropout Voltege Vo 3.5 V
10=1A
II
lo=5mA to 1.5A
Load Regulation 6Vo rrW
TJ=25°C
50
10 =250 to 750mA
Quiescent Current I. T,=25°C 3 6 mA
lo=5mAto 1A 0.5
Quiescent Current Change 61d mA
1.3
V,= -8to -25V
6Vo
Output Voltage Drift lo=5mA -0.4 rrWfOC
6T
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise Voltage VN 100 /LV
TJ=25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR 54 60 dB
6V,=10V
TJ=25°C
Dropout Voltage Va 2 V
lo=1A
Vi= -8 to . 120
-25V
Line Regulation /',Vo Tj =25°C mV
V,= -9to 60
-13V
Tj =25°C
120
10=5mA to 1.5A
Load Regulation /',Vo mV
T,=25°C
60
10 =250 to 750mA
lo=5mAto 1A 0.5
Quiescent Current Change /',Id 1.3
mA
V,= -9to -25V
/',Vo
Output Voltage Drift
--z:r 1.=5mA -0.5 mVI"C
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise Voltage VN . 130 /LV
TJ =25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR /',V,=10V
54 60 dB
TJ =25°C
Dropout Voltage VD 2 V
lo=1A
TJ",25°C
160
Load Regulation
Quiescent Current
/;,Vo
I.
10 =5mA to 1.5A
TJ=25°C
10 =250 to 750mA
TJ=25°C 3
80
6
mV
mA
II
10=5mAto lA 0.5
Quiescent Current Change /;,1. mA
1
V, = - 11.5 to - 25V
/;,Vo
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -0.6 mVfOc
6T
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise Voltage VN 175 /LV
TJ=25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR 54 60 dB
/;,V,=10V
TJ=25°C
Dropout Voltage VD 2 V
10=lA
I. ,.5mA to lA 0.5
, Quiescent Current Change /::"Id 1 mA
VIZ -15to -30V
/::,.V.
Output Voltage Drift 1... 5mA -0.8 rrWf'C
/::,.T
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise Vohage VN 200 ,.V
Tj ",,25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR 54 60 dB
/::,.VI=10V
Tj =25°C 2
Dropout. Voltage Vo V
1.-1A
I
lo=5mA to 1.5A
Load Regulation 6.Vo rrt./
Tj =25"C
150
10 =250 to 750mA
Quiescent Current I. TJ =25°C 3 6 mA
lo=5mAto 1A 0.5
Quiescent Current Change 6.1. mA
1
V, = -18.5to -30V
6.Vo
Output Voltage Drift 6.T . lo=5mA -0.9 rrt.//"C
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise-Voltage VN 250 /.IV
Tj =25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection , RR 54 60 dB
6.V, =10V
Tj =25°C
Dropout Voltage Vo 2 V
lo=1A
10=5mAto 1A O.S
Quiescent Current Change /',Id mA
1
V,= -22to -33V
/',Vo
Output Voltage Drift lo=5mA -1 mVI"C
/',T
----
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR 54 60 dB
/',V,=10V
-----
TJ =25°C
Dropout Voltage VD 2 V
lo=1A
I
10 =5mA to 1.5A
load Regulation 6Vo mV
TJ=25°C
240
10 =250 to 750mA
Quiescent Current 10 TJ=25°C 3 6 rnA
10=5mAto 1A 0.5
1---
Quiescent Current Chang,e 610 mA
1
V,= -27to -38V I
6Vo ,
Output Voltage Drift 10=5mA -1 mV/oC
LS:T
f = 10Hz to 100KHz
Output Noise Voltage VN 400 /LV
TJ=25°C
f=120Hz
Ripple Rejection RR 6V,=10V
54 60 dB
TJ=25°C
Dropout Voltage VD 2 V
10=lA
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Fig. 2 - Split power supply (±1SVl1A) Fig. 3 - Circuit for increasing output voltage
+2fN 0--.,.--1
-2fN -15V
R1+R2
Vo-VXX' ."!i2"
• Against potential latch-up problems. VXXIR2 > 31d
Fig. 4:"" High current negative regulator (-SVI4A with Fig. S - Typical ECl system power supply (-S.2VI4A)
SA current limiting)
-lOll -12\1
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
Output current In excess of O.SA
Internal thermal-overload protection
Internal short circuit current limiting
Output trenslstor safe-area compensation ORDERING INFORMATION
1: GND 2: Inpul 3: Oulpul
I
• Available In JEDEC TO·220
.• Output voltages of - 5V, - 6V, - 8V, -12V, Operating Temperature
-15V, -18V, - 24V o -125°C
SCHEMATHIC DIAGRAM
Rll
R14 R15,
R12
R16
r---~------+-OOUT
R23
L---~--~--~~----~~------------~~~------ ________ __ ____________
~ ~ ~~IN
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Bypass capacitors are recommended for stable operation of the
MC79MXXC series of regulators over the input voltage and output
current ranges. Output bypass capacitors will improve the transient
response of the regulator. .
The bypass capacitors, (2,..F on the input, 1,..F on the output) should be
ceramic or solid tantalum which have good high frequency characteris-
tics. If aluminum electrolytiqs are used, their values should be 1O,..F or
larger. The bypass capacitors should be mounted with the shortest leads,
and if possible, directly across the regulator terminals.
2.0~F l.o~F
II
Quiescent Current Change f',ld mA
V;= -8V to -25V 0.4
Output Voltage Drift f',VoIf',T 'o=5mA 0.2 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz Tj = 25°C 40 ,.V
Ripple Rejection RR f=120Hz,V,=-8to -18V 54 60 dB
Dropout Voltage Vo 10 = 500mA, Tj =25°C 1.1 V
Short Ci rcuit Cu rrent Isc V;= -35V, Tj = 25°C 140 mA
Peak Current Ipeak Tj =25°C 650 mA
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used.
I
Quiescent Current Change 6 1d mA
V, = -17.5V to - 28V 0.4
Output Voltage Drift 6Vo/6T 10=5mA -1.0 mV/oC
Output Noise Voltage VN f = 10Hz to 100KHz TJ= 25°C 90 p.V
Ripple Rejection R'R f = 120Hz, V, = - 18.5V to - 28.5V 54 59 dB
Dropout Voltage Vo 10 = 500mA, Tj %25°C 1.1 V
Short Circuit Current Isc Vi= -35V, TJ=25°C 140 mA
Peak Current Ipeak TJ=25°C 650 mA
• Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature changes in Vo due to heating
effects must be taken into account separately pulse testing with low duty is used. '
FEATURES
• Low temperature coefficient
•
•
•
•
•
Adjustable 4V to 6V
Wide operating range current 01 400~ to 10mA
Three lead transistor package (T0-92)
0.6 ohm dynamic impedance
± 1.0% initial tolerance available
1: Adj 2: Cathode 3: Anode
ORDERING INFORMATION
II
• Guaranteed temperature stability
• Easily trimmed lor minimum temperature drift Operating Temperature
• Fast tum on 0-70·C
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
,-------------------~----~--------------~r---~----~2 CATHODE
Reverse Current IR 15 mA
Forward Current IF 10 mA
Storage Temperature Range T"g -60 - 150 ·C
Op,ratlng Temperature Range Topr 0-70 ·C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = 25·C, unless otherwise specified)
/ 350 1\ IR =1mA
Tj =2S"C
T,= 12S"C
W ~300
\
'/
, ~ IV
4:, 25°C_ s:s.
I 250
200
\
~
o
o
./ 10
150
100 1K 10K
10 100K
REVERSE CURRENT (mA) FREQUENCY (Hz)
FIg. 1 FIg. 2
[
,.. OUT~UT TI=25°C
IV
r-' r-nt--
INPUT
-I *"'1
1
r-- c--.
t--. c- ----c OUTPUT
I-l~
r----- - 10
INPiT
! - f---
--- .. -.- .-.----.- ..- - - - t - - - - - - j I-- - ---
0." -'::-O----::,OO::---,:'::K,-----~,O:-::K---=,00K
i 1 4
FREQUENCY (Hz) TIME (ps)
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
5.120
~
. VT(=25~
I--- - ~ 4.950
- I-
- ---
ac: 4.920
10'
0
C
,1/ 1
4.880
10' 4.840
0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 -15 25 -45 65 85 105 125
REVERSE VOLTAGE (V) TEMPERATURE (DC)
Fig. 5 Fig. 8
1.2
!
1.0
,/
/
../
Tj = 25°C
-.;.. ~
0.2
0
0.001 0.01 0.1 10
FORWARD CURRENT (mA)
FIg. 7
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
5.0V REFERENCE 5.0V REFERENCE WITH MINIMUM
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
10V
5.0V
1N457·
KA336·5.0
KA336·5.0 A--~
1N457·
FIGURE 8
t Adjust to 2.490V
~ Any silicon signal diode
KA336·5.0 A:--S~~~BRATE
5V CROWBAR
KA336·5.0
FIGURE 11
100 SENSITIVE
GATE SCR
200
FIGURE 12
FEATURES
• Operating current of 10,..A to 20mA
•
•
•
•
1% and 2% initial tolerance
10 dynamic impedance
Low temperature coefficient
Low voltage reference -1_235V
1: N.C. 2: Cathode 3: Anode
ORDERING INFORMATION
I
Operating Temperature
0-70·C
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Reverse Current IR 30 mA
Forward Current IF 10 mA
Operating Temperature Range Topr 0-70 > ·C
Storage Temperature Tstg -55 - +150 ·C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = 25·C, unless otherwise noted)
.1mAslRs20mA 20
0·CsTas70·C, IR = 100".A 0.4 1.5 0
Reverse Dynamic Impedance ZD
IR = 100".A 0.4 1 0
Average Temperature
0·CsTas70·C, 10p.AsiRs20mA 20 ppm/·C
Coefficient
IR=100".A,10HzSfS10KHz
Wide Band Noise (RMS) EN 0·CsTas70·C
60 ".V
1K
IA=100~
/
~
-
/
l/
o. 1
25 45 B5 B5 . 10 100 1K 10K 100K 1M
TEMPERATURE ('c) FREQUENCY(IIzj
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
~
1.~1(!o~~
eoo 60
111111 111111
SINGLE POLE LOW PASS
r--...
/'
r--""
ioo"
200
V
1\ KHARP CUTOFF FILTER
~ioo" 11111111
0
10 100 1K 10K 100K 100 1K 10K 100K
FREQUENCY (Hz) CUTOFF FREQUENCY (Hz)
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
ReSPONSE TIME
/
OUTPUT
10
~ INPUT
STANDARD APPLICATIONS
MICROPOWER REFERENCE FROM 9V REFERENCE FROM.1.SV BATTERY
BATTERY
1.5V
9V
500K
1.2V
1.2V
KA385-1.2
KA385-1.2
. FEATURES
• Programmable output voltage to 36 volts
• Low dynamic output impedance 0.20 typical 1: Cathode 6: Anode 8: Ref.
2, 3, 4, 7: N.C.
• Sink current capability of 1.0 to 100mA 8 SOP
I
• Equivalent full-range temperature coefficient of 50ppm/o C typical
• Temperature compensated for operation over full rated operating
temperature range
• Low output noise voltage
1: Cathode 2, 3, 6, 7: Anode 8: Ref.
4,5: N.C.
f
KA431 CD 0-+70·C 8 SOP
ATHODE(K) KA4311Z -40-+85·C TO-92
KA431 IN -40-+85·C 8 DIP
REFERENCE (R) 0 -
. ANODE (A)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
CATHODE
02
ANODE
• Test Circuit
Note: 1. The deviation parameters VrelldOv) and Ire~dOY) are defined as the differences between the maximum and
minimum values obtained over the rated temperature range. The equivalent full-range temperature coefficient
of the reference input voltage, aVrel, is defined as:
Because minimum Vre, occurs at the lower temperature, the coefficient is positive.
2. The dynamiC impedance is defined as:
II
ZKA
When the device is operated with two external resistors (see Figure 2), the total dynamic impedance of
the circuit is given by:
Z' _ 6V _
. - 61 -
TEST CIRCUIT
Fig. 1 Test Circuit for VKA=Vre, Fig. 2 Test Circuit for VKA~Vre'
INPUT o---'\j"""'~p----o VKA INPUT o-~Wo~-.-----O VKA
Rl
KA431
Vref
R2
KA431
c
'-
0
V-
/
-50 I ,/
I
-75
-100
-2
I -1 0
V..-Col_ V"'--V
1
-200
-1
r 1
V..-~VoI""-V
2
FIGURE 4 FIGURE 6
:; -5
\ IK =10rnA
TA =25°C
I
1-10
I\,
::
1- "- ~ ~
§
\!-2O
15
130~++~*-~~~-+1+~~++~
S
.&-25 "- ~ >
i
2O~t+~m-~~~-+~#m~t+~
1-30
'"
.~
~.-35
-40
o 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
V..-Cothodo VoItago-V f-frequency-Hz
FIGURE. FIGURE 7
20 .......
10 II' IJ""~
7
1\1'1
0.7
0.4
0.2
0.1
lK 10k lOOK
f-Fraquency-Hz
1M 10M
-10
lK 10K lOOK
f-Fraquenc:y-Hz
,"
1M 10M
FIGURE 8 FIGURE.
PULSE RESPONSE
T.=i2S0C
LT
UTPUT
1 2
V
II
1
t-Time-us
FIGURE 10
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
FIGURE ll-SHUNT REGULATOR FIGURE l2-SINGLE-SUPPLY COMPARATOR WITH
TEMPERATURE-COMPENSATED THRESHOLD
v+ Q-Jw.-~--~---,.-OVOUT
V+
~--oOUTPUT
...-~_oVoul
KA431
R2A
R1
Vlimlt=(1 +R2>V re f
Low limit = Vref (1 + ~~~) + V,BE
High limit = V,.d1 + ~~~)
..
Lo w l,m,t=Vref (1 R1B)
+R2B
V+
Delay=R·C·ln (V+)-V,ef
High limit = V,.d1 + ~~~)
lout
V+
KA431
Vref Vref
lout= RCL, lout=rs
FEATURES
• Unlty-gain phase compensation with a single 30pF 8 SOP
COMP,
NULL COMP,
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
----~--~VCC
INVERTING
INPUT - O - - - , - - - i - - - - - t - - - {
NON·INVERTING
INPUT + O-~--+-----I
Rll
25!l
'---j----<> OUTPUT
L--+-~~-L-~-+--------~------+--+-~---oVEE
OFFSET NULL
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(- 25·CsTas + 85·C for the KA201A, O·CsTas + 70·C for the KA301A, unless otherwise specified)
KA201A KA301A
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
2.0
,.... - '110
.-. ~ Ta=25-C
I-- ~
5
--
Ta=2S"C
90
o.5
10
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (%V)
FIg. 1
15 20 10
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (%V)
Fig. 2
15 20
II
--
CURRENT, LIMITING COMMON MODE REJECTION
15
- - VS~ ±15V
120
I
-....
'\
Ta=25"C
100
80
-~ R,= 11<0
Ta=25°C
60
~ l! VCM'5. ± lOV
10 15
OUTPUT CURRENT
Fig. 3
20
«::t mAl
25 30
40
20
10 100 1K
FREQUENCY (Hz)
Fig. 4
"
10K 100K
>-.
VCM::S;::tW
I
1M
100
, l'. C1=30pF
Ta=25"C_
"'\
"' ~
"\
I"'\.'\:~
,"'~
~'\ ~J-
~~<. ~
~J- ~
~
"" ~
0
10 100 1K 10K
FREQUENCY (Hz)
100K
"' I000o
1M 10M
Fig. 5
~
v'Tsv- 225
INPUT
II,
> - - - 4 - - 0 v""
iii:
II
z eo
".
C
!II
eo
.0
~ "
~C1~ ~=3PF
~r'\. ~
PHjE
~
r'\.
""-
~
20
GAlj\
-20
10 100 1K 10K 100K 1M 10M
FREQUENCY (HII
FIg. 7
LARGE SIGNAL FREoUENCY RESPONSE VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE
16 10
T~=~·b
Vs= ±15V
r=~Tc
V.=::t15V
12
C1=3pF
- -- -
~
~
1\ INPUT '
7
I." \ IJOUTPUT
1\ I
C1=3OpF e -2
1\ 1\ SINGLE POLE
0
>
-. - -- --
-6
\
~ SI~~LE iLE
-8
o ~~ ..... -10
10 20 30 .0 50 eo 70 eo
1K 10K 100K 1M 10M
FREQUENCY (HII TIMEfpa)
Flg.8
FIg. '.
~POLE
R,
-V~o-_-L--l
100
" 225
GA~
~
c,iit/,ft 20
"
Cs=3OpF Ta=25-C
Cs=1QC, Vs = ±15V
C1=30pF
""" 10
-20
1
C2=jF
1\ 1 IE
\
OUTPUT
\ TWO'~L~
i"
w
\
"~ -2 \
!i!
1\ -4
-- Ta=25-C
~ -6 Vs = ±15V
Cl=3O!>F
~
-6
-10
rjpF
lK lOOK 1M 10203040 80807080
FREQUENCY (HI! TIllE"",)
FIg. 12 FIg. 11
-
120
C,
r-.... Va= ~15V
T.=25·C _
100 225
80 "" 180
INPUT
R,
V"",
Iii
:g,
~
'"
80 " "\
~ PHASE/-- 135
w ~ 'V
R,
~
0
40
'\
90
>
20 45
~IN
C,
FEED FORWARD
<4= 2'1'f:R2
fo=3MHz
FIg. 14
'"
-20
10 100 lK 10K lOOK 1M 10M 100M
FREQUENCY (HI!
FIg. 15
12
\ nrn
FEED FORWARD
~ - --- -- -- -- I
1\ JPUT -
~
INPUT
\
1\
-8
- -- -- - -- .
'""
FEE~F0'rARDI
T8=25-C
-6
o
r--.. -10
1'= ±1'5V
FEATURES
• 120MHz bandwidth
• 250KO input resistance
• Selectable gains of 10,100,400
• No frequency compensation required
BLOCK DIAGRAM
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperature
G28 GAIN G2A GAIN
12 SELECT
SELECT KA733CN 14 DIP
0-+70·C
G'8 GAINT
SELECT 11 ~~~~;~N KA733CD 14 SOP
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
INPUT2 o--~-t===E~~=tt1:=+::::::!J
INPUT1
L--+----"."..-~----+---o OUTPUT1
GAIN SELECT
7K
G2B L---r--"M~+-----1~--o OUTPUT2
. GAIN SELECT {
G1B
400
VEe
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc= +6V, VEE = -6V, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
Characteristic
1
Symbol
Av
Test Conditions
250
80
Typ
400
100
Max
600
120
Unit
VIV
I
Gain 3 ( " 3) 8 10 12
Bandwidth
Gain 1 ( " 1) 40
Gain 2 ( " 2) 2 BW Rs = 501l 90 MHz
Gain 3 ( " 3) 120
Rise Time
Gain 1 (
Gain 2 (
·· 1)
2) 2· t,
Rs = 501l
10.5
4.5 12 ns
Gain 3 (
·
Propagation Delay
3)
Your = 1Vp.p
2.5
Gain 1 (
Gain 2 (
··
1)
2) 2 tpd
Rs = 501l
7.5
6.0 10 ns
Gain 3 (
·
3)
. Input Resistance
Vour = 1Vp.p
3.6
Gain 1 (
Gain 2 (
·· 1)
2) 3 Ri VooS1V 10
4.0
30 KIl
Gain 3 (
· 3)
Input Offset Current 1'0
250
0.4 5 Jl.A
Input Bias Current liB 9 30 Jl.A
Input Voltage Range 1 V'CR ±1 V
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
Gain 2 VOM= ±1V, fS100KHz 60 86 dB
4 CMRR
Gain 2 VCM = ±1V, f=5MHz 60 dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio
Gain 2 1 PSRR 6Vs= ±0.5V 50 70 dB
Output Offset Voltage
Gain 1 1 Voo RL=oo 0.6 1.5 V
Gain 2 and 3 0.35 l.5 V
Input CapaCitance Gain 2 2.0 pF
Test
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
Figure
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The following specifications apply over the range of 0·CsTas70·C Vee = +6V, Vee = -6V
Test
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Min :ryp Max Unit
Figure
VOD 2KO
1KO
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
o V vool ~2~
500
500
II
[ VIC
1KO
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
VO D 2KO
2A
VOLTAGE AMPLIFICATION ADJUSMENT
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
-5
" .......
:
'~
,
-50
0
- ~t'-
N
1\
IfB 1'.. GAIN 2
~\
~:~:S~6-
,
-10
i:~~~~-
e. ~
~
ill1&1 -15 I" 1\\
i
-20
" '1'.
~\:l'jj
-300
~\ GAIN
,
GAIN 1
.,
2
-25 -350
o 10 10 50 100 1000
FREQUENCY (MHz) FREQUENCY (MHz)
Fig. 7 Fig. 8
VOLTAGE GAIN va FREQUENCY PULSE RESPONSE
60 1.6
1.4
50
GAIN 1
,
iii" 1.2
ll-
z 40 ..... "....
r/
1.0
~
lN3
GAIN 2
Vs= ±6V
~ Gi
w w
Ta=25°C 0.8
"~ 30 ::'"
"c!:; I
~.
GAIN2
~:::S~~-
..
~ ~ 0.6
/GAIN1
I- RL =1KO
w 20 ::> 0.4
I\~
i..- ~
Z
w
GAIN 3
::>
0
/
...
III
10
0.2
j
"illz
~ . -0.2
-0.4
6 10 50 100 500 1000 -15 -10 -5 0 10 15 20 25 30 35
FREQUENCY (MHz) TlME(na)
FIg. 9 Fig. 10
w
0.6 V r·="'t w
~
"...
~ II Vs = ±3V
~ 0.8 Ta=7O".)Ta=85"C-
Ta=25°C
~ 0.6 ~ 0.6
~
0
0.4
0.2
-0.2
Ilf
JI
1 1
GAIN 2
Ta=25"C-
RL =1KO
I
~ 0.4
O.2
2
,
-0.4
-15 -10 -5 5 10 15 20
1
25 30 35
-0.4
-15 -10 -5 10 15 25 30 35
TIME(na) TIME·(na)
Fig. 11 FIg. 12
90 III
iii
lit
2
80
GAIN 2
III 6.0
III
r-... 3.0
~
~
i
i 30
....."
!;
2.0
1\
:I
8
20
0
1.0
\
10
II
10K lOOK 1M 10M 100M 1 10 50 100 500 1000
FREQUENCY (Hili FREQUENCY IMHIII
fig. 13 FIg..14
DIFFERENTIAL OVERDRIVE RECOVERY TIME VOLTAGE GAIN va SUPPLY VOLTAGE
10 I.'
T~=251c
1.3
80
./
/ 1.2
iw 50 / V
..-r-
~
-
1.1
~
1;:
w ~
Va = ±6V
Ta=2SoC
-GAIN 2
V "
w 1.0
"~
"GAIN3
..- V
/
~ '/ ~
0.9
~ ,//
II: 30 w
0.8
i / ~
S
/ /
"
II: 20 w 0.1
II:
GAI~
~
10
./
V 0.6
0.5 /
o 0.4
o 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE (my) SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±Y)
fig. I. fig. 18
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
V8 LOAD RESISTANCE GAIN va FREQUENCY V8 SUPPLY VOLTAGE
7.0 80
6.0 50
iii
lit
8 ~:::5~~- GAIN2 -
~
5.0 ~
~
Ta=25°C
I.
w
4.0
I'
w
~
!:i
30
~
,~
~
~
~
3.0
"w 20
....."
!;
0
2.0
V
"w
Z
!
10
, Vytr
1\\ V•.=.±.8V-
\
1.0
0
i--"'" '" -10
Vr(i
10 50 100 200 500 lK SK 10K 1 10 100 500 1000
LOAD RESISTANCE (0) FREQUENCY (II"",
fig. 17 fig. 11
20 I
Losie-
2.
19
~V
~ /
!iw 18
a:
a:
i!
r--.. ........ ....... V,: .6V
/
..."
17 lL'
~
OJ
16
'r- V
V
12
15 V
,. 8
L~
-60 -20 20 60 100 140 3
TEMPERATURE (0C) SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±Yl
Fig. 1. Fig. 20
" ~:~:5~6-
I
".... ~
["'...
1"'-1'
10
10 100 ""'" 10K
R...J (Il) '"
Fig. 21
FEATURES
• lriteral current limiting: Isc = 350mA (Rsc = 2.20)
• High output current: I. = SOOmA max
• 10 SIP HIS package
• Internal phase compensated
BLOCK DIAGRAM
~---- II
ORDERING INFORMATION
Operating Temperature
'W
~0 'Z 'Z_ tll '";;z ;;'" '"0 '"
Z 0-
0
,
;; W 0
-20 - + 70·C
III
15
III >
;;
+
>
+ , >
::J III
15
III
>
> >
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
SENSE
r---------~--~~--~------_r----------~------lr~VCC
INVERTING
INPUT
NON·INVERTING 0---+------+---
INPUT t----+--t-i ,r--------t-------+--oOUTPUT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS'
(Vee = + 15V, Vee = -15V, Ta= 25°C, unless otherwise specified)
8 DIP
SINGLE OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
The KF351 is JFET input operational amplifier with an internally
trimmed input offset voltage. The JFET input device provides wide
bandWidth, low input bias currents and offset currents.
FEATURES
• Internally trimmed offset voltage: 10mV 8 SOP
• Low input bias current: SOpA
• Wide gain bandwidth: 4MHz
• High slew rate: 13V/I's
• Low supply current: 1.8mA
• High input Impedance: 1012{}
5 OFFSET
NULL
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
vcco---------~--------------~--~----~~-------------------
R5
INPUT(-) OUTPUT
R6
-VEEo---+----+--~--------~---+--~----~--~~~--------~--~
'ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = + 15V, VeE = -15V, Ta= 25·C, unless otherwise specified)
5.0 10
Input Offset Voltage VIO Rs=10K mV
, I O·C:sTa:s + 70·C 13
Input Offset Voltage Drift t:"vlol£:;. T Rs=10K I O·C:sTa:s + 70·C 10 ,.V/·C
25 100 pA
Input Offset Current ho
I O·C:sTa:s + 70·C 4 nA
50 200 pA
Input Bias Current liS
J O·C:sTa:s + 70·C 8 nA
Input Resistance Ri 1012 II
FEATURES
• Internally frequency compensated for unity gain
• Large DC voltage gain: 100dB
II
•
• Wide power supply range: LM224/A, LM324/A: 3V - 32V (or :t 1.SV -16V)
LM2902: 3V - 26V (or ± 1.SV - 13V)
• Input common-mode voltage range includes ground
• Large output voltage swing: OV DC to Vcc-1.SV DC
• Power drain suitable for battery operation.
__J
BLOCK DIAGRAM ORDERING INFORMATION
OUT1 OUT4
Device Package Operating Temperature
IN4 (-)
LM324N
IN4 (+) 14 DIP
LM324AN
0-+70°C
LM324D
14 SOP
IN3 (+) LM324AD
LM224N
14 DIP
LM,224AN
-25-+85°C
LM224D
14 SOP
LM224AD
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (One Section Only) 14 DIP
;LM2902N
-40- +85°C
LM2902D 14 SOP
R2
INPUT
"-"""'-------i-oOUT
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS .
(Vcc=5.0V, Vee=GND, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
VeM=OV to Vcc-l.5V
Input Offset Voltage V,o 2.0 5.0 2.0 7.0 2.0 7.0 mV
Vo=l.4V, Rs=OO
Input -Offset Current 1'0 3 30 5 50 5 50 nA
Input Bias Current I'B 45 150 45 250 45 250 nA
Input -Common-Mode Vee=3OV Vcc Vcr. Vcc
V,eR 0 0 0 V
Voltage Range (Vee = 26V for LM2902) -1.5 -1.5 -1.5
RL=OO Vee =3OV(ali Amps)
1.5 3 1.5 3 1.5 3 mA
Supply Current lee (Voc=26V for LM2OO2)
RL =00 Vee =5V(all Amps) 0.7 -1.2 0.7 1.2 0.7 1.2 mA
Large Signal
Ay Vee = 15V, RL~2KO 50 100 25 100 100 V/mV
Voltage Gain
Vee Vee Vee
Output Voltage Swing VOUT RL = 2KO(LM2~2, RL~ 10KO) 0 0 0 V
-1.5 -1_5 -1.5
Common-Mode
CMRR 70 85 65 70 50 70 dB
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
PSRR 65 100 65 100 50 100 dB
Rejection Ratio
Channel Separation CS f = 1KHz to 20KHz 120 120 120 dB
Short Circuit to GND los 40 60 40 60 40 60 mA
V'n+ =lV, Vin - =OV 40 mA
Isource 20 20 40 20 40
Vee=15V
V'n+ =OV, Vin _ = lV
Output Current ISlnk 10 20 10 20 10 20 mA
Vee =15V
Vin + =OV, Vin _ = lV
12 50 12 50 ,.A
Vo=200mV
f--------------
Differential Input
V,o Vee Vee Vee V
Voltage
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = 5.0V. VEE = GND. unless otherwise specified)
The following specification apply over the range of -25·CsTas + 85·C for the LM224; and the O·CsTas + 70·C
for the LM324; and the -40·CsTas +85·C for the LM2902·
VeM=OV to Vee·1.5V
Input Offset Voltage V,O 7.0 9.0 10.0 mV
Vo=1.4V. Rs=OO
Input Offset Voltage
6 Viol 6 T 7.0 7.0 7.0 /lV/·C
Drift
Input Offset Current 1'0 100 150 200 nA
Input Offset Current
II
61 ,01!\T 10 10 10 pA/·C
Drift
Input Bias Current liB 300 500 500 nA
Input Common·Mode vee=30V Vee Vee Vee
VieR 0 0 0 V
Voltage Range (Vee =26V for LM2902) ·2.0 ·2.0 ·2.0
Large Signal Voltage Vee = 15V. RL~2.0KO
Av 25 15 15 V/mV
Gain (for large Vo swing) '.
Vee = 30V IRL -2KO 26 26 22 V
VOH
Output Voltage Swing Vcc = 26V for 2902IRL= 10KO 27 28 27 28 23 24 V
VOL
Vcc=5V RLS10KO 5 20 5 20 5 100 mV
--
V.n+ = 1V. Vm =OV
lsource 10 20 10 20 10 20 mA
Vee =15V
Output Current
V.n+ =OV V.n_ = 1V
ISink 10 15 5 8 5 8 mA
Vee = 15V
Differential Input
V'c 'V ee Vee Vee V
Voltage
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc=5.0V, VEE=GND, Ta=25°C, unless otherwise specified) -
LM224A LM324A
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
- - Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
VCM=OV to Vcc·1.5V
Input Offset Voltage V'O 1.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 mV
Vo=1.4V Rs=O
Input Offset Current 1'0 2 15 5 30 nA
Input Bias Current - I,e 40 80 45 100 nA
Inp!Jt Comm·Mode Vec Vec
V'CR Vcc = 30V 0 0 V
Voltage Range ·1.5 ·1.5
RL =00 Vce = 30V 1.5 3 1.5 3 mA
Supply Current (All Amps) Icc ~----~~--- --- f - - - - - - -
Av
RL=oo Vcc=5V
--~--~-
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc=5.0V, Vee=GND, unless otherwise specified)
The following specification apply over the range of - 25·C::::;Ta::::; + 85·C for the LM224A; and the O·C::::;Ta::::; + 70·C
for the LM324A
LM224A LM324A
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
I
Input Bias Current liB 40 100 40 200 nA
-- - - -I - - - - - - ---- - - - - - - -
Input Common-Mode Vee Vee
VieR Vee = 30V 0 0 V
Voltage Range -2.0 -2.0
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av Vee = 15V RL~2.0KO 25 15 V/mV
Vee = 30V IRL = 2KO 26 26
VOH V
Output Voltage Swing IRL= 10KO 27' 28 27 28
VOL
Vee=5V RL::::;10KO 5 20 5 20 -rr;v-
- - --'- - - - - 1-----
V,n+ = 1V V,n_ = OV
Isource 10 20 10 20 mA
Vee = 15V
O.utput Current 1---- .. ---- ---- ----- ----- ------ 1-----
V,n + =OV V,n - = 1V
ISlnk 5 8 5 8 mA
Vee = 15V
-- -----
Differential Input Voltage V'D Vee Vee V
c8 SAMSUNGSEMICONDUcrOR 427
LM2241A, LM3241A, LM2902 . LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
APPLICATION NOTE
The LM224 ~ries are opamps which operate with only a single power supply voltage, have true-differential inputs, and
remain in the linear mode with an input common-mode voltage of 0 Voc. These amplifiers operate over a wide range of power
supply voltage with little change in· performance charactaristics. At 25"C amplifier operation is possible down to a minimum
supply voltage of 2.3 Voc. .
The pinouts of the package have been designed to simplify PC board layouts. Inverting inputs are adjacent to outputs for
all of the amplifiers and the outputs have also been placed at the corners of the package (pins 1, 7, 8, and 14).
Precautions should be taken to insure that the power supply for the integrated circuit never becomes reversed in polarity
or that the unit is not inadvertently installed backwards ina test socket as an unlimited current surge through the resulting
forward diode within the IC could cause fusing of the internal conductors and result in a destroyed unit.
Large differential input voltages can be easily accommodated and, as input differential voltage protection diodes are not
needed, no large input currents result from large differential input voltages. The differential input voltage may be larger the
Vex; without damaging the device. Protection should be provided to prevent the input voltages from going negative more than
-030/00 (at 25"C). An input clamp diode with a resistor to the IC input terminal can be used.
To reduce the power supply current drain, the amplifiers have a class A output stage for small signal levels which converts
to class B in a large signal mode. This allows the amplifiers to both source and sink large output currents. Therefore both
NPN and PNP external current boost transistors can be used to extend the power capability of the basic amplifiers. The output
voltage needs to raise approximately 1 diode drop above ground to bias the on-chip vertical PNP transistor for output cur-
.rent sinking .applications.
For ac applications, where the load is capacitively coupled to the output of the amplifier, a resistor should be used, from
the output of the amplifier to ground to increase the class A bias current and prevent crossover distortion. Where the load
is directly coupled, as in dc applications, there is no crossover distortion.
Capacitive loads which are applied directly to the output of the amplifier reduce the loop stability margin. Values of 50 pF
can be accommodated using the worst-case noninverting unity gain connection. Large closed loop gains or resililive isola-
tion should be used if larger load capacitance must be driven by the amplifier.
The bias network of the LM224 establishes a drain current which is independent of the magnitude of the power supply
voltage over the range of from 3 Voc to 30 Voc.
Output short circuits either to ground or to the positive power supply should be of short time duration. Units can be destroyed,
not as a result of the short circuit current causing metal fusing, but rather due-to the large increase in IC chip dissipation
which will cause eventual failure due to excessive junction temperatures. Putting direct short-circuits on more than one amplifier
at a time will increase the totailC power dissipation to destructive levels, if not properly protected with external dissipation
limiting resistors in series with the output source current which is available at 25"C provides a larger output current capa-
bility at elevated temperatures (see typical performance characteristics) than a standard Ie op amp.
The circuits presented in the section on typical applications emphasize operation on only a single power supply voltage.
If complementary power supplies are available, all of the standard op amp circuits can be used. in general, introducing a
pseud~round (a bias voltage reference of VccI2) will allow operation above and below this valUe in single power supply sys-
tems. Many application circuits are shown which take advantage of the wide input common-mode voltage range which includes
ground. In most cases, input biasing is not required and input voltages which range to ground can easily be accommodated.
10 ~--+--+-+--+--+-+--+--+----;
II
5 10 15 65 -35 -15 5 25 45 85 85 105 125
Fig. 1 POWER SUPPLY WLTAIlE (±Y) Fig. 2 TEIIPEIIATUIIE rei
1
r---
r---
-
p 1
/
...... r---.. ...........
L_20<II_
I
~21<D_
I!,-OOC'Y +
,
85"C V 40
I
10 20 30 10 20 30 40
Fig. 3 SUPPLY lIOLTAGE (V) Fig. 4 SUPPLY WLTMIE (V)
OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY COMMON MODE REJECTION
RESPONSE RATIO
120 I
I
I-"
o
100 lK
4
10K
. +
10""
1000
'00k
~
-•.soc
I rrr~111 III
lOOK
Yo
1M
Fig. 5 FREQUENCY (Hz) Fig. 6 F1IEOUENCY (Hz)
LJ
~
/
J I\.
\,
V+_15Vocl 450
-
J5t'
:'Vw
50pF
r\ 'If
INPU
·3
OUTPUT
300
1\.
V
T.-+25"C
r.-- VCr30r
250
10 20 30 «I o • 5
nME(001 nME(oo)
FIg. 7 FIg. 8
LARGE SIGNAL FREQUENCY OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
RESPONSE CURRENT SOURCING
20
I I IIIIII "'~ I I II
1IIIIIIlllllill
~;
15
-- +7VDC + 2K
1\
\
I
~
1K 10K 100K 1M
FREQUENCY (Hz) OUTPUT SOURCE CURRENT (mADe)
Fig. 8 Fig. 10
OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS
CURRENT LIMITING
CURRENT SINKING
90
fi
10
I I I
-
V
80
70 -
:E 1
w
1/.
v~~
vcc
20
10
~
~
- .........
V 111111111 111II1
0.001 om 0.1 1 10 100 -55 -35 -15 25 ' 45 6S 86 105 125
OUTPUT SlN~ CURRENT (rnA) T_EMrURErC)
fig. 11 fig. 12
+Vo
~~-VVOUT Vo
Rl 1.0MO GAIN=l..;{
10K
V,N
Fig. 13 Fig. 14
RL
>-+--oVOUT
100KO
00 o...f1.I1....
AV=l+~
V
Rl
Av=ll ,
Fig. 15 Fig. 16
Bi·Quad Filter R
C looK!I
looKIl O _BW
- to
where
TBP=Center frequency gain
TN == Bandpass notch gain
1 Rl
to=2rRC R2=Tsp
R3
Rl =OR R3=TNR2
Cl =10C
Example: to = 1000Hz
R2 BW=100Hz
Cl Tsp=l
>--+--I/---<> ~~i~~T TN=l
R=lS0KIl
Rl=l.SMIl
R2=1,SMIl
R3= 1,6MIl
C=O.Ol"F
Fig. 17
FEATURES
• LM741 OP Amp operating characteristics
• Low supply current drain
• Class AB output stage-no crossover distortion
• PJn compatible with the LM324 & MC3403'
• Low Input offset voltage-1mV Typ.
• Low input offset current-4nA Typ.
• Low Input bias current·30nA Typ.
• Gain bandwidth product for LM348 (unity galn)-1.0MHz Typ.
• Channel seperatlon 120dB
• Overload protection for outputs
IN3 (-)
OUT3
NON INVERTING
INPUT
R9
Rl0
Q17
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = 15V, VEE = - 15V, Ta = 25'C, unless otherwise specified)
1.0 6.0 I
LM348
Typ Max
! 1.0 -
6.0
Unit
II
Input Offset Voltage V,o RsS10KO ' - mV
Tamtn~Ta:::s;:T amax 7.5 7.5
~.
4 50 4 50
Input Offset Current 1'0 -j - - nA
Tamin:S Ta:S Tamax 125 100
30 200 30 200
Input Bias Current I'B nA
.Tam,nSTaSTamax 500 400
Input Resistance R, 0.8 2.5 0.8 2.5 MO
Supply Current (all Amplifiers) Is 2.4 4.5 2.4 4.5 rnA
25 160 25 160
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av RL~2KO Vim V
Ta.mnSTaSTamax 15 15
Channel Separation CS f = 1KHz to 20KHz 120 120 dB
Common Mode Input
V,eR TamtnSTa:sTamax ±12 ± 12 V
Voltage Range
Small Signal Bandwidth BW Av =1 1.0 1.0 MHz
Phase Margin ¢m Av=1 60 60 Degrees
Slew Rate SR Av=1 0.5 0.5 V/p.s
Output Short Circuit Current los 25 25 rnA
--
RL~ 10KO ±12 ±13 ± 12 ±13
Output Voltage Swing VOUT Tam,"STaSTamax V
RL~2KO ±10 ±12 ±10 ±12
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR RsS10K Tam,n:sTa:sTamax 70 90 70 90 dB
Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio PSRR RsS10K Tamin:sTaSTamax 77 96 77 96 dB
'II TamtnSTaSTamax
LM248: Tam," = - 25'C, Tamax = + 85'C
LM348: Tam," = O'C, Tamax = + 70'C
~4O
I 4
I .~
i! ..
!; 30
L·
u
3 8
~ /
i
II>
g
20
~
.."ill 10
V ..
V
0~ __ ~ __- 4__ ~ ____ ~ __ ~ __ ~
o
o. 10 15 20 o 5 10 15 20 25
Fig. 1 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (± V) Fig. 2 SUPPLY VOLTAGE (± V)
1,\
1\ 5
\
0
o 5 10 15 20
\ 25 30
0
5 10 15 20 25 30
Fig. 3' OUTPUT SOURCE CURRENT (mAl Fig. 4 OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mAl
~
k/'"
A,=
eo
~
A
~
,;..t! I
~~
= ~~ I 60
, o. 1
=7-
-7
100
./
lk
Fig. 5
.,7
/
;";'-1
10k
FREQUENCY (Hzl
lOOk 1M
40
20
100
Fig. 8
lk
" ~
10k
FREQU~ (Hz)
~
lOOk
VsJ±15~- 15 ~ II
........... -..... JHls~
LLk) 90
"
T.-25°C. T•• 25·C
90 10 80
I'-
70
r\. "r-.. .... 70
Ii
I'-
i
l!.
!! 50
3
"" !!
3 -10
-5
'"~
-rn
\ ,GAiN
""
-15 . 1k
30
-20 \ ~ 20
\ '\
10
-10
r\.
"
-25 - I
-30
-35
-
+
2k \ , -10
10
I
10 100 lk 10k lOOk 1M 0.1 10
Fig. 7 FREQUENCY (Hz) Fig. 8 FREQUENCY (MHz)
10
Jo 100
Jo A~-1 .I.
v,- ±15V-
/
/ Av=1
Vs - t15V
\ , 0
I
I 1\
T.=25°C
RL 0!!2k
i
/ T.-25°C
\ II I \
II \ II \
~ -10 'f 0
i
10
"IN
100 v"
-10 -100
R'=f~
10V V,I.±1Jv-
R,=2k I
.... T.=25°C
Av ·1 I I\. A'=-1~_
T.-25·C
<1%DIST
II \
J \
i
II \
\.
\
a- 10
\.
10
"IN
"-10
o
100 1k 10k 100k o 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 180 180 200
Fig. 11 FREQUENCY (Hz) Fig. 12 TIME ws)
1\ 0.8
I§.
:>
Q,
iI
I!I
~ MEAN NOISE VOLTAGE
0.6
u
§ ~
w
0
:E 10
/
/
MEAN NOISE CURRENT
0.4 ~
:E
:E
8
!l!
i=
/
20 0.2
~
Q,
o 0 5
10 100 lk 10k 5 10 15 20
Fig. 13 FREQUENCY (Hz). . Fig. 14 POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Function Generator
TRIANGLE WAVE
OUTPUT R2
VREF
Bi·Quad Filter
Fig. 16
R
I
R
C 100Ka
Cl R2
Y,N o--U-.--'li"ltr--+---I l00Ka
VREF' Rl VREF R3
R2
Cl
>--+---11---0 NOTCH OUTPUT
Q=BW Example: 10 = 1000Hz
10 BW=I00Hz
where Tsp=1
VREF TSp = Center frequency gain TN=1
TN = Bandpass notch gain R = 160Ka
Rl=I.6MIl
1 Rl R2=1.6MIl
10 = 27RC R2 = TBP R3= 1.6Ma
Rl =QR R3=TNR2 C=O.Q1~F
Cl=10C
Fig. 17
FEATURES.
• Internally frequency compensated
• Large DC voltage gain: 100dB 9 SIP
• Wide power supply renge: LM258JA, LM358IA: 3V - 32V
(or ±1.5V-16V)
LM2904: 3V - 26V (or ± 1.5V - 13V)
• Input common·mode voltage range Includes ground
• Large output· voltage swing: OV DC to Vee - 1.5V DC
• Power drain suitable for battery operation.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
;:: I +
::>
0
~ ~
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = 5.0V, Vee=GND, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
VeM=OV to Vee-1.5V
Input Offset Voltage VIO ±2.0 ±5.0 ±2.0 :t7.0 ±2.0 ±7.0 mV
Vo= 1.4V, Rs=OO
Input Offset Current 110 ±3 ±30 ±5 ±50 ±5 ±5O nA
Input Bias Current liB 45 150 45 250 45 250 nA
Input Common-Mode Vee = 30V Vee Vee Vee .
VieR 0 0 0 V
Voltage Range (LM2904, Vee = 26V) -1.5 ·1.5 -1.5
Rl=oo Vcc= 3OV(LM2902, Vcc =26V) 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 rnA
Supply Current lee
Rl =00 over full temperature range 0.7 1.2. 0.7 1.2 0.7 1.2 rnA
Large Signal
Av Vee = 15V, RL~2KO 50 100 25 100 100 V/mV.
Voltage Gain
Vee Vee Vee
Output Voltage Swing VOUT RL = 2KO(LM2904, RL~ 10KO) 0 0 0 V
-1.5 -1.5 -1.5
Common-Mode - CMRR 70 85 65 70 50 70 dB
~ejection Ratio
Power Supply
PSRR 65 100 65 100 50 100 dB
Rejection Ratio
Channel Separation CS f = 1KHz to 20KHz 120 120 120 dB
Short Circuit to GND los 40 60 40 60 40 60 rnA
Vln +=1V, Vln_=OV
lsource 20 40 20 40 20 40 rnA
Vee =15V
Vln + =OV, Vln _ = 1V
Output Current ISlnk 10 20 10 20 10 20 rnA
Vee =15V
Vln+ = OV, Vln _ = 1V
12 50 12 50 p.A
Vo=2oomV
Differential Input
VIC .Vee Vee Vee V
Voltage
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = 5.0V, VEE = GND, unless otherwise specified)
The following specification apply over the range of - 25·CsTas + 85·C for the LM258; and the O·CsTas + 70·C
for the LM358; and the -40·CsTas +85·C for the LM2904
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc=5.0V, VEE=GND, Ta=25°C, unless otherwise specified)
LM258A LM358A
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
VCM=OV to Vcc·1.5V
Input Offset Voltage V,o 1.0 3.0 2.0 3.0 mV
Vo=1.4V Rs=O
Input Offset Current 1'0 2 15 5 30 nA
Input Bias Current I'B 40 80 45 100 nA •
Input Comm-Mode Vcc Vee
V,CR Vcc = 30V 0 0 V
Voltage Range ·1.5 ·1.5
RL =00 Vee = 30V 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 rnA
Supply Current
Av
VOUT
Rl :ooover full temperature range
Vee = 15V RL<!:2KO
Rl=2KO
50
0
0.7
100
1.2
Vce
·1.5
25
0
0.7
100
1.2
Vee
-1.5
rnA
V/mV
V
II
Common-Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR 70 85 65 85 dB
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR 65 100 65 100 dB
Channel Separation CS f = 1KHz to 20KHz 120 120 dB
Short Circuit to GND los 40 60 40 60 rnA
V'n+ =1V Vin - =OV
Isource 20 40 20 40 rnA
Vcc= 15V
Output Current
V'n+ =OV Vin - = 1V
Vce= 15V
10 20 10 20 rnA ..
ISink
Vm+ = OV V,n_ = 1V
12 50 12 50 rnA
Vo=2oomV
Differential Input Voltage V,~ Vec Vcc V
LM258A LM358A
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ 'Max Min Typ Max
VCM=OV 0 Vcc·1.5V
Input Offset Voltage V'O 4.0 5.0 mV
Vo=1.4V Rs=OO
~--- -
Input Offset Voltage Drift 6V,o/6T Rs=OO 7.0 15 .7.0 20 p,V/·C
Input Offset Current 1'0 30 75 nA
Input Offset Current Drift 61,oI6T 10 200 10 300 PArC
Input Bias Current I,s 40 100 40 200 nA
Input Common·Mode Vee Vce
V'CR Vcc=30V 0 0 V
Voltage Range ·2.0 ·2.0
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av Vee = 15V RL~2.0K!l 25 15 'V/mV
v ee =30vIR =20KO 26 26 V
VOH
Output Voltage Swing IRL=10KO 27 28 27 28 V
VOL Vee=5V RL;S10KO 5 20 5 20 mV
V,n + = 1V V,n_ =OV·
Isource 10 20 10 20 rnA
Vee = 15V
Output Current
V,n + =OV V,n_ = 1V
Isink 5 8 5 8 rnA
VCC= 15V
Differential Input Voltage VID Vec Vee V
! I I
I
1-- . - ~.
---- ~--"
I
1--- -~~ 120 f - -
RL=L
iii /
V ""';too
t---- S
z
C
CO 80
w
CO
I ~ I--
0
>
1 40
Ta=O°C to +85°:""-
V !
II
I
10 20 30 10 20 30
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
f~"
Vee 100KD
,20
lOMo
lKO [r--
~o
~ V"
112 Vee V''! !J{;
112Vcc
40 I-
'" ~
~
V.. -10to 15V AND'
I -25'C.:Ta.:+85'C
I 11
~~5~:h~~85,d
~
\.
r....
"~ o
lK 10K
r--..
100K
10 , 100 1K 10K lOOK 1M I (Hz)
FREQUENCY (n FREQUENCY (n
Vee
'~' '~:/,- Vo
J
3
1
t- I--V+-+5VOC
I--V+-+3OVDC
V+-+15\1tJc
ITa= +25°C
- ,......1/
1 1
'/ I
. II
1
/ '/J
J
1 0D1 / r// !
0JlD1 0D1 0.1 10 100 0JlD1 0D1 0.1 10
QUTPUT SOURCE CURRENT (mAl OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mAl
v ,r ii 120
Ne~~E V
,r ~ 100 r-
V
,r
,r V POSm~ ~ SO
V
1/ ,r
,r
I SO r--r-
- Y
+ 7.5V 100KD
V
1/ V
1/ V
,r
i~ r--r- -
f-r- -
I-r- - +
20 I-r- ...':!w
looo1 ... ~\
1000 I, .
1
Yo- -1-1-
V f-r- -
l00KiJi
-- - I -
II'" o
10 100 lK 10K lOOK
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (y) FREQUENCYCI)
+Vo
f\f\ 2 V p•p
V
AV=II
Bi-Quad Filter
R
R
C lOOK!!
C Q _BW
Cl F.l2 100KO - 10
VIN o---f I---<~~Ir--+--I 100KIl where
TBP=Cenler Irequency gain·
TN = Bandpass notch gain
I Rl
10= 2 ..RC R2=TBP
Rl =QR R3=TNR2
R3 • Cl=10C
VREF Example: 10 = 1000Hz
BW=100Hz
TBP=1
R2
TN=1
R=160KIl
Rl=I.6M!I
R2=1.6MIl
R3=1.6MIl
C=O.OlpF
8 DIP
SI~GLE OPERATIONAL AMPLI~IERS .. '
The LM741 series are general purpose operational amplifiers which
feature improved performance over industry standards like the LM709. '
It Is intended for a wide range of analog applications.
The high gain and wide range of operating voltage provide superior
performance in Intergrator, summing amplifier, and general feedback
applications.
8 SOP
FEATURES
• Short circuit protection
• Excellent temperature stability
• Internal frequency compensation
• High Input voltage range
• Null of offset
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
'INVERTING INPUT
5 OFFSET NULL
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
II
(Vcc =15V, VEE= -15V, Ta=25°C, unless otherwise specified)
LM741E LM741C/LM741I
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
LM741E LM741C/LM741I
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(- 25·C:sTa:s85·C for the LM7411, 0·C:sTa:s70·C for the LM741C, LM741 E, Vee = + 15V, VeE = -15V, unless
otherwise specified)
LM141E LM741C/LM741I
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min I Typ Max Min Typ Max
Rs:s500 4.0
Input Offset Voltage VIO mV
Rs:s10KO 7.5
Input Offset Voltage Drift t,Vldt, T 15 p.V/·C
Input Offset Current . 110 70 300 nA
Input Offset Current Drift t,lldt, T 0.5 nA/oC
Input Bias Current liS 0.21 0.8 nA
Input Resistance Ri Vs = ±20V 0.5 MO
Input Voltage Range VICR ±12 ±13 ±12 ±13 V
RL~ 10Kfr ±16
Vs= ±20V
RL~2KO . ±15
Output Voltage Swing VOUT V
RL~10KO ±12 ±14
Vs=±15V
RL~2KO ±10 ±13'
Output Short Circuit Current . los 10 40 mA
Rs:s10KO, VCM = ± 12V 70 90
Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR dB
Rs:s50KO, VCM = ± 12V 80 95
Vs= ±20V Rs:s500 86 96
Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR dB
to±5V Rs:s10KO 77 96
Vs= ±20V,
32
Vo= ±15V
Vs=±15V,
Large Signal Voltage Gain Av RL~2KO 15 V/mV
Vo = ±10V
Vs= ± 15,
Vo=2V 10
i 4.0
TaJ25 c- 0
80
Ta=L.c
/
L
i
Iii 3.0
~
~ r--
V
/
i L
~
35 2.0
20 ./
V
V
V
I
1.0
5 10 15 20 10 15 20
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V)
Fig. 1 FIg. 2
OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN VI FREQUENCY OPEN LOOP PHASE RESPONSE .. FREQUENCY
10' 0
10'
h
1\
'"
-45
10' ~:~':S!~V-
1\
Va= :!::15V
Ta=25-C
z
.."3 10' I" i
'"I"I"
"9.- 90
~
0
>
10'
~ f'
10'
--135
'0'
10-
10 100 1K 10K lOOK 1M
1\ 10M
-180
10 100 1K 10K lOOK 1M 10M
FREQUENCY (HI) FREQUENCY (Hz)
FIg. 3 Fig. 4
~ 12 1 ;S
... 8 1--t+H-t-+-+++-~+f\j--+-t-~-i
II
10
0.1
I 0.2 o.s 1.0 2.0 5.0 10
Ol=OO~~-l=K~~L,=~~-ll~l=OOK="~--~lM.
LOAD RESISTANCE \KClI FREQUENCY (HI)
FIg. 5 FIg. I
R,.
500 r-
~:~:5~~V -. s: lto<
'"1\ 1
- h
II
I
a:
!;
~100K C" 1
f--~
100
~
1 10K 0.1
100 1K 10K lOOK 1M 100 lK 10K lOOK 1M
FREQUENCY (Hz) FREQUENCY (Hz)
Flg.7 Fig••
INPUT BIAS CURRENT vs AMBIENT INPUT RESISTANCE vs AMBIEIIIT TEMPERATURE
'TEMPERATURE
100 10
--- .....- --
----
7.0
80
Vs=±15V~
1
..
!Z
a:
80
.!i~l 5.0
i
a:
"
U 3.0
..;II
- --
Vs= ::I::15V a:
.
!;
40
r-- r- .
!;
! 2.0
!
20 r--
o 1.0
o 10 20 30 40 50 so 70 o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
TEMPERATURE (.C) TEMPERATURE (.C)
FIg. 8 Flg.l0
INPUT OFFSET CURRENT va AMBIEIljT POWER CONSUMPTION vs AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE
100
~
I. .
--
. Vs= ±20V - 90
r---..... Ii
.sz Va= ::t:15V
.......
r--.... .......
-- ........
0
~ so
lI!
"
II)
--- r-- r- io-.
...8~
a: 70
.
60
o 50
o 10 20 30 40 50 80 70 o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
TEMPERATURE (.C) TEMPERATURE (.C)
Fig. 11 Flg.12
24
28
~.
28
r-.... 1'000..
20
90%/
I-\.
ii . . r----..
II:
II:
"ut: 24
....... J
~ f'... i'..... I
Ii:
0
:z:
In
22
""""
II Va= ±15V_
Ta=2SoC
10% Rl=2Kn
20
I----' RISETIr C'=JlOPF-
II
18
01020 30 40 50 6070 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
TEMPERATURE (0C) TIME fl. ••
Fig. 13 Fig. 14
VOLTAGE FOLLOWER LARGE SIGNAL COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO
PULSE RESPONSE .s FREQUENCY
10 100
90
!
" "-
..1 iiJ I
Vs= ±15V_ 3!.
i:~:5!~V -
-- - Ta=2S"C Q
iz
80
70
1\
VOUTPUT I' ~ 60
j I j\ u
w
Ul 50
['I..
II \
"- 1\
INPUT I. II:
W
I "
0 40
~
::IE
I z
f- 1- -- \ 0
::IE
::IE
0
u
30
20 "-
-8 10
-10
• 20 30 ~ 50 60 70 60 90 10 ,00 1K 10K lOOK 1M 10M
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) TIME fl..) FREQUENCY (Hz)
FIg.1S fig. 16
FEATURES
• Interal frequency compensation
• Short circuit protection 9 SIP
• Large common mode and differential voltage range
• No latch up
• Low power consumption
BLOCK DIAGRAM
;: I + w
w +
:> >
0
~ ~ '":i!::
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperature
MC1458CN
8 DIP
MC1458N o -+70·C
MC1458S 9 SIP
MC1458D
8 SOP O-+70·C
MC1458CD
MC1458IN 8 DIP
-25-+85·C
MC1458ID 8 SOP
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
r-t------?---~----<t--~--------~-<>VCC
R6
OU,PUT
R7
II
VEE
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vs = ± 15V, Ta = 25°C, unless otherwise specified)
MC14581MC14581 MC1458C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTiCS
(TamonSTaSTamax, Vs = ± 15V, unless otherwise specified)
MC1458/MC14581 MC1458C
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
* Tamm:sTa:s:Tamax
MC14581: Tam'n = - 25·C, Tamax = + 85°C
MC45581C: Tamon = O·C, Tamax = 70·C
115
100
I: 110
!. - eo "-
'"I'" I'"
105
5l
!:i 100
,......V""
Ii!
/
....g
z
95
~
20
Ie
a
90
85
eo
30 6.0 9.0 12 15
POWER SUPPLY 'VOLTAGE (V)
POWER BANDWIDTH
Fig. 1
18 21
-20
10 100 1K 10K
FREQUENCY (Hz)
Fig. 2
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING '8 LOAD
lOOK
1\
1M 10M I
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING va FREQUENCy) RESISTANCE
32 32
28 28 IILI
Vs = ±15V
I I I I
24
'" 24
"1
~ 20 r- --- -- ~ ~ 20 V U±112l
/~
w
~ 16
\ g~ 16
Ii! l-
II.
I-
~ i! 12
12
8 10KI +
Vo
8.0
AL=2K
VOl:rAGE FOLLOWER
\ ./ 11rr 9.1K R,
4.0
r-j1iITiSurl'iiTr5i i' THOr°'l' IIIII i III
°10 100 1K 10K lOOK ° 100 200 500 1K 2K 5K 10K
FREQUENCY ,Hz) LOAD RESISTANCE (0)
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
FEATURES 1450P
SCHEMATHIC DIAGRAM
OUTPUT
r---------~--------~--~~----~--~~----~--ov~
NON·
INVERTING 0--+----------+-+----,
INPUT "
INVERTING
INPUT
VEE or
~~~~--~~+-~~_+~--_+--_ _~~_ _~~~----~~_ _~~GND
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
II
(Vee = + 15\1, VEE = -15V for MC3403, Vee = + 14V, VEE = GND for MC3303, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
MC3303 MC3403
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
MC3303 MC3403
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
• Tamin<Ta<T.....,.
MC3303: Tamln= -40'C, Tamax = +85'C
MC3403: Tamin=O'C, T.max = +70'C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee=5.0V, Vee=GND, Ta=;!5°C unless otherwise specified)
MC3303 MC3403
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
~~~~~~v I!
~.
1:1 A,,=100
.... IiI I
I
!j i .~
_.
I"-
- - -"
I
I I I ,l.
N-;J~. ii
I
f
~
II ,Ii'
-20
1.0
-\1
10 100
FREQUENCY-Hz
11J
Fig. 3. Output Voltage V. Frequency
10k 10k
IIII lQOk 1.0M
III]
RL =10 kll I
:
ii
>
t 20
J.
.\ ,Vttl
.'iil- if
! , II
j f[
j
~
III: -" rT .
" 15
~
~
\
10
~ ~!
o 5.0
-~! ~-- •.
-t't '+- ~!I
'
I-
-5.0
I Ilr-
1.0k 10k lOOk 1.0M U M M ro U M ffi ffi 20
V+ AND v-
FREQUENCY":'Hz POWER SUPPLY VOLTAOES-V
FIg_ ~. Input Bias Voltage V. Temperature Fig. 6. Input Blae Current V. Supply Voltage
.. _--
- - - - "1-.--\--+--
.. 300 - - -
1 -- -- - - I - -
._--
.- - - - - - . - . - - - ':lI 170 ....
-t
- - j -_-.l-_...,....~I
I --- c-- ~ ---- i
B ~~~~~~~~~--~-.~--~ B
1--1-- -,I__~--+r-..
--,1~~~~.4-~
o~
..~S
iz f----t--t--+-- ~- 1--1-- -- . -- -- 160
- 100f-+---+-~--1----· --+-- -- --- -- ~
f---4---+~f--+-+-+---l--.-- --
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Fig. 7. Multiple feedback bandpass filter Fig. 8. Weln bridge oscillator
5OkO
r---""'''''''--~r---o Your
R3
Yin 0 ... I
10
ft'f
RI
C
;'
R2
C2
10 = center frequency R I
10= 2 RC 10rlo=1 kHz
BW = Bandwidth .. R=16 kll
R In kO C=O.OI pF
C In pF
Fig. 9. Comparator with hysterasis
a = BW<IO
10
R2 HYSTERESIS
CI=C2=~
RI VOHt:Qt
RI=R2=11.
R8=9Q2_tJ Use scaling factors in these expressions. VREF O-~Mr--"""'-I
If source Impedance is high or varies, Iilter may I1e preceded with voltage V Your I
VIN 0------1 our I
follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters.
VOL
Design example: VINL I VINH
I
a
given: = 5, 10 = I kHz RI
VINL = RI + R2 (VOL - VREF) + VREF VREF
let RI=R2=IOkO
then R3 = 9(5)2 -10 RI
VINH = RI + R2 (VOH - VREF) + V~EF
R3=215 kO
5 RI
C="3=1.6 nF H =RI +R2(VOH- VOU
Fig. 10. High Impedance dlfferantial amplifier Fig. 11. AC Coupled Inverting amplifier
R RI
lOOkO
VI
VOUT
RI
bRI
~w )~w
/\
\T/\
1
2Vp-p
T
Vour=C (I +a+b) (V2-VI)
V2
R Av = 10 (as shown)
Fig. 12. Ground referencing a differential input signal Fig. 13. Voltage reference
V+
>-.--oVOUT R2
10kO
>-~-OVOUT
+VCM~-~~~--~~r---l Rl
I R3 10kO R, v+
I lMO VOUT= R,+R2 (=Tasshown)
I
I
VOUT= ivcc
Fig. 14. AC Coupled non·invertlng amplifier Fig. 15. Pulse generator
l00kO lMO
R2
Re
6.2kll
I
R3
l00kll R5
R5 100kO
l00kO
o f\ f\ 2 VPi>
V 'Wlde control voltage range:
R2
Av=I+ T1
AV = 11 (as shown)
T OVoc~Vc~2 (V + -1.5Voc)
R
C l00kll
C
Cl R2
VIN o-,...Jl--1r--~~-4--f l00kll
BANDPASS
OUTPUT
VREF
R3
R2
Cl
>--~-II----o NOTCH OUTPUT
=
Example: fo lOO1l Hz
BW=I00Hz
where,
Tep=1
TN=1
Tep= Cenler frequency gain
R=I60 kIl
TN = Bandpass notch gain
Rl=I.6MIl
1
fo= 2rllC R2=~
. Tep
R2=1.6 Mil
R3=1.6 Mil
Rl=QR R3=TNR2 C= 0.001 ~F
Cl=IOC
OUTPUT 1
/'vA..
OUTPUT 2
TRIANGLE 'WAVE
OUTPUT
~----'''N\r---..-o SQUARE WAVE
OUTPUT
RI
1- R1+R2 'I R3-~
- 4CRIR1 I - R2+R1
FEATURES
a SOP
• No frequency compensation required.
• No latch-up.
• Large common mode and differential voltage range.
• Parameter tracking over temperature range.
• Gain and phase match between amplifiers.
• Internally frequency compensated. 9 SIP
• Low noise Input transistors.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
II
<.)
<.) ;::. I + ttl + I '"
I-
<.)
<.)
> ::> > ::> >
0 0
~ ~ '"~ '"
~
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperature
MC455SIN S DIP
-40- +S5·C
MC4558ID S SOP
MC4558ACN S DIP
MC455SACD SSOP
MC455SCN S DIP 0- + 70·C
MC455SCD SSOP
MC4558S 9 SIP
v~o-----~----~~--------~----~----~-,
INPUT
+ 0--+------+----'
'---+---1--+-0 OUT
±22 V
Power Supply Voltage MC4558ACI MC4558C Vs
MC45581 ±18 V
Differential Input Voltage vlO %30 V
Input Voltage VI ±15 V
Power Dissipation Po ·400 mW
Operating Temperature Range MC45581 -40-+85 ·C
Topr ·C
MC4558AC/MC4558C 0-70
Storage Temperature Range Tstg -65-+150 ·C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = 15V, VEE = - 15V, Ta= 25·C, unless otherwise speCified)
MC4558I/MC4558AC MC4558C
Characteristic Symbol Test conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
1 5 2 6
Input Offset Voltage V,O Rss10KO mV
TaminST.STam .. 1 6 7.5
20 200 20 200
Input Offset Current 1,0 T.=Tam.. 70 200 300 nA
T.=Tamln 85 500 300
80 500 80 500
Input Bias Current liB Ta=Tamax 30 500 800 nA
Large Signal
Voltage Gain
Av Vo = ± 10V RL~2.0KO
T.=Tamln
TamlnSTaSTam...
50
25
±12
300
200
±13
1500
20
15
±12 ±13
200
800
V/mV I
Common Mode Input
V,CR , V
Voltage Range TaminST.STamax ±12 ±13
Common Mode 70 90 70 90
CMRR Rss10KO dB
Rejection Ratio TaminST.STamax 70 90
Supply Voltage 76 90 76 90
PSRR' RsS10KO dB
Rejection Ratio TaminSTaSTam.. 76 90 76 90
RL~10KO ±12 ±14 ±12 ±14
Output Voltage Swing Vour TaminST..STamax V
RL~2KO ±10 ±13 ±10 ±13
2.3 5.0 2.3 5.6
Supply Current
Is Ta=Tam ... 4.5 5.0 mA
(Both Amplifiers)
T.=Tamln 6.0 6.7
70 150 70 170
Power Consumption
Pc T.=Tamax 135 150 mV
(Both Amplifiers)
T.=Tamln 180 200
V, = 10V, RL~2KO
Slew Rate SR 1.0 .1.0 V/p.s
CLS100pF
V, = 20m V, RL~2KO,
Rise Time tr 0.3 0.3 p's
CLS100pF
Vi =2OmV, RL~2KO,
Overshoot OS 15 15 %
CLs100pF
• MC45581: T amin = - 40·C, Tamax = + 85·C
MC4558AC/MC4558C: Tamin = O·C, Tamax = + 70·C
1,OHz
~
o
10 100 l.oK 10K 1001< _
Fig. 1 SOURCE REBI8TAHCI! (II) Fig.2 SOURCE_ (II)
,
G.01 o
10 100 . l.oK 10K 100K l.oM 10 100 l.oK 10K
FIg.3 SOUIICE-.va (II) FIg.4FMGUINCYIHII
180 ._-
+1«)
,
180
'" \
fOO
1.
1+
100
80
.-"""'-
l\.
,
\
~+80 I\.. ~
. l+4C) I\.. ~
+20
'1\. --
1\ u ItTyliAIN
o
"\
40
20
i .\
I I I ,
-20
I"' o lD
lD 10 100 l.OK 10K 100K 1.I1M _ 10 100 1.OK 10K 100K 1.oM _
1'lg.5FMGUINCYIHII Flg.S - I I 1 I I
III~
±15V SUPPLIES I' ± 15V SUPPLIES
13
/' 13
'±12V ±12V
11
V ! V
W 9.0 Ii
±'iN ~ ±9V
~ g 7.0
V
II ±6V "o~ 5.0
±6V
--
J.~
~
I
-
3.0 3_0
" /I
±:w ±:w
~ I II
I
1.0 1.0
100 500 1.oK 2.oK 10K 20K • 5OK100K 100 500 1DK 2.oK 10K 20K SOK100K
24
TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT
1
;e
20
i 18
>-o-+---~ __ ThSoo~
~ (Output)
i 12
RL CL
§
f. e.o
\
14 DIP
DUAL HIGH SPEED VOLTAGE COMPABATOR
The KA319 is a dual high speed voltage comparator desigfled to
operate from a single + SV supply up to ± 1SV dual supplies.
Open collector of the output stage makes the KA319 compatible with
RTl, DTl and TTL as well as capable of driving lamps and relays at
currents up to 2SmA. Typical response time of 80ns with ± 1SV power
supplies makes the KA319 ideal for application in fast AID converts, level
shifters, oscillaters, and multivibrators.
14 SOP
FEATURES
• Operates form a single 5V supply
• Typically 80ns response time at ± 15V
• Open collector outputs: up to + 35V
• High output drive current: 25mA
• Inputs and outputs can be isolated from system ground
• Minimum fan·out of 2 (each side)
• Two' independent compators
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
'-~~~--~----~--~-----4~--~-4~----------~----ovcc
1-+---+--~-oOUTPUT
Supply Voltage Vs 36 V
Output to Negative Supply Voltage Vo-VEE 36 V
Ground to Negative Supply Voltage GND-VEE 25 V
Ground to Positive Supply Voltage GND-Vcc 18 V
Differential Input Voltage V,D ±5 V
Input Voltage V, ±15 V
Output Short Circuit Duration 10 sec
Power Dissipation PD 500 mW
Operating Temperature Range Topr 0-+70 ·C
Storage Temperature Range Tstg -65-+150 ·C
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc= +15V, VEE = -15V, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
Note: 1. The offset voltage and offset currents given are the maximum values required to drive the output within
a volt of either supply with a 1mA load. Thus, these parameters define an error band arid take into account
the worst case effects of voltage gain and input impeance.
2. The response time specified is for a 100mV input step with 5mV overdrive.
3. TamlnSTaSTamax
KA319: Tamm=O·C, Tamax =70·C
vsJ :15V
250
r- I-- '. 10
BIAS
C· 1000- POSITIVE SUPPLY, Vs = ± 15V
.s.... 8.0
zw
a:
a: 6.0
is
...
~ POSITIVE SUPPLY, Voc=5.QV, V£E=O
..." 4.0
100
50
-
o 10 20 30
OFFSET
40
TEMPERATURE (0C)
50 60 10
2.0
10
NEGATIVE SUPPLY Y. Vs= ± 15V
20 30
TEMPEAATUIIE (0C)
40 50 60 10
Fig. 1 Flg.Z
IE
30
. I I
6.0 :E .5
.... 3.0 \ \ \ I
%
!2 25
/ V+ =5.0V
5.0 ~ "0 2.0
\ \ \.
/ /'
%
w
~ 20mV \5.OmV \ 2.OmV
~ 20 4.0 ~ 1.0
\ \.
'/
'0
0 >
>. ....
."
....
....
15
'/
3.0 ~
i!
"
0 10 2.0
5.0
I 1.0
o
-1.0
-- -- -- --lJ.
-0.6 -0.2 0.2 0.8 1.0
o
50 100 150 200 250 300 350
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE (mVI TIME (na)
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
r,
INPUT OVERDRIVES INPUT VOLTAGE
---
:E 6.0 400
w Va= ±15V
~"
5.0 I-To=ZS·C
V I. .
!i! 4.0 V'S= ±15V 300
.5
.... 3.0
20mV I / j2.0mV
RI.=5000
V++=5.0V
i
i!
2.0
/ f·o~v T.=25·C
!Zw ZOO
1/ a:
-
a:
1.0
"u
It-JI ~ 100
!>
1.'00
w
.5
i!!
g"j! 50
MAXIMUM DIFF~rNT'iL
~ iNPUT VOLTAGE
i!! -100
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 :',0 -8.0 -2.0 2.0 6.0 10
TIME(na) DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE (V)
Fig. 5 Fig. 8
.."£ 6.0
~:~~v_
..
£ 6.0
~
5.0 5.0
~ \' \ V+=5.OV fl Z .I.
!i! 4.0
\\ \
Ta=25"C -
..g 4.0
20mV
/ 12.0mV
Vs =5.OV
RL,='5000
~ ~
3.0 3.0 V+ =5.OV
0
2.0
\ \ 0
2.0
1/1 Ta=25"C
1.0
20mV \ 5.0mV\ 2.0mV
1.0 I '/S.Omv
I\, \.. II
.."~
~-50
!i!
i- 1OO
!!
I
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
TIME(..) TIME(ns)
Fig. 7 fig. I
OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE SUPPLY CURRENT va SUPPLY VOLTAGE
va OUTPUT VOLTAGE
25 12
T~=25"C Ta=~5"C
20
/ 10
,/
:c ./
i.. / S B.O
Ii
,/' ~ITIVE SUPPlY
15
/
iii ::!a:
a:
a: ,.u 6.0
::>
u
~
V
~ ./
10
V ,.II:
- --
'.0
0
5.0
J
til
2.0
V ~ NEGATIVE SUPPLY
/V.=±15V i""'"
'~IUT OVERDriVE = 5.0mr
./
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.6 1.0 5.0 10 15
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (V) SUPPLY VOLTAGE (+ V)
fig. 9 Fig. 10
Ii! '"
2~
;;
40 H--j----:;..-r--t---t---t---j 0.4
~
0
i
20 I+-F-t----t---t---t---f----j 0.2
5.0 10 15
OUTPUT. VOLTAGE (V)
fig. 11
14 DIP
HIGH SPEED VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
The KA361 is a very high speed differential input; complementary TIL
output voltage comparator. Applications involve high speed AJD converts
and zero·crossing detectors in disc file systems. .
FEATURES
• Complementary TIL outputs 1480P
• Independent strobes
• High speed: 20ns (max)
• Operates from OP amp supplies: :!: 15V
• Low input offset voltage
• Versatile supply voltage range
OUTPun
~----1f-OGND
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperature
OUTPUT2
KA361N 14 DIP
O-+70·C
KA361D 14 SOP
OPERATING CONDITIONS
Supply Voltage Min Typ Max Unit
V+ 5 15 V v-O-~--+~-~-----~~
V- -6 -15 V
Vee 4.75 5.25 V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(V+ = +10V, Vee = +5V,V- = -10V, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
FEATURES
• Low offset voltage: SmV
• High gain: 1000 (Min)
• High speed: 40ns Typ 41# 1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
r-------------------------------~------OVcc
UK 2.BK
500
3.9K
1.7K
GND
I
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee= +12V, VEE = -6V, Ta=25·C, unless otherwise specified)
Note: 1. The response time specified is for a 100mV input step with 10mV overdrive.
a'DIP
VOLTAGE COMPARATOR
The LM211 series is a monolithic, low input current voltage
comparator.
FEATURE
• Low Input bias current: MAX 2S0nA. a SOP
• Low input offset current:' MAX SOnA.
• Differential Input Voltage: ±30V.
• Power supply voltage: single S.OV supply to ± 1SV.
• Offset voltage null capability.
• Strobe capability.
5 BALANCE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM,
BALANCE
BALANCEI 6
5
STORBE O--+---+-----~ 8
r--+-r---r----f--+---,.--r----r-~------_r--oVcc
R3
+2
INPUTS 7
l---t--'-....-o OUTPUT
-3o---+---{
1
'---t-------.4--oGND
VEE
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Characteristic Sym'bol
(Vee = 15V, Vee = -15V, Ta= 25·C, unless otherwise specified)
Test Conditions
Min
LM211
Typ Max Min
LM311
Typ Max
Unit
II
Input Offset Voltage 0.7 3.0 2.0 7.5
V,O Rs<50KD mV
(NOTE1) - ITamlnSTaS Tamax 4.0 10
Input Offset Current 4.0 10 6 50
1'0 nA
(NOTE1) ITam"ln<Ta<Tamax 20 70
60 100 100 250
Input Bias Current lIB nA
ITaminSTaSTamax 150 300
Voltage' Gain Av 40 200 40 200 V/mV
Response Time (NOTE2) t, 200 200 nS
VidS -5.0mV, lo=50mA 0.75 1.5
Vid= -10.0mV, lo=50mA 0.75 1.5
Vee~4.5V, Vee=OV,
Saturation Voltage Vsat V
l.ink s8.0mA
V~s -6.0mV TammSTaST..", 0.23 0.4
V,.s -10.0mV. 0.23 0.4
Strove "ON" Current Is' 3 3 rnA
V'd~5.0mV Vo=35V 0.2 10
nA
Output Leakage Current I'eak V'd~10mV Vo=35V 0.2 50
Vid~5.0mV, Vo=35V,
0.1 0.5 p.A
Tamln<Ta<Tamax
-14.710 -14.710
Input Voltage Range VieR Tamin STaSTamax -14.5 13.0 -14.5 13.0 V
13.8 13.8
Positive Supply Current lee 2.4 6.0 2.4 7.5 rnA
Negative Supply Current lee -1.3 -5.0 -1.3 -5.0 rnA
Strobe Current Istrobe 3 3. rnA
NOTE 1 TaminSTaSTamax
LM211: Tamln= -25·C, Tamax= +85·C LM311: Tamin=O·C, Tamax = +70·C
NOTE 2 The response time specified is for a 100mV input step with 5mV over drive
-
30
1
V._ :t15V
Vs-±l&V
RAISED· r - t--....
-""
~
I"' ........
-
RAISED
0
NOR.....L
100
--1""-0,. N~AL """"
0 0
-156 -35 -15 5 25 45 65 65 105,125
0102030 "" 506010 ·Pins S. 8 and 8 are shorted.
-Pine s..,
and 8 ... 1horIed.
TEMPERATUIE I"e)
~1II!('e)
fig. 2
fig. 1
INPUT BIAS CURRENT V. DIFFERENTIAL
OFFSET VOLTAGE V. INPUT RESISTANCE INPUT VOLTAGE
100 225
I
/ / 1"--
"'"
lYPICAL
50
I'.
I' .UJ.IIL
1
10K 1001<
'-nililii~
,1M 10M
25
0
-16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 18
INPUT _ANCE (Ill DIFI'ERENTIAL INPUT _TAGE IV)
fig. 3 fig. •
COMMON MODE LIMITS V. TEMPERATURE OUTPUT VOLTAGE V. DIFFERENTIAL
INPUT VOLTAGE .
v+ 60
REFERR£OTO Va_$IN
-0.&t--SUPPLY VOLTAGES '50
r--- T._""" NORMAL OUTPUT
RL_1K11 -
-
V++_4fN
10-
.5
_~MITTER .
FOL1DINER
~
-~
-
A
'\
~ 1\
0
Q.2
'\.
V --156 0 J "-
-35 -15 5 25 45 55 86 105 125 -1.0 _
-116 _ _
. 0 _ I"e)
OS 1.0
_(mY)
""I fig. I
~
lL:
V ...
... .......
V p(i.imv'ESUPPLY
lL: " " OUTPUT LOW
1/ . I" t'-....~
./
POSITI~
/ NEGATIVE SUPPLY·
OUTPUT HIGH
2 /
2
0.1
0 0
II
10 20 30 40 60 -55 -35 -15 5 25 45 65 65 106 121
OUTPUT CUAIIEIIT (mAl TEMPERATURE ('C)
fig. 7 fig .•
LEAKAGE CURREIiITS V. TEMPERATURE
!==.VS.>16V
,. ~
OUTPUT Voor.4OV
........
,
",..
I - - - - iNPUTVti .tN
10-" I--"""
26 ""
--- 45 55
TEllPEMrURE (.C)
fig. •
65 7S
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Switching Power Amplifier
,-----------~--------------~----------~-------------O~e
R1 R12
01
02
2N6125
620 2N6125
620
OUTPUT----'----4
R13
R4 300K
RS Rs R9 R14
510 39K 15K
39K 510
Rs
INPUT
REFERENCE
R7
Fig.1· 15K
Vee
TTL STROBE
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
'FEATURES
• Single or dual supply operation
• Wide range of supply voltages LM239/A, LM339/A: 2 - 36V
(or::t:1-::t:18V)
14 SOP
LM2901 , LM3302: 2 - 28V
(or ::t:1- ::t:14V)
• Low supply current drain SOOpA lYJI.
• Open collector outputs for wired and connectors
• Low input bias current 25nA l\'p.'
• Low input offset currant ::t: SnA Typ.
• Low Input offset voltage ::t: 2mV Typ.
• ,Common mode input Yoltage range includes ground.
• Low output saturation IIOItage
• Output compatible with TTL, DTL and MOS logic
system
I
BLOCK DIAGRAM ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperature
LM239N
14 DIP
LM239AN
-25-+85°e
LM239D
14 SOP
LM239AD
LM339N
14 DIP
LM339AN
0-70 o e
LM339D
14 SOP
LM339AD
LM2901N 14 DIP
LM2901D 14 SOP -45-+85°e
LM3302N 14 DIP
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
r-_-----'-_ _ _~-----<>vcc
(OR
Vcc+)
INVERTING 0-------+---+------'
INPUT
L-_~_ _ _ _ _ _~~~_--oGNO
(OR
VCC-)
LM239A1LM339A LM239/LM339
Characteristics Symbol Test Condition Unit
Min T.yp Max. Min Typ Max
VeM=OV to Vcc-1.5V z1 z2 z1 z5
Input Offset Voltage V,O mV
Vo;::1.4V, Rs=O TamlnSTaSTamax ±4.0 ±9.0
±5 z50 z5 z50
Input Offset Current 1'0 nA
Tamln::;Ta::;Tainax Z 150 z 150
25 250 25 250
Input Bias Current Ie nA
Tamln::;TaSTamax 400 400
I
Voltage Range TamtgSTaSTamax 0 Vee-2 0 Vee-2
RL=OO , 0.8 2.0 0.8 2.0
Supply Current Icc mA
RL=oo Vee =36V 1.0 2.5
, 1.0 2.5
Voltage Gain AVOL Vee = 15V, RL~15KO (for large SWiAg) 50 200 200 V/mV
Large Signal Response Y'N = TTL Logic Swing
tRES 300 300 ns
Time V",,=1.4V, VRL =5V, RL=5.1KO
Response Time tREs VRL =5V, RL=5.1KO 1.3 1.3 /LS
• TamlnSTaST amax
LM239/LM239A: Tamln= -25·C, Tamax= +85·C
LM339/LM339A: Tamln = O·C, Tamax = + 70·C
LM2901/LM3302: Tamln= -40·C, Tamax= +85·C
LM2901 LM3302
Characteristics Symbol . Test Condition Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
* Tamin<Ta<Tamax
LM239/LM239A: Tamin= -25°C, Tamax= +85°C
LM339/LM339A: T amin = O°C, Tamax = + 70°C
LM2901/LM3302: Tamln= -40°C, Tamax= +85°C
Ta=olc
0.8
1.,...00-" ~
.--- I
60
~
....- po- Ta= +25·C-
....z
,"" 1.,...00-" ~
-
w
I rr:
rr: 40
Ts=O'C
:>
u Ta-+~
+170- c
~
Ta=
R,=~I
.
!;
;!!
Ta-+70"C-
0.' , "". 20
0.2
o 10 20
SUPPl.Y VOLTAGE (V)
RESPONSE TIME
30
II
IN~T O~ERD~IVE
I I
1+5VI ,~
I • >
5~±-
E < >
OUT OF V 3 !! ~- ~-VIN -
SATURATION
~ +
V 2 r--
/ Ta= + 25°C
1 r--
r.
/" 0
~ 0
/ w
~ -50
l/ ~-.100
0.001
0.01
l/ 0.1 10
~
;!!
0.5 1.5
OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mA) TIME (,.a)
RESPONSE TIME
! INPlkov~RDR~VE
~
• 100mV /iomv 5mV
3
~
2
I
1 I I
0
IJ ~ ~ ~
V.
+ V""
o 0.5 1 1.5
I
TIME (,<a)
APPLICATION INFORMATION
The LM239 series includes four high gain, wide bandwidth devices which, like most comparators, can easily oscillate
if the output lead is inadvertently allowed to capacitivelycouple to the inputs via stray capacitance. That occurs
during the output voltage transitions, when the compar.ator changes state.
To minimize this problem, PC board layout should be designed to reduce stray input output coupling; reducing the input resis-
tors to less than 10KO reduces the feedback signal levels and finally, adding even a small amount (1 to 10rnV) of positive feed-
back.(hysteresis) causes such a rapid transition that oscillations due to stray feedback are not possible.
It is good design practice to ground all unused pins.
The differential input voltage may be larger than positive supply without damaging the device. Note that voltages more negative
than -O.3V should not be used: an input clamping diode can be used as protection. '
The output,LM3.39 is the uncommitted collector of a NPN transistor with grounded emitter. This allows the device to be used
like any open-collector gate providing the OR-wide facility.
The output sink current capability is approximately 16 mA; if this limit is exceeded, the output transistor will come out of
saturation and the output voltage will rise very rapidly.
Under this limit, the output saturation voltageis limited by the approximatively 600 rsat of the output transistor.
5V 5V '
3K!!
+VREFO----p..
Vo >--t--OVo
+VIN o-~~~IY
10K!!,
Fig. 6 Fig. 7
3KII
+VIN 0----1'"
>--+--0 Vo
1M!!
5V 5V
Fig. 9 Fig. 10
AND gate
15V
DR gate
1!'>V
I
3K!l 3K!l
3x100K!l -=#No~-P......
Ao-_~:":"",, A 0---1;-'--,
B o-_II"Ir--;'-....-l1:V" B o--"""'_+-'--v A+B+C
+1~C
~~c
o "0" "1" "0" "1"
Fig. 11 Fig. 12
15V
15V
4.3K!l
100KO
3K!l
Vo ..fLJ±Vcc
~-+---c;;I
O~
f=100KHz
A·B·C·D
"0" "1"
15V 0--,.,..,-+--'---'
Fig. 13 Fig. 14
15V
02
3Kn
5.fN
>--+--oVo Rl0
6BOll
IN lKIl
01 Rll BBOIl
112
LM239
>------'6BOU
R12
13
-10 dB (0.6V)
R2
Fig. 15 Fig. 16
Zero crossing detector (single supply) Zero crossing detector (split supplies)
VINmln ",,04V peak for 1% 'phase distortion (.10 fJ)
15V
+vcc
R4
220 10KIl
B.2KII 6BKU KIl
Rl R2 >,,-1-0Vo
01
Fig. 1,8
D1 prevents input from going negative by more than O.6V:
R1+R2=R3 ..
R3 .;; R5/10 for smaller error in zero crossing
FEATURES
8 SOP
• Single Supply Operation: 2V to 36V
• Dual Supply Operation: :t 1V to :t 18V
• Allow Comparison of Voltages Near Ground Potential
• Low Current Drain 800J.<A, Typ
• Compatible with all Forms of Logic
• Low Input Bias Current 25nA lYP
9 SIP
• Low Input Offset Current ± 5nA lYP .
• Low Offset Voltage :t 2mV Typ
II
BLOCK DIAGRAM
oz
5 I +
Cl
N
I-
::::J
o
o ~ ~
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device Package Operating Temperatur .
LM293N
8 DIP
LM293AN
LM293S 9 SIP -25 _+85°C
LM293D
8 SOP
LM293AD
LM393N
8 DIP
LM393AN
LM393S 9 SIP 0,- + 75°C
LM393D
8 SOP
LM393AD
LM2903N 8 DIP
-40-+85°C
LM2903D 8 SOP
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
vee
. - - - - - - - , - - - - . , . . - - - - : - - 0 (OR
vee+)
CURRENT
REGULAlOR
OUTPUT
INVERTING
INPUT
GND
L--~~----~-4--_o(OR
Vee-)
LM293A1LM393A LM293JLM393
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max
VCM=OV to Vcc-1.5V ±1 ±2 ±1 ±5
Input Offset Voltage VIO mV
Vo = 1.4V,.R. =0 T am,n:S T a:S T amax ±4.0 ±9.0
±5 ±50 ±5 ±50
Input Offset Current 110 nA
Tam;n:sTa:sTamax ±150 ± 150
25 250 25 250
Input Bias Current Ie nA
T amln:sTa:sTamax 400 400
II
Voltage Range T amln:sTa:sTamax 0 Vcc-2 0 Vcc-2
RL=OO 0.4 1 0.4 1
Supply Current Icc mA
RL =00 Vee = 36V 1 2.5 1 2.5
Voltage Gain Av Vee = 15V, RL~15Kn(for large Vo swing) 50 200 50 200 V/mV
Large Signal Response V1N = TTL Logic Swing
tRES' 300 300 nS
Time V ref =1.4V, VRL =5V, RL=5.1Kn
Response Time tRES2 . VRL =5V, RL=5.1Kn 1.3 1.3 J.'S
Output Sink Current Islnk VIN-~1V, V1N + =OV, Vo:s1.5V 6 16 6 16 mA
'* TaminSTaSTamax
LM293/LM293A: Tamln = - 25· C, Tamax = + 85· C
LM393/LM393A: Tam;n=O·C, Tamax= +70·C
LM2903: Tam;n= -45·C, Tamax= +85°C
LM2903
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
VCM = OV to Vcc-1.5V· ±2 ±7
Input Offset Voltage VIO mV
Vo= 1.4V, Rs=O Tamtn:sTaS Tamax ±9 ±15
±5 ±SO
Input Offset Current 110 nA
Tamln~Ta~Tamax ±50 ±2oo
25 250
Input Bias Current Is nA
Tamln ~ Ta~ Tamax SOO
Input Common Mode 0 Vcc·1.5
VICR Vee=30V V
Voltage Range Tamin~Ta~Tamax 0 Vcc-2
RL=OO 0.4 1
Supply Current Icc mA
RL=OO Vcc =36V 1 2.5
Voltage Gain Av Vee = 15V, RL~15KO (for large Vo swing) 25 100 V/mV
Large Signal Response VIN = TIL Logic Swing
tRES1 300 nS
Time Vref=1.4V, VRL =5V, RL=5.1KO
Response Time tRES2 VRL =5V, RL=5.1KO 1.5 ItS
Output Sink Current ISlnk VIN-~1V, VIN + =OV, Vo~1.5V 6 16 mA
•
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
SUPPLY CURRENT V. SUPPLY VOLTAGE INPUT CURRENT V. SUPPLY VOLTAGE
Ta=oJc _
0.8
~
C
.!
Ii
....- ~ ...- Ta= +1250C
I
....- ~ ~
".
w
a:
-
a: 0.8
"
u ~
Ta= J70 0 C
~
...... "....
"co
0.4
V Rl=OO
0.2
o 10 20
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
RESPONSE TIME
30
II
I IN~T OJERD~IVE I +5vl
t
~~
~ j
~. 1 100mV 20mA 5mV
~~
OUT OF
:! SATURATION VIN - ~OUT-
~
+
I---
i~ 0.1
Ta= +85-6
~~=+25OC- 1 I---
a /~ ~Ta=ood s
~
5 0.01
/ 'A~a=_Joc .!
w
~
0
o
L ~~ g
-5)
0.001 ~
0.01
r 0.1 1 10
t--100
~
i!!
0.5 1 1.5
OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mAl TIMEt.sl
RESPONSE TIME
INPUT OVERDRIVE
4
I fI I
3
100mV I /20mv l5mv
2 I I /1 +5V
1 il II II
5.11<0
0
Vw
-
+ V"",
o 0.5 1 1.5
TillE",",
APPLICATION INFORMATION .
The LM293 series are high gain, wide bandwidth devices which, like most comparators, can easily oscillate if the
output is inadvertently allowed to capacitively couple to the inputs via stray capacitance. That occurs during the
output voltage transitions, when the comparator changes state.
To minimize this problem, PC board layout should be deslg~ed to reduce stray input-output coupling, reducing the input resis-
tors to less than 10KO reduces the feedback signal levels and finally, adding even a small am!>unt (1 to 10mV) of positive feed-
back (hysteresis) cauSes such a rapid transition that oscillations due to stray feedback are not possible.
If is good design practice to ground all unused pins.
The differential input voltage may be larger than positive supply withoUt damaging the device. Note that voltages more negative
than -0.3V should not used: an input clamping diode can be used as protection.
The output of the LM239 series is the uncommitted collector of a NPN transistor with grounded emitter. The allows
the device to be used like any open·collector gate providing the OR-wide facility.
The output sink current capability is approximately 16mA; if this limit is exceeded, the output transistor will come out of satu-
ration and the output voltate will rise very rapidly.
Under this limit, the output saturation voltage is limited by the approximatively 600 r... of the output transistor.
+vcc +vcc
1MII
+5V +5V
Fig. 6 Fig. 7
3KIl 3K{!
3x100KIl
A 0--410__--,
A 0---4\,,.,,,,..., >--4--oA·B·C
Bo---4\,"""'~----~~~
B n-_ _ -+----~-I,...,
C 0-_ _-'
+V.. C 0---4\,"""'~
+~
oS "0" "1" o "0" "1"
Fig. 11
15K!!
R1 D1
Vo
Fig. 12 Fig. 13
CMOS TIMER
8 DIP
The KS555 is CMOS RC ·timer providing significantly improved per-
formance over the standard NE555,While at the same time being direct
replacements for those devices in most applications. Improved
parameters include low supply current, wide operating supply voltage
range, low THRESHOLD, TRIGGER and RESET currents, no crowbar-
ring of the supply current during output transitions, higher frequency
performance and no requirement to decouple CONTROL VOLTAGE for
stable operation.
Specifically, the KS555 is stable controller capable of producing accurate 8 SOP
time delays or frequencies. In the one shot mode, the pulse width of each
circuit is precisely controlled by one external resistor and capacitor. For
astable operation as an oscillator, the free running frequency and the duty
cycle are both accurately controlled by two external resistors and one
capacitor. Unlike the regular bipolar 555 device, the CONTROL
VOLTAGE terminal need not be decoupled with a capacitor. The circuit
is triggered and reset on falling (negative) waveforms, and the output
inverter can source or sink currents large enough to drive TTL loads, or
provide minimal offsets to drive CMOS loads.
FEATURES APPLICATIONS
• Exact equivalent in most cases for NE555.
• P.recision Timing
• Low Supply Current: 80pA Typ.
• Pulse Generation
• Extremely low trigger, threshold and. reset current: 20pA Typ.
• Sequential Timing
• High speed operation: 500KHz
• Time Delay Generation
• Wide operation supply voltage range: 2 to 18 Volts
• Pulse Width Modulation
• Normal reset function: No crowbarring of supply during output
• Pulse Position Modulation
transition.
• Missing Pulse Detector
• Timing from microseconds through hours
.• Operates In both astable and monostable modes
ORDERING INFORMATION
• Adjustable duty cycle
• High output source/sink driver can drive TTL/CMOS Device Package Operating Temperature
• Highly immunized to static charge KS555N 8 DIP
-20 _ +85°C
SCHEMATIC DI.rA::G-:R:A~M~-.,..._--.,-
,
_ _ _..,'=K=S5~55=D==8:;S=O=P======::;:===o;~
vee
8
THRESHOLD
0-----1
6
GN[
BLOCK DIAGRAM
vee
THRESHOLD
6
10-----...-------1 ~-___._--I ">0.------1') OUTPUT
3
CONTROL R JI;lISCHARGE
VOLTAGE
I
2o-------~------~ GNJ1
TRIGGER
COMPARATOR
R
B
GND 1
This block diagram reduces the circuitry down to its simplest equivalent components. Tie down unused inputs.
R= 100K{J±20% Typ. .
TRUTH TABLE
Threshold Trigger Discharge
Reset Output
Voltage Voltage Switch
Don't Care Don't Care Low Low On
-- ---------- -------
>2/3 (Vee) > 113 (Vee) High Low On
--- ---------- ----~---- - f------- - - - -
< 1/3(Vee) - 2/3(Vee) >_________
1/3(Vee) - 2/3(Vee)
c---'. High Stable Stable
--.-----~------ - - - - - - ' - f--- '-
Don't Care < 1/3 (Vee) High High Off
Note: RESET will dominate all other input.TRIGGER will dominate over THRESHOLD.
Note 1: Stresses above those listed under absolute maximum rating may cause permanent damage to the device.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T. = 25°C. Vee =2 to 15 Volts unless otherwise specified)
APPLICATION NOTES
General
The KS555 device is, in most instances, a direct 'replacement for the NE555 device. However, it is possible to effect
economies in the external component count using the KS555. Because the bipolar 555 device produce large crowbar currents
in the output driver, it is necessary to. decouple the power supply lines with a good capacitor close to the device. The KS555
device produce no such transients. See Figure 1.
The KS555 produces supply current spikes of only 2-3mA instead of 300-400mA and supply decoupling is normally not
necessary, in most instances, the CONTROL VOLTAGE decoupling capacitors are not required since the input impedance
of the CMOS comparators on Chip are very high. Thus, for many applications 2 capacitors can be saved using an KS555.
400
T... 25°C n
300
I
NE555
\
.\
KSS55
Fig 1. Supply current transient compared with a standard bipolar 555 during an output transition
Astable Operating
The circuit can be connected to trigger itself and free run as a multivibrator, see Figure 2. The output swings from rail
to rail, and is a true 50% duty cycle square wave. (Trip points and output swings are symmetrical). Less than a 1% frequency
variation is observed, over a voltage range of +5 to +15V.
vee
1
f= 1.4RC 10KIl
Vee
ALTERNATE
KS555 OUTPUT
OUTPUT
R
Fig. 2. Astable Operatiol
Monostable Operation
In this mode of operation, the timer functions as a one-shot. Initially the external capacitor (C) is held discharaged by
a transistor inside the timer. Upon application of a negative TRIGGER pulse to pin 2, the internal flip flop is set which releases
the short circuit across the external capacitor and drives the OUTPUT high. The voltage across the capl\citor now increases
exponentially with a time constant t=RaC.
When the voltage across the capacitor equals 2/3 Vee, the comparator resets the flip flop, which in turn discharge the
capacitor rapidly and also drives the OUTPUT to its low state. TRIGGER must return to a high state before the OUTPUT
can return to a low state.
vee
Ra
KS555
5 -,
I
II
I
Vcc:s18V -'--
~~~~TOR;
Control Voltage
ThE! CONTROL VOLTAGE terminal permits the two trip voltages fo'r the THRESHOLD and TRIGGER internal compara-
tors to be controlled, This provides the possibility of oscillation frequency modulation in the applied voltage. In the monostable
mode, delay times can be changed by varying the applied voltage to the CONTROL VOLTAGE pin.
Reset .
The RESET terminal is designed to have essentially the same trip voltage as the standard bipolar 555, i.e. 0.6 to 0.7 volts.
At all supply voltages it represents an extremely high input impedance. The mode of operation of the RESET function is,
, however, much improved over the sta'ndard bipolar 555 in that it controls only the internal flip flop, which in turn controls
simultaneously the state of the multiple 'threshold problems sometimes encountered with slow falling edges in the bipolar
devices. '
CMOS TIMER
8 DIP
The KS555H is monolithic integrated circuit fabricated using CMOS process.
Due to its high impedance inputs (threshold. trigger. reset). it is capable of
producing accurate time delay and oscillation using less expensive,
smaller timing capacitors than NE555.
Another features are very low power consumption and high speed astable
operation and very low voltage operation.
FEATURES
8 SOP
• Very low power consumption: 1.2mW
'. Very high speed operation: 2MHz
• Complementary CMOS output capable of switching rail·to·rail
• Output fully CMOS·, TTL·, and MOS· compatible
• Exactly equivalent in most cases for'NE555 or .556 (dual timer)
I
or the 355
• Well behaved reset function
• Timing from microseconds through hours
• Operates in both astable and monos table modes
• Adjustable duty cycle
• Highly immuned to static charge
APPLICATIONS
• Precision Timing
• Pulse Generation
• Sequential Timing
• Time Delay Ger1'eration
• Pulse Width Modulation
• Pulse Position Modulation
• Missing Pulse Detector
.GND GND1GND
Fig. 1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta=25·C, Vee =5V, refer to application circuit unless otherwise specified)
Initial Error of
TEl 1 %
Timing Interval Vee = 5 to 15V, RA = Rs = 1 to 100K
Timing Error Due to CT =0.1J.'F
TES 0.1 %N
Supply Drift
Rise Time of Output T, 20 nS
RI = 10MO, CI = 10pF
Fall Time of Output T, 20 nS
Maximum Astable
FMAX RA = 4700, Rs = 2000, CT = 200pF 2.1 MHz
Oscillation
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
·1) ASTABLE
I
The circuit can be connected to trigger itself and free run as multivibrator. The external capacitor charges through
RA and Rs and discharges through Rs only. Thus the duty cycle may be precisely set by the ratio of these two
resistors. In this mode of operation, the capacitor charges and discharges between 1/3. Vee and 213 Vee.
As in the trigger mode, the charging and discharging times, and therefore the frequency are essentially independently
of the supply voltage.
The frequency of oscillation is given by
Vee
O'1~FJ
J
CONT
(8)
VDD RL
~ RESET
(7)
DISCH
KS555H (3)
OUT OUTPUT
Rs (6)
, . - - THREE
(2)
TRIG
f"
." GND
rf;1)
2) MONOSTABLE
, In this mode of operation, the timer functions as one shot. Initially; the external capacitor C is held discharged
by a transistor inside timer. Upon application of negative trigger pulse to pin 2, the flip flop is set which releases
the short circuit across the external capacitor and drives the output high.
=
The voltage across the external capacitor now increases exponentially with a time constant T RA "C. When the
voltage across the external capacitor equals 213"Vee , the comparator resets the flip flop, 'which in turn discharges
the capacitor repidly and alsq drives the output to its state.
Vee
(
O'1"F
J
R
J
CONT VDD
(8)
~ RESET
(7)
DISCH
(3)
KS555H OUT OUTPUT
~ THRES
GND
. ,g1)
Fig. 3
14 DIP
CMOS TIMER
The KS556 is monolithic integrated circuit fabricated using C-MOS
process. Due to high impedance inputs (Trigger, Threshold, Reset), it
is capable cif producing accurate time delay using less expensive,
smaller timing capacitor than NE556.
Another features one very low power consumption and high speed
astable operation and very low voltage operation. .
14 SOP
FEATURES
• Very low power consumption: 2.4mW .
• Very high speed operation: 2MHz
• Output fully CMOS, TTL, and MOS compatible
II
• Timing from mlcrosecpnds through hours
• ~djustable duty cycle
BLOCK DIAGRAM
vee (14)
VA BIAS
C.K.T.
CONTROL (3.11) cr---+----j
THRESHOLD (2.12) cr--+---j
GND (7)
GND
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta= 2S·C, Vee = SV, refer to application circuit unless otherwise specified)
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
1) Astable
II
The circuit can be connected to trigger itself and free runs as multivibrator. The external capacitor chrages through
RA and Rs and discharges ·through Rs only. Thus the duty cycle may be precisely set by the ratio of these two
resistors. In this mode of operation, the capacitor charges and discharges between 1/3 Vee and 2/3 Vee.
As in the trigger mode, the charging and discharging times, and therefore the frequency, are essentially independently
of the supply voltage. These frequency of oscillation is given by
O'1~F±
OPEN
(3J (14)
CONT Vee
RL (1K)
~ RESET
(1.13)
DISCH
KS556 (5.9)
OUT OUTPUT
RS ~
(6.8)
THRES
TRIG
I"'· pF)
t
CT GND
rh(7)
2) Moriostable
In this mode of operation, the timer functions as one shot. Initially, the external capacitor (C) Is held discharged
by a transistor inside timer. Uponapplicatioi:l of negative trigger pulse to trigger pin the flip flop is set which releases
the short circuit across the external capacitor and drives the output high. .
The voltage across the external capacitor nQw increases exponentially with time constant T = RA X C. When the'
voltage across the extemal capacitor equals 213 x Vee, the comparator resets the flip flop, which in tum discharges
the capacitor !rapidly and also drives the output to its state.
Voo
O'l~F± .
OPEN
(3.11,1 (14)
CONT Voo RL(lK)
(4.10)
---<: RESET
(1.13)
DISCH
KS556 (5.9)
OUT OUTPLUT
f"""
:: ~ THRES OpF)
(6.8)
INP UT TRIG
GND
);7)
8 DIP
TIMER
The NE555 series are a monolithic integrated circuit and high
stable device for generating accurate time delay or oscillation.
FEATURES
• Turn off tim!lless than 2/Ls
• Maximum operating frequency greater than 500KHz
• Timing. from microseconds to hours 8 SOP
• Operates in both astable and monostable modes
• High output current
• Adjustable duty cycle
• Temperature stability of 0.005% per °C
APPLICATIONS
•
•
•
•
•
Precision timing
Time delay generation
Pulse generation
Pulse position modulation
Sequential timing
ORDERING INFORMATION
II
• Missing pulse detector Device Package Operating Temperature
NE5551N 8 DIP
-40- +85·C
NE5551D 8 SOP
. BLOCK DIAGRAM NE555CN 8 DIP
0-+70·C
NE555CD 8 SOP
Vee
Control Voltage
Rl
R2
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T.=25"C, Vcc=S-1S\I, unless otherwise specified)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta =25OC, Vee =5 -15V, unless otherwise specified)
Test
Characteristic Symbol Min Typ Max . Unit
Conditions
V ee .. 15V
Is ;nk=10mA 0.1 0.25 V
l"nk=50mA 0.4 0.75 V
Output Voltage (low) VOL
Vee= 5V
1.,nk=5mA 0.25 0.35 V
Vee = 15V
lsou,eo = 200mA 12.5 V
locu,eo = 100mA 12.75 13.3 V
Output Volta!1e (high) VOH
II
Vee=5V
locu",. ':" 1OOmA 2.75 3.3 V
Rise Time of Output T, 100 nsec
Fall Time of Output T, 100 nsec
Discharge Leakage Current 10 20 100 nA
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
Cl Rs
THRESHOLD
r-------~2~----------~
Low
vee
Flip-Flop
~----------------------~3}-------------~
Output
Notes:
1. Supply current when output is high is typically 1mA less at Vee =5V.
2. Tested at Vee =5.0V and Vee =15V
3. This will determine the maximum value of RA +Ra. for 15Voperation, the max total R=20MO, and for 5Voperation the
max total R=6.7MO.
APPLICATION NOTE
The application circuit shows astable mode.
The pin 6 (threshold) tied to the pin 2 (trigger) and pin 4 (reset) tied to Vee (pin 8).
The external capacitor C, of pin 6 and pin 2 charges through RA• RB and discharges through RB only.
In the internal circuit of the NE555 one input of upper comparator is the 213 Vcc (OR, =R2 =R3). another input of it connect-
ed pin 6. .
As soon as charging C, is higher than 213 Vcc. discharge transistor 0, turn on and C, discharges to collector of transistor 0,.
Therefore flip-flop circuit is reset and output is low. .
One input of. lower comparator is the 1/3 Vcc. discharge transistor 0, turn off and C, ~harges through RII and RB.
Therefore flip-flop circuit is s8t and output is high.
So to say. when C, charges through R" and RB output Is high and when C, discharges through Rb output is low
The charge time (output is high) T, is 0.693 (RA +RB) C, and the discharge time (output is low) T. is 0.693 (RB C,).
f=.-!.= 1.44
T (RA +2RB)C,
D.C= T.=~
T RA+2RB
If you make use of the NE556 you can make two astable mode.
If you want another application note. request information on our timer IC application circuit designer.
DUAL TIMER
14 DIP
The NE556 series dual monolithic timing circuits are a highly stable
controller capable of producing accurate time delays or oscillation.
The NE556 is a dual NE555. Timing is provided an external resistor
and capacitor for each timing function.
The two timers operate independently of each other, sharing only Vee
and ground.
The circuits may be triggered and reset on falling waveforms. The output
structures may sink or source 200mA. .
14 SOP
FEATURES
• Direct replacement for NE556
• Replace two NE555 timers
• Operates in both astable and monostable modes
• High output current
• TTL compatible
• Timing from microsecond to hours
• Adjustable duty cycle
• Temperature stability of 0.005% per °c
A A
A A
Comparator
THAESHOLD
A
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee = +5V to + 15V, unless otherwise specified)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vcc=+5V to +15V, unless otherwise specified)
Vcc=15V
lsou",. =200mA 12.5 V
Output Voltage (high) VOH lsou"," =100mA 12.75 13.3 V
Vcc=5V
lsourc. = 100mA 2.75 3.3 V
Rise Time of Output Tr 100 nsec
Fall Time of Output Tf 100 nsec
Discharge Leakage Current 10 20 100 nA
I
*4 Matching Characteristics
Initial Accuracy MCH 1.0 2.0 %
Drift with Temperature 10 ppm/oC
Drift with Supply Voltage 0.2 0.5 %N'
*2 Timing Error (astable) RA, Rs =1kO to 100kO
Initial Accuracy C=0.1,..F 2.25 %
MT.
Drift with Temperature Vcc=15V 150 ppm/oC
Drift with Supply Voltage 0.3 %N
Notes:
1. Supply current when output is high is typically 1.0mA less at Vee =5V.
2. TestedatVee =5VandVec=15V
3. This will determine the maximum value of RA +Rs for 15V operation:
The maximum total R=20MO, and for 5Voperation the maximum total R=6.6MO.
4. Matching characteristic refer to tne difference between performance characteristics of each timer section in the monostable
mode.
5. As reset voltage lowers, timing is inhibited and then the output goes low.
FEATURES
• Wide supply voltage range: 4.SV to 16V
• 100mA output current per section
• Edge triggered without coupling capacitor
• Time period equals RC .
• Output independent of trigger conditions.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vee=5V-15V, Ta=25°C unless otherwise specified)
Characteristic
Supply Voltage
Supply Current
Symbol
Vee
Icc
\
Test Conditions
4.5
Typ
16
Max
16
36
Unit
mA
V I
Timing Error (T = RC),
±2 5 %
Initial Accuracy
MT R = 2KO to 100KO, C = 11'F PPM/OC
Drift with Temperature 30 150
Drift with Supply Voltage 0.1 0.9 %N
'Trigger Voltage VTR Vee=15V 0.8 1.5 2.4 V
'Trigger Current IrR Trigger voltage = OV 50 100 I'A
2Reset Voltage VRE .Reset 0.8 2.4 'V
2Reset Current IRE Reset 50 500 ,.,A
Threshold Voltage VTH 0.63 X Vee V
Threshold Current IrL 15 nA
k=10mA 0.1 0.4
30utput Voltage VOUT V
IL= 100mA 1.0 2.0
Output Leakage Current IOL 10 500 nA
Propagation Delay Time Tp 1.0 ,.,S
Rise Time Tr k=100mA 100 nS
Fall Time Tf IL= 100mA 100 nS
NOTES: 1. The trigger functions only on the falling edge of the trigger pulse onlY after previously being high. After
reset the trigger must be brought high and then low to implement triggering.
2. For reset below 0.8V, outputs set low and trigger inhibited..
'3. Output structure is open collector which requires a pull up resistor to Vee to sink current.
The output is nom ally low sinking current. .
APPLICATIONS
• Long·Time Delay
TRIGGERlJ
T
OUTPUT ~'l . ._______
Nt
558C J7 C2 OUTPUT~
OUTPUT~~
I--r"--ITR Ol-------<l
OUTPUT 4
OUTPUT 4 ~
TOELAY: 3(R,C)
Tour: R2C2
Fig. 1. Circuit Fig. 2. Timing Chart
• Ring Counter
cS
_".
SAMSUNG SEMICONDtJ~R
: I.
518
Data Converter Application
Devlc,e Fu!,!ctlon Package Page
BLOCK DIAGRAM
KSV3100A
I
Keyed
Clamping
______ 1
Fig, 1
The auxiliary circuits contained on-chip provide versatile potential applications needing a minimum of external components.
For example, an impedance converter is connected upstream of the AID converter to provide a high-impedance signal input,
in spite of the high input capacitance of the AID converter. The reference voltage for the AID converter is generated on-chip,
but both the ground ofthe circuit and the reference voltage are fed to pins, so that an external filter capacitor may be connected.
Further, the input is equippedwith switches which optionally provide operation with keyed clamping or peak clamping or
withoutclamping. Also the. D/A converter's reference voltage is generated on-Chip, and a gated amplifier is arranged at the
output of the DIA converter so that im external analog signal can be fed-in instead of the signal delivered by the D/A converter.
Separate clock inputs are provided for the AID converter and the D/A converter thus enabling the application of time
compression procedures.
All inputs and outputs are TTL compatible.
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin No. Description Pin No. Description
DlAOUT
EXT. SIGNAL
:V AGND
,t, DGND
+5V >-----{]I
DlACLOCK
+5V ~--t!~---=----qL___lP"-~+:!t;-----II--~..JA/D IN
",. o.47~F
KSV3100A KEY PULSE
Current Consumption
lee - 90 120 mA
lEE - -SO -110 mA
Power Dissipation PTOT - - 1.2 W
Total Transfer Time A/D-D/A trOT See Fig. 3 -
AlQ Converter
Input Current Pin 21 II - 2 - pA
Input Capacitance Pin 21 CI - 10 - pF
Input Impedance ~In 21
at f= 1KHz ZI - 20 - MO
atf=10MHz ZI - 100 - KO
3dB Bandwidth of the Input Amp. - ~
50 - MHz
Keyed Clamping Active Level V23 2.0 - Vee V
On Resistance of the Clamping Switch
Between Pin 21 and 22
RON - 300 - Ohm
ORDERING INFORMATION
KSV3100A has four kind of version according to the accuracy bit (so called 'Precision') of D/A Converter, and their marking
• specifications are as follow; .
• The accuracy of AID Converter can be guaranteed as '8 bit' (differential nonlinearity = ± 1/2 LSB) regardless of th~
D/A Converter's accuracy.
TIMING DIAGRAM
AID
II
Converter
Analog
Input
Data Out
Clock DAC
(1) Sample
® Aperture Delay
®.Digital Output Delay
DIA
o Data Valid (after Sample (1)
Data In Converter ® Transfer Time AID
® Total Transfer Time AlD-
D/A with Common Clock
(j) Input Register Hold Time
Analog Output
® Input Register Setup Time
Fig. 3
+5V +5V
x
x
_*-~_-5V
_~ _ _ _ _ _--+-_ _-5V
Fig. 5: Pins 4 to 13, 15, 18, 23 and 39, Inputs
+5V
+5V
x
x
---+-~--~~-u
---~--~~~-o
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~__-5V _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-4-_- 5V
Fig. 8: Pin 25, Reference Voltage Pin Fig. 9: Pins 27 to 34, Outputs
+5V
Pin 1 No Connection
Pin 2 Analog Output D/A Converter
This pin whose diagram is shown in Fig. 4. is the output for the processed analog signal
either originating from the D/A converter or from the external analog input pi~ 38.
Pin 3 -5 Volt Supply D/A Converter. Analog
This pin gets the riegative supply for the analog part of the D/A converter.
Pin4to 13 Digital Inputs Bit 9 to Bit 0
This diagram of these pins is shown in Fig. 5. They are the inputs of the D/A converter and
not-used inputs should be connected to the ground.
Pin 14 +5 Volt Supply D/A Converter. Digital
This pin gets the positive supply for the digital part of the 'D/A converter..
Pin 15 Clock Input D/A Converter
This pin whose !liagram is shown in Fig. 5 must be supplied with the clock signal for the
D/A converter.
Pin 16 Ground CIA Converter and Clock AID Converter
This pin serves as ground pin for the D/A converter and for the clock of the AID converter.
Pin 17 -5 Volt Supply AID Converter. Analog
This pin is the negative supply pin for the analog part of the AID converter.
Pin 18 Clock Input AID Converter
The diagram of this pin is shown in Fig. 5. Pin 18 is supplied with the clock of the AID
converter.
Pin 19 +5 Volt Supply AID Converter
Via this pin the AID converter gets its positive supply.
Pin 20 Peak Clamping Enable Input
Via pin 20 whose diagram is shown in Fig. 6, the peak clamping facility can be enabled.
KSV3100~
DC Coupled
Video Signal
O.47W
+
Video Signal
]on -5V
Fig. 12: Operation with peak clamping
The input signal is clamped automatically to the negative peak value. Pin 20 is connected to + 5V via a 391<0 resistor,
and pin 22 (clamping level input) is connected, as desired, to zero or a voltage between -1 and + 2V. The input
signal is fed to pin 21 by way of a coupling capacitor, and no key pulse (clamping pulse) is needed.
KSV3100A
Keyed
Clamping
!ideo Signal
~
+5V
...--- 1K
910
. -5V
BLOCK DIAGRAM
KSV3110
Fig. 1
The auxiliary circuits contained on-chip provide versatile potential applications needing a minimum of external components.
For example, an impedance converter is connected upstream of the AID converter to provide a high-impedance signal input,
in spite of the high input capacitance of the AID converter. The reference voHage for the AID converter is generated on-chip,
but both the ground of the Circuit and the reference voHage are led to pins, so that an external filter capacitor may be connected.
Further, the input is equipped with switches which optionally provide operation with keyed clamping or peak clamping or
wijhout clamping. Also the D/A converter's reference voltage is generated on-chip, and a gated amplifier is arranged at the
output of the D/A converter so that an external analog signal can be fed-in instead of the signal delivered by the D/A converter.
. Separate clock inputs are provided for the AID converter and the D/A converter thus enabling the application of time
compression procedures.
All inputs and outputs are TIL compatible.
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin No. Description Pin No. Description
D----_~+5V
D/AIN
~AGNo
,t, LlGNo
o~CWCKr-~>--------------a1
AID CLOCK
+5V :::~~~----~------~
39K
______~~--~+l·~---------t~----~~-'AlOIN
0.47.F
KSV3110 KEY PULSE
-5V~+5V
910 1K 560
Fig. 2
V,
4.75
-4.75
0 -
5
-5
5.25
-5.25
2
V
V
V
I
Input Frequency, Analog Input f, - - f o,l2 -
Clock Amplitude V18H 2.0 - Vee V
V'8L 0 - 0.8 V
Conversion Rate f'8 0 - 20 MSPS·
Clock High Time (See Fig. 3) tH 15 - - ns
Clock Low Time (See Fig. 3) tL 35 - - ns
AID Output Voltage VOH 2.4 - Vee V
VOL 0 - 0.4 V
Clamping Level V22 -1 - +2 V
Clamping Pulse V23H 2.0 - Vee V
V23L 0 - 0.8 V
Resistor of 20 to 6OKO
Activation of Peak Clamping -
from Pin 20 to + 5V
-
D/A Converter
Clock Amplitude V'5H 2.0 - Vee V
V'5L 0 - 0.8 V
Conversion Rate f'5 0 - 20 MSPS·
Digital Input Voltage V,H 2.0 - Vee V
V,L 0 - 0.8 V
Analog Input Voltage at Pin 38 Vas -1 - +3 V
Output Signal Switch Over Input
for the D/A Conver:ter Out V39 0 - 0.8 V
for the Ext. Signal (from Pin 38) Out V39 2 - Vee V
Current Consumption
Icc - 90 120 mA
lEE - -80 -110 mA
Power. Dissipation PTOT - - 1.2 W
Total Transter Time A/D·D/A trOT See Fig. 3 -
AID Converter
. Input Current Pin 21 I, - 2 - p.A
Input Capacitance Pin 21 C, - 10 - pF
Input Impedance Pin 21
at f=1KHz. 2, - 20 - MO
at f=10MHz 2, - 100 - KO
3dB Bandwidth of the Input Amp. - - 50 - MHz
Keyed Clamping Active Level V23 2.0 - Vee V
. On Resistance of the Clamping Switch
Between Pin' 21 and 22
RON - 300 - Ohm
ORDERING INFORMATION
KSV3110 has four kind of version according to the accuracy bit (so called 'Precision') of D/A Converter, and their marking
specifications are as follow;
TIMING. DIAGRAM
Clock ADC
AID
Converter
II
Analog
Input
Data Qut
Clock DAC
CD Sample
CD Aperture Delay
® Digital Output Delay
DIA
® Data Valid (after Sample CD)
Data In Converter ® Transfer Time AID
® Total Transfer Time AID·
D/A with Common Clock
CD Input Register Hold Time
Analog Qutpu.t
® Input Register Setup Time
Fig. 3
+sv +5V
x
x
_*"----+-_ -sv
Fig. 4: Pin 1, Output -----+--f--.+-..,...O
-5V
200--_"'\1\1\.--.--;
Fig. ·5: Pins 4 to 13, 15, 18, 23 and 39, Inputs
22G--+--.r--4----j-- -t-------'
+SV
+sv
--+-~--+-4--0
---~-~~+-~-o
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-+-_-sv _ _ _-\-_ _ _~~-5V
Fig. 8: Pin 25, Reference Voltage Pin Fig. 9: Pins 27 to 34, Outputs
This pin whose diagram is shown in Fig. 4, is the output for the processed analog signal
II
either originating fro,!, the D/A converter or from the external.analog input pin 38.
Pin 2 - 5 Volt Supply D/A Converter, Analog
This pin gets the negative supply for the analog part of the D/A converter
Pin 3 - 5 Volt Supply D/A Convetter, Digital
This pin gets the negative supply for the digital part of the D/A converter.
Pin 4to 13 Digital Inputs Bit 9 to Bit 0
This diagram of these pins i~ shown in Fig. 5. They are the inputs of the D/A converter and
not·used inputs should be connected to the ground.
Pin 14 +5 Volt Supply D/A Converter, Digital
This pin gets the poSitive supply for the digital part of the D/A converter.
Pin 15 Clock Input D/A Converter
This pin whose diagram is shown in Fig. 5 must be supplied with the clock signal for the
D/A converter.
Pin 16 Ground D/A Converter and Clock AID Converter
This pin serves as ground pin for the D/A converter and for the clock of the AID converter.
Pin 17 -5 Volt Supply AID Converter, Analog
This pin is the negative supply pin for the analog part of the AID converter.
Pin 18 Clock Input AID Converter
The diagram of this pin is shown in Fig. 5. Pin 18 is supplied with the ciock of the AID
converter.
Pin 19 +5 Volt Supply AID Converter
Via this pin the AID converter gets its positive supply.
Pin 20 Peak Clamping Enable Input
Via pin 20 whose diagram is shown in Fig. 6, the peak clamping facility can be enabled.
KSV3110
Keyed
Clamping
______ J
OCCoupled
Video Signal
+5V
}on -5V
Fig. 12: Operation with peak clamping
The input signal is clamped automatically to the negative peak value. Pin 20 is connected to + 5V via a 391<0 resistor,
and pin 22 (clamping level input) is connected, as deSired, to zero or a voltage between -1 and + 2V. The input
signal is fed to pin 21 by way of a coupling capacitor, and no key pulse (clamping pulse) is needed.
KSV3110
Keyed
Clamping
(ideo Signal
60 +SV
[
f---- 1K
910
-SV
ORDERING INFORMATION
BLOCK DIAGRAM II
Voltage
Reference
KSV;i208
VIDEO Flash
SIGNAL AID
Converter
8 Bits
Clock
~----~--------------~17~------------~------------~
Fig. 1
The auxiliary circuits contained on-chip provide versatile potential applications needing a minimum of external
components. For example, an impedance converter is connected upstream of the AID converter to provide a high-
impedance signal input in spite of the high input capacitance of the AID converter. The reference voltage for the
AID converter is generated on-chip, but both the ground of the circuit and the reference voltage are fed to pins,
so that an external filter capaCitor may be connected.
Further, the input is equipped with switches which optionally provide operation with keyed clamping of peak
clamping or without clamping.
All inputs and outputs are TTL compatible.
PIN DESCRIPTION
Pin No. Description
28[J-------<c::: - 5V
+5V
+5V
DO PEAK CLAMP
01 f - - ' W I r - - - < + 5V 560
02 f---<=:--JAlO INPUT
~AGNO OUT
03 u-----------~1K CLAMPING PULSE
04 LJ-----..:::::::=::1GATE PULSE
rh OGNO
05
06
[J----<+5V
[J----<-5V
910
07
-5V
+5V LJ-----..C:::JCLOCK
NC
Fig. 2
Conversion Rate
Clock High Time (See Fig. 3)
I,
V"H
V"L
I"
tH
-
2.0
0
0
15
-
-
-
-
- -
1,,/2
Vee
0.8
20
-
V
V
MSPS'
I1s
I
Clock Low Time (See Fig. 3) tL 35 - - ns
Clamping Level V22 -1 - +2 V
Clamping Pulse (High) V21H 2.0 - Vee V
Clamping Pulse (Low) V21L 0 - 0.8 V
Resistor 01 20 to 60Kohm
Activation 01 P~ak Clamping - lrom Pin 24 to + 5V
-
• MSPS (Mega Sample Per Second)
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS·
(Vcc=5V, VEE =5V, f17= 20MHz, Ta=25 a C)
Current Consumption
Icc - - 100 mA
lEE - - -SO mA
Power Dissipation P'o' - - 0.9 W
Total Transter Time AID T,o' See Fig. 3 -
Input Current Pin 23 I, - 1 - p.A
Input Capacitance Pin 23. C, - 10 - pF
3dB Bandwidth of the Input Amp. - - 50 - MHz
Keyed Clamping Active Level V21 2.0 - Vee V
On Resistance of the Clamping Switch
Between Pin 23 and 23
RON - 300 - Ohm
TIMING DIAGRAM
Clock ADC
G) Sample
Analog ® Aperture Delay
Input
o Digital Output Delay
Data Out o Data Valid (after Sample G))
® Transfer Time AID
Fig. 3
_ _ _~___,.---+5V
- - - - - r - - - - , . . - - - , . . - + 5V
x x
--~~-~-r-O
_ _ _ _ _ _ _>---5V
- - - - - -........--5V
---~-r---r---.---+5V
--------,..---.------.-+5V II
22 o---+---r--+---+-+-~--'
'--+-_ _ _+-_~~nA~:ING
x --~__+-4---0
x
--+-------'----5V
PIN 23 0--.--+--1
4--+--~-+---O
-~--~--'--------5V
Keyed Voltage
Clamping I Reference
I
_.J
Flash
DC COUPLED AID
Video Signal· Converter
8 Bits
O.47~
+ Flash
AID
Converter
8 Bits
+5V
r 10n
-5V
Fig. 10: Operation with peak clamping
The input signal is clamped automatically to the negative peak value. Pin 24 is connected to + 5V via a
39Kohm resistor and pin 22 (clamping level input) is connected, as desired, to zero or a voltage betgween
-1 and + 2V. The input signal is fed to pin 23 by way of a coupling capacitor, and no key pulse (clamping
pulse) is needed.
Keyed I Vollage
Clamping I . Reference
I
__ JI
Flash
AID
Converter
8 Bils
-5V
FEATURES
• Total unadjusted error- :!: 1/2 LSB or :!: 1 LSB
• Resolution-8-bits
• Conversion time-1001'S
I
• No missing codes
• Latched TRI-STATE output·
• Easy interface to all microprocessors, or operates "stand alone"
• Single supply-S VDe .
• 8-channel multiplexer with latched control logic'
• Outputs meet TTL voltage level specifications
• OV to SV analog input voltage range with ORDERING INFORMATION
single SV supply
• No zero or full-scale adjust required
Device Package Temperature Range Dlff. Nonlinearity
• Standard 28·pin DIP package
KAD0808IN :!:1/2 LSB
28 DI~ - 40·C - + 85·C
KAD0809IN :!:3/4 LSB
BLOCK DIAGRAM
r:-------
I 8·BIT AID ,----'---
I
I
'i==:;---O
I-
END OF CONVERSION
(EOC)
I
I
8 CHANNELS I
8· ANALOG MULTIPLEXING
INPUTS ANALOG /----f-l
SWITCHES
30BIT {
ADDRESS 0- ADDRESS
LATCH AND
ADDRESS DECODER
LATCH ENABLE
(ALE)
11
Vee GND REF(+)
I
IL. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...JI
REF(-)
OUTPUT (OE)
ENABLE
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Converter Specifications: Vee=5 VOC=V ..fl +), V..fl_)=GND, Tf =T,=20ns and IClK = 640KHz unless otherwise
stated.
KAD0808
Total Unadjusted Error 25·C - - ±1/2 LSB
(Note 5) -40·C - 85·C - - ±3/4 LSB
KAD0809 O·C - 70·C - - ±1 LSB
. Total Unadjusted Error
+12. LSB
(Note 5) -40·C. - 85·C - - - 4
Input Resistance Rref From. Rel( + ) to Ref( -) 1.0 2.5 - KG
Analog Input Voltage Range Y'n (Note 4) V( +) or V(-) GND-0.10 - Vee +0.10 V
Comparator Input Current Ion Ic = 640KHz, (Note 6) -2 ±0.5 2 p.A
Analog Multiplexer
Vcc =5V, V,N =5V,.
OFF Channel Leakage Current 10FFI+) Ta=25·C - 10 200 nA
Control Inputs
Logical "1" Input Voltage V,H Vee- 1.5 - Vcc V
Logical "0" Input Voltage V,l 0 - 0.4 V
Supply Current Icc fClK = 640KHz - 0.3 3.0 mA
Logical "1" Output Voltage VOH 10= -360p.A Vee-0.4 - Vee V
Logical "0" Output Voltage VOL lo=1.6mA 0 - 0.45 V
Logical "0" Output Voltage EOC VOUT(O) lo=1.2mA 0 - 0.45 V
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Timing Specifications VCC=V re'I+I=5V, Vre'I_I=GND, t,=t,=20ns and Ta=25"C unless otherwise noted.
OE Control to a Logic State tH10 tHO Cl = 50pF, Rl= 10K (Figure 8) - 125 250, ns
OE Control to Hi-Z t'H, tOH Cl = 10pF, Rl = 10K (Figure 8) - 125 250 ns
Conversion Time tCON f c = 640KHz, (Figure 5) 90 100 116 ",S
Clock Frequency felK 10 640 1280 KHz
Input Capacitance C'N At Control Inputs - 10 15 pF
TRI-STATE Output Capacitance
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
COUT At TRI-STATE Outputs - 10
Absolute maximum ratings are those values beyond which the life of the device may be impaired.
All voltages are measured with respect to GND, unless otherwise specified.
A zener diode exists, Internally, from Vee to GND and has a typical breakdown voltage of 7 Voe.
15 pF
I
Note 4: Two on-chip diodes are tied to each analog input which will forward conduct for analog input voltages
one diode drop below ground or one diode drop greater than the Vee supply. The spec allows 100mV
forward bias of either diode. This means that as long as the analog V,N does not exceed the supply voltage
by more than 100mV, the output code Will, be correct. To achieve an absolute OVoe to 5V oc input voltage
range will therefore require a minimum supply voltage 4.900 Voe over temperature variations, initial
tolerance and loading.
Note 5: Total unadjusted error includes offset, full-scale, linearity,:and multiplexer errors. See Figure 3. None 'of those
AIDs requires a zero or full-scale adjust. However, if an all zero code is desired for an analog input other
than O.OV, or if a narrow full-scale span exists (for example: 0.5V to 4.5V full-scale) the reference voltages
can be adjusted to achieve this. See Figure 13. '
Nole 6: Comparator input current is a bias current into or out of the chopper stabilized comparator. The bias current
varies directly with clock frequency and lias little temperature dependence (Figure 6).
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Multiplexer. The device contains an a·channel single·
ended analog signal multiplexer. A particular input Selected Address Line
channel is selected by using the address decoder. Analog Channel C B A
Table 1 shows the input states for the address lines INO L L L
to select any channel. The address is latched into IN1 L L H
the decoder on the low·to·high transition of the address IN2 L H L
latch enable signal. IN3 L H H
IN4 H L L
INS H L H
IN6 H H L
CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS IN7 H H H
The Converter
The heart of this single chip data acquisition system is its a·bit analog-to-digitlll converter. The converter is designed
to give fast, accurate, and repeatable conversions over a wide range of temperatures. The converter is partitioned
into 3 major sections: the 256R ladder network, the successive approximation register, and the comparator. The
converter's digital outputs are positive true. '
The 256R ladder network approach (Figure 1) was chosen over the conventional R/2R ladder because of its
inherent monotonicity, which guarantees no missing digital codes. Monotonicity is particularly important in closed
loop feedback control systems. A non-monotonic relationship can cause oscillations that will be cata!!trophic for
the system. Additionally, the 256R network does not cause load variations on the reference voltage.
The bottom resistor and the top resistor of the ladder network in Figure 1 are not the same value as the remainder
of the network. The difference in these resistors causes the output characteristic to be symmetrical with the zero
and full·scale pOints of the transfer curve. The first output transition occurs wh'en the analQg signal has reached
+ 1/2 LSB and succeeding output transitions occur every 1 LSB later up to full-scale.
The successive approximation register (SAR) performs a iterations to approximate the input voltage. For any SAR
type converter, n-iterations are required for an n-bit converter. Figure 2 shows a typical example of a 3-bit
converter. In the KADOaOa, KADOa09 the approximation technique is extended to a bits using the 256R network.
.
: 256R
R
TO
COMPARATOR
INPUT
112~~
REF(-)
Fig_ 1 Resistor Ladder and Switch Tree
w
o
111
110
101
I-- FULL-SCALE
-. J ERROR =112 LSB
w
8
111
110
101
+ 112 LSB
TOTAL ~
UNADJUSTED ~.
INFINITE RESOLUTION
PERFECT CONVERTER I
S Q ERROR i
'3 100 ~ 100
~ 011 '3011
o o
~ 010 ~ 010 -1/2 LSB
-QUANTIZATION
001 001 ERROR
000 V,N 000 " - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - V , N
0/8 1/8 2/8 3/8 4/8 5/8 6/8 7/8 0/8 1/8 218 3/8 4/8 5/8 618 7/8
V,N AS FRACTION OF FULL·SCALE V,N AS FRACTION OF FULL-SCALE
Fig. 2 3-Blt AID Transfer Curve Flg_ 3 3-Blt AID Absolute Accuracy Curve
REFERENCE LINE
_ QUAN;~~~~ {IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
INPUT OV FULL
VOLTAGE - SCALE
PIN CONFIGURATION
Dual-In-Line Package
IN2
INl
INO
ADD A
ADD B
ADDC
KAD0808 ALE
2-' KAD0809 2-' MSB
OUTPUT
ENABLE 2-'
2- 3
2-'
2- 8 LSB
REF(-)
2-'
TOP VIEW
TIMING DIAGRAM
CLOCK
START 50%
,--, 50%
~ \
ALE 5O'lor~
----' twALE
-~ ~LE ADDRESS "
ADDRESS 5O'~ 50%
•
\
ts - f-- th
ANALOG V V
INPUT
- Sl/:..,
LSB
STABLE
COMPARATOR'
INPUT
(INTERNAL MODE) I I
f-- td---j
OUTPUT
ENABLE \ / L
EOC
- tEoe j
tCON
/50%
OUTPUT -------:...------.!~!:~!!.:.-----------------_{..._____.JL
r
Fig_ 5
•.S f---f---f--nf--;.t7q£'__j
~
~ .f-----f---~~----r---'__j
I-O'51-~';£Hf.L--r-----r------l
3.75 °OL---,.~~-~2~~--~3.=75--~
V.dVl
Fig. 6 Comparator liN VS VIN (Vee = VAEF = SV) Fig. 7 Multiplexer RON vs VIN (Vee = VAEF = SV)
Vee
Vee
1'1....._ __
II
90%
OUTPUT
ENABLE 50%
10%
GND--~~'-----
1--...-----<>
VOH~% IH'!,
OUTPUT ~ ___....J/5O%
GND------------~
IOH,IHO
Vee Vee
10K
OUTPUT GND----~-----
ENABLE
vee=5CoH IHO\!
OUTPUT
VOL 10% \1.. :50_'%1_ _
Fig. 8
APPLICATIONS INFORMATION
OPERATION
1.0 Ratiometric Conversion
The KAD0808, KAD0809 is designed as a complete Data Acquisition System (DAS) for ratiometric conversion
systems. In ratiometric systems, the physical variable being measured is expressed as a percentage of full-scale
which is not necessarily related to an absolute standard. The voltage input to the KAD0808 is expressed by the
equation.
A good example of a ratiometric transducer is a potentiometer used as a position sensor. The position of the wiper
is directly proportional to the output voltage which is a ratio of the full-scale voltage across it. Since the data is
represented as a proportion of full-scale, reference requirements are greatly reduced, eliminating a large source
of error and cost for many applications. A major advantage of the KAD0808. KAD0809 is that the input voltage
range is equal to the supply range so the transducers can be connect!!d directly across the supply and thier
outputs connected directly into the multiplexer inputs, (Figure 9).
Ratiometric transducers such as potentiometers, strain gauges, thermistor bridges, pressure transducers, etc., are
suitable for measuring proportional relationships; however, many types of measurements must be referr!!d to an
absolute standard such as voltage or current. This means a system reference must be used which relates the full-
= =
scale voltage to the standard volt. For example, if Vee VAEF 5.12V, then the full-scale range is divided into 256
standard steps. The smallest standard step is a LSB which is then 20mV.
r-----~------~----~~vee
REF(+) MSS
= =
QOUT ...YttL .Ylli..
V AEF Vee
=
4.5V s,Vcc V AEF s,5.5V
• Ratiometric transducers
Fig_ 9 Ratiometric Conversion System
I - - - - - - - - - l Vee
II
MSB
~---'-I REF( +)
DIGITAL OUTPUT
QOUT REFERENCED
TO GROUND
InO
REF(-) LSB
~
L-----<o-------<>--I GND QOUT= VAEF
KADOB08
4.5V SVee = VAEFS5.5V
Vee
MSB
DIGITAL OUTPUT
1-~>--------,.--1REF( +) OOUT REFERENCE'D
In7 TO GROUND
InO
REF(-) LSB
VIN
L-----------~__1GND
QOUT = VAEF
KAD0808 4.5V SVCC =VAEFS5.5V
Fig. 11 Ground Referenced Conversion System with Reference Generating Vee Supply
10-15 Voe
1K
, \.
Vee
>----,~~--REF( +)
5V
DIGITAL OUTPUT
,PROPORTIONAL
TO ANALOG INPUT
1.25V:sVIN:s3.75V
The output code N for an arbitrary input are the Integers within the range:.
TYPICAL APPLICATION
ADDRESS
DEcoDe
(AD4 - AD15)'
eLK
VREF(+)
VREF(-)
START
OE
EOC I---~~---INTERRUPT
2- 1
2-'
DB7
DBS
INTERRUPT
MSB
II
ALE 2- 3 DB5
2-' DB4
A KADOBOB 2-' DB3
B KADOB09 2-' DB2
C 2- 7 DBl
2- 8 DBO
5V SUPPLY LSB
Vee
VINB}
J
GND
0-5V
GROUND ANALOG INPUT
RANGE
V'Nl
• Addre~s latches needed for 8085 and SC/MP interfacing the KAD080B to a microprocessor
FEATURES
• Built-In track-and-hold function
• No missing codes
• No external clocking
• Single supply + 5Voc
• Easy interface to all microprocessors, or operates
sta~d-alone
• Latched TRI-STATE output
• Logic inputs and outputs meet both CMOS and TTL
voltage level specifications
• Operates ratiometrically or with any reference ORDERING INFORMATION
value equal to or less than Vcc
• OV to 5V analog input voltage range with single Device Package Temperature Range Diff. Nonlinearity
5V supply
• No zero or full·scale adju~t required KAD0820AIN :!: 1/2 LSB
20 DIP - 40·C - + 85·C
• Overflow output available for cascading KAD0820BIN :!:1 LSB
• 0.3 n standard width 20·pin DIP
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
VREF(+) OFL
4.BIT OFL
FLASH DB?
ADC DB6
(4 MSBs) DB5,
VREF(-) DB4
OUTPUT
LATCH
4'BIT DAC AND
TRI-5TATE
BUFFERS
VREF(+ DB3
4-BIT
16 FLASt4 DB2
ADC DB1
(4 LSBs)
VREF(-) DBO
INT
MODE WR/RDY CS Rp
Fig. 1
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The following specifications apply for RD mode (pin 7= 0), Vee = + 5V, VREF(+l= +5V, and VREF(-l= GND, Ta=2S·C
unless otherwise specified. .
I
Resolution - 8 8 Bits
Total Unadjusted Error KAD0820A ± 1/2 ±1I2 LSB
'. (Note 3)
INL
KAD0820B
- ±1 ±1 LSB
Reference
RRE~ 1.4 2.3 5.3 KI'l
Resistance
Maximum VREF(+l
Input Voltage
VREF(+lmax - Vee Vee V
Minimum VREF(-l
Input Voltage
VREF(-lmln - GND GND V
Minimum VREF(+l
Input Voltage
VREF(+)mln - VREF(-l VREF(-l V
Maximum V REFH
Input Voltage
VREF(-lmax - VREF(+l VREF(+l V
VIN Input
Voltage VIN GND'().1 - Vee+0.1 V
e5=Vee
Maximum Analog
Input Leakage Current
IL VIN = Vee - 0.3 3 p.A
VIN=GND -0.3 -3 p.A
Power Supply
Sensitivity
Is Vee=5V±5% - ± 1116 ±1/4 LSB
DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
The following specifications aPply for Vee = 5V, Ta = 25°C unless otherwise specified.
Conversion Time for RD Mode tCAD Pin 7 = 0, (Figure 2) - 1.6 2.5 /ls
Write Time
Min Pin 7 = Vee; (Figures 3a and 3b) - - 600 ns
tWR
Max (Note 4) See Graph - 50 - /lS
II
Delay from Rising Edge of
t'NTL tRO > t,; (Figure 3b) t, hs
WR to Falling Edge of INT
tRo<t,; (Figure 3a) - tRo + 200 tRo + 290 ns
Delay from Rising Edge of (Figure 2, 3a and 3b)
t'NTH - 125 225 ns
RD to Rising Edge of INT CL=50pF
Delay from Rising Edge of
WR to Rising Edge of INT t'NTHWR (Figure 4), CL = 50pF - 175 270 ns
Delay from CS to RDY tROY . (Figure 2), CL=50pF, Pin 7=0 - 50 100· ns
Delay from INT to Output Valid t,o (Figure 4) - 20 50 ns
Pin 7=Vcc, tRo<t,
Delay from RD to INT t R, - 200 290 ns
(Figure 3a)
Delay from End of Conversion (Figure 2, 3a, 3b and 4)
to Next Conversion
tp
(Note 4) See Graph - - 500 ns
Note 1: Absolute Maximum Ratings are those values beyond which the life of the device may be impaired.
Note 2: All voltages are measured with respect to GND, unless otherwise specified.
Note 3: Total unadjusted error includes offset, full-scale, and linearity errors.
Note 4: Accuracy may degrade if tWR or tRo is shorter than the minimum value specified. See Accuracy vs tWR and
Accuracy vs tRP graphs.
GNO
1--~-.-oOATA OUTPUT
lK
OATAVOH~
OUTPUT ~ ,
,GNO - - - - - - - - - - ' =
f r =20ns CL= 10pF
tOH
Vee Vee tOH
Vee
J
GNO
OH
vee
OATA
OUTPUT
VOL 10%
t r =20ns
TIMING DIAGRAMS
CSI
\ "--,---
Ri'il--+---"
,ROy--t-""""\1
INT ----I--~..J
INT ----+---~"
------
OBO- OB7 OBO-OB7
Fig. 2 RD Mode (Pin 7 is Low) Fig. 3a WR·RD Mode (Pin. 7 is High and tRD<t~
~WW--------------
ROLOW------~--------
WR
AD ----+-----+....1
tRO
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
13
CS 0 - - . - - - - r - - - O 5V
VGep2...
8
RD
6
ROY
9
INT
DBO
en DBl
:J
DB2
'" DB3 VREF( + 11-'1;;.2- - - - - . - - o 5 V
DB4
DB5
.VREF(_1 11
. DB6
DB7
OFL GND 10
CS
WR
13
6 WR
Cs Vee 1To5V
VIN
I
Ft>
BO
S-y
-
r,;m
2 DBO 7
Bl 3 DB1
MODE
VREF(+) ~
~ B2
::
4DB2
~ 5 DB3
14DB4
Jo.l
B5 15 DB5 VREF(-) 11
B6 16 DB6
B7 JO.l
17 DB7
B8 lK
GND~
OFL 18 OFL
.1.-- ~:
5K
~ lK
13 Cs Vee 1fo5V
6 WR VIN
..-
J
-~ RD
2 DBO
3 DB1
MODE r!;o5V
12
VREF(+)
l~
4 DB2
5 DB3
14 DB4
15 DB5 11
VREF(-)
16 DB6
fi7,
17 DB7.
18 OFL
GND~
25K AM
CH1
-15V
40K
DBO TO DB?
1.2~s
VIN .., r-
(OVTO 5V)U
13 CS 11 JO.1~F
10
F---~---1~- -15V
11 VREF(-)
KAD0820A KDA0800
15 8
+5V
16
Vee /----MIr--5V .
17 6
? MODE
18 MSB 5
12 VREF(+)
+15V
OV-5V
-15V
1.82K 1%
en ~
i
~ ~ ~ r-
KS74
l>
z
C)
1A HCT393
."
." aJ
en r-
m
~
8
£
(5
z z
c en
;~~ k
c:
a
:a
;, KS74
HCT393
I
CS
EWR1
EWR2
00
;:l.
3"
c
CD
-9:
RD1
RD, WR
ERD1
RD2
CS ----t1l'~7AU,...T'l'7A L- J!......... :'.!~. .::_I T ERD2
WR
~~
oPl
cn~
TRIGGER LEVEL
-;e
Z;ti
5V o-M"'''H.~~~~~-----' -I~
m""(
CLOCK INPUT (te) -1.3M samples/sec G')
(SAMPLING FREQUENCY = tcl3) e4K memory
~
m
c
Q
~
g: c:
-..j =i
•
KS7126 CMOS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Thermometry • Digital Scales
• Bridge Readouts (Strain Gauges, Load Cells, Null Detectors) • LVDT Indicators
• Digital Meters • Portable Instrumentation
- Voltage/CurrentlOhmslPower • Power Supply Readouts
-pH • Process Monitors
- Capacitancellnductance' • Photometers
- Fluidlflow RatelViscosity/Level
II
V,N=O.OV Digital
Zero Input Reading - Full scale = 200.0mV
-000.0 +000.0 +000.0
Reading
Zero Rading Drift - V,N = 0, 0·C<TI:I<70·C 0.2 1 . p.VI·C
V,N =VREF 999 999 1000 Digital
Ratiometric Reading - VREF =100mV 1000 Reading
Linearity (Max. deviation from Full scale = 200mV
NL -1 +0.2 +1 Counts
straight line fit) or full scale = 2,000V
Rollover Error
(Difference in reading for equal
positive and negative reading
- - V,N = + V,N = 200.0mV -1 +0.2 +1 Counts
hear full scale)
Noise (Pk·Pk value not exceed
95% of time)
EN V,N=OV - - 15 p.V
Notes
11 Input voltage may exceed the supply voltage provided the input current is limited to ± 100pA
2) Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads soldered to printed circuit board.
3) Unless otherwise noted, specifications apply T.=25°C, fClOCK=16KHz and are tested in the circuit of Figure 1.
4) Refer to "Differential Input" discussion on page 7. .
5) Backplane drive is ill phase with segment drive for 'off' segment, 180 out of phase for 'on' segment. Frequency is 20 times
conversion lJ!te. Average DC component is less than 50mV.
6) During auto-zero phase, current is 10 - 20pA higher, 48KHz oscillator, Figure 2, increases current by 8pA (Typ.)
IN IN
+
30
KS7126
Figure 1: KS7126Clock Frequency 16 KHz (1 reading/sec.) Figure 2: KS7126 Clock Frequency 48 KHz (3 readings/sec.)
PIN CONFIGURATION
" ." w
I-~I
C)Z 0
g~ z
u N
~ '8 ~
...
+
t:;
I
u.
W
+u.
W
I
t:; <:0 +
z
I .it f-
z W 1 :30.
'"0 0 ~ W a:
>
a:
> 0
a: a:
0
ZO
<0 :>
z
:> 3 >'"" :> w
> & 8 :l '"
C)
0.
III
'"~
21
KS7126
a
~ f1. aJ ~
_-----'-___ ., __------'--_.,,~ i
8' ~
- ~
PIN DESCRIPTION
II
12 A2 Activates the A section of the tens display.
13 F2 Activates the F section of the tens display.
14 E2 Activates the E section of the tens display.
15 D3 Activates the D section of the hundreds display.
16 B3 Activates the B section of the hundreds display.
17 F3 Activates the F section of the hundreds display.
18 E3 Activates the E section of the hundreds display.
19 AB. Activates both halves of the 1 in the thousands display.
20 POL Activates the negative polarity display.
21 BP Backplane drive output
22 Go Activates the G section of the hundreds display.
23 Aa Activates the A section of the hundreds display.
24 C3 Activates the C section olthe hundreds display.
25 G2 Activates the G section of the tens display.
26 VEE Negative power supply voltage.
The integrating capacitor should be selected to give maximum voltage swing
that ensures component tolerance build up will not allow the integrator output
to saturate. When analog common is used as a reference and the conver-
27 V'NT sion rate is 3 reading per second, a 0.047/LF capacitor may be used.
The capacitor must have a low dielectric constant to prevent roll-over errors.
See INTEGRATING CAPACITOR section for additional details.
Integration resistor connection. Use a 180KO fr a 200mV full-scale
28 V euFF
range and a 1.8MO for"2V full-scale range.
The size of the auto-zero capacitor influences the system noise. Use a O.33/LF
capacitor for a 200mV full-scale, and 0.033/LF capacitor for a 2V full-scale.
29 CAZ See paragraph on AUTO-ZERO CAPACITOR for more details.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
ANALOG SECTION
Fig. 3 shows the Block Diagram of the Analog Section for the KS7126. Each measurement cycle is divided into three phases.
They are (1) Auto-zero (A-Z), (2) Signal integrate (I NT) and (3) De-Integrate (DE).
TO DIGITAL SECTION
3. De-integrate phase
. The final phase is de-integrate, or reference integrate: Input low is internally connected to analog COMMON and input high
is connected across the previously charged reference capacitor. Circuitry within the chip ensures that the capacitor will be
connected with the correct polarity to cause the integrator output to return to zero. The time required for the output to return
to zero is proportional to the input signal. Specifically the digital reading displayed is 1000( ~ )
. V REF
Differential Input
The input can accept differential voltages anywhere within the common mode range of the input amplifier; or specifically
from 0.5 Volts below the positive supply to 1.0 Volt above the negative supply. In this range the system has a CMRR of 86dB
typical. However, since the integrator also swings with the common ijlode voltage, care must be exercised to assure the in-
a
tegrator output does not saturate. A worst case condition would be large positive common-mode voltage with a near full-
scale negative differential input voltage. The negative input signal drives the integrator positive when most of its swing has
been used up by the positive common mode voltage. For these critical applications the integrator swing can be reduced to
less than the recommended 2V full scale swing with little loss of accuracy. The integrator output can swing within 0.3 Volts
of either supply without loss of linearity. ' .
Differential R.rence
The reference voltage can be generated anywhere within the power supply voltage of the converter. The main source of
common mode error is a roll-over voltage caused by the reference capacitor losing or gaining charge to stray capacity on
its modes. If there is a large common mode voltage, the reference capacitor can gain charge (increase voltage) when called
up to de-integrate a positive signal but lose charge (decrease voltage) when called up to de-integrate a negative input signal.
This difference in reference for (+) or (-) input voltage will give a,roll-over error How.ever, by selecting the reference capaci-
tor large enpugh in comparision to the stray capacitance, this error can be held to less than 0.5 count for the worst case condition
(See component Value Section)
Vee
REF + vee 27KIl
,
6.8 VOLT 200KO
ZENER KS7126
REF -
REF-
COMMON
vee vee
vee
1 - --l TEST
Vee
I I 37
I I
I I TO LLD
I DECIMAL
I KS7126 DECIMAL
I I POINT
POINT
KS7126 I IDLeO
SELECT
BP 21 DECIMAL
POINT
GND
L__ __J
TEST 57 32 GND
L - - - - - - - - o ~~~lANE
Figure 5: Simple Inverter for Fixed Decimal Point Figure 6: ExclusiveOR Gate for Decimal Point
Analog Common
. This pin is included primarily to set the common mode voltage for battery operation or for any system where Ine input sig-
nals are floating with respect to the power supply. The COMMON pin sets a voltage that is approximately 2.8 Volts more negative
than the positive supply. This is selected to give a minimum end-of-life battery voltage of about 6V. However, the analog
COMMON has some of the attributes of a reference voltage. When the total supply voltage is large enough to cause the zener
to regulate ( < 7V), the COMMON voltage will have a low voltage coefficient (0.001%1%), low output impedance (=150),and
a temperature coefficient typically less than 80 ppml"C.
The limitations of the on-Chip reference should be also recognized, however. The reference temperature coefficient (TC)
can cause some degradation in performance. Temperature changes of 2 to SOC, typical for instruments, can give a scale factor
error of a count or more. Also the common voltage will have a poor voltage coefficient when the total supply voltage is less
than that which will cause the zener to regulate « 7V), These problems are eliminated if an external reference is used, as
shown in Fig. 4.
Analog COMMON Is also used as the Input low return during auto·zero and de·integrate. If IN- is different from analog
COMMON, a common mode voltage exists in the System and is taken care of by the excellent CMRR of the converter. However,
in some appncations IN - will be set at a fixed known voltage (power supply common for instance). In this application, analog
COMMON should be tied to the same point, thus remOVing the common mode voltage from the converter. The same holds
true for the reference voltage. If reference can be conveniently referenced to analog COMMON, it should be since this removes
tlie common mode voltage from the reference system.
Within the IC, analog COMMON is tied to an N channel FET that can sink 100pA or more of current to hold the voltage
2.8 'volts below the positive supply (when a load is trying to pull the common line positive). However, there is only 1pA of source
current .. so COMMON may easily be tied to a more negative vQltage thus overriding the internal reference.
Test
The TEST pin serves two functions. It is coupled to the internally generated digital supply through a 500n resistor. Thus
it can be used as the negative supply for externally generated segment drivers such as decimal paints or any other presen-
tation the user may want to include on the LCD display Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 show such an application. No more than a 1mA load
should be applied.
The second function is a "lamp test". When TEST is pulled high (to Vecl all segments will be turned on and the display
should read - 1888. The TEST pin will sink about 10mA under these conditions.
CAUTION: In the lamp test mode, the segments have a constant D-C voltage (no square-wave) and may burn the LCD
display if left in this mode for extended periods.
DIGITAL SECTION
Fig. 7 shows the digital section for the KS7126. An internal digital ground is generated from a 6 volt zener diode and a large
II
P channel source follower. This supply is made stiff to absorb the relative large capacitive current when the back plane (BP)
voltage is switched. The BP !requency is the clock frequency divided by 800. For three readings/second this is a 60Hz square
wave with a nominal amplitude of 5 volts. The segments are driven at the same frequency and amplitude and are in phase
with BP when OFF, but out of phase when ON. In all cases negligible DC voltage exists across the segments. The polarity
indication is "ON" for negative analog inputs. If IN - and IN + are reversed, this indication can be reversed also, if desired.
--+---~---+--~~--~------------4-----~--~~rOTEST
*Three Inverters.
One Inverter shown for clanty.
------......-.1----0 VEE
OSCl
System Timing
Fig. 8 shows the clocking arrangement used in the KS7126. Three basic clocking arrangements can be used.
1: An external oscillator connected to pin 40
2. A crystal between pins 39 and 40.
3. An R-C oscillator using all three pins
EXTERNAL
OSCILLATOR
The oscillator frequency is divided by four before it clocks the decade counts. It is then futher divided to form the three
convert - cycle phases. These are signal iritegrate (1000 counts), reference de-integrate (0 to 2000 counts) and auto - zero
(1000 to 3000 counts): For signals less than full scale, auto - zero gets the unused portion of reference de-integrate. This
makes a complete measure cycle of 4,000 (1 ,600 clock pulses) independent of input voltage. For three readings/second, an .
oscillator frequency of 48 KHz would be used.
To achieve maximum rejection of 60Hz pickup, the signal integrate cycle should be a multiple of 60Hz. Oscillator frequency .
of 60KHz, 48KHz, 33l bKHz, ·etc. should be selected. For 50Hz rejection, oscillator frequencies of 66lJ:,KHz, 50KHz, 40KHz,
etc. would be suitable. Note that 40KHz (2.5 readings/second) will reject both 50 and 60Hz (also 400 and 440Hz)
2. Integrating Capacitor
The integrating capacitor should be selected to give the maximum voltage swing that ensures tolerance build-up will not
saturate the integral swing (approx. 0.3 Volt from either supply). When the analog COMMON is used as a reference, a nomi-
nal ±2 Volt full scale integrator swing is fine.For three readings/second (48KHz clock) nominal values for C'NT are 0.047!,F,
.' for 1/sec (16KHz) 0.15!,F of course, it different oscillator frequencies are used, these values should be changed in inverse
proportion to maintain the same output swing.
The integrating capacitor should have low dielectric absorption to prevent roll-over-errors. While other types may be ade-
qU!'te for this application, polypropylene capaCitors give undetectable errors at reasonable cost. At three readings/sec., a
7500 resistor should be placed in series with the integrating capaCitor, to compensate for comparator delay.
3. Auto·Zero Capacitor
The size of the auto-zero capaCitor has some influence on the noise of the system. For 200mV full scale where noise is
very important, a 0.32!,F capaCitor is recommended. On the 2 Volt scale, a 0.033!,F capacitor increases the speed of recov-
ery from overload and is adequate for nOise on this scale.
4. Reference Capacitor
. A 0.1 ~ capacitor gives good results in most applications. However, where a large common mode voltage exists (i .e. the
a
REF - pin is not analog COMMON) and a 200mV scale is used, large value is required to prevent roll-over error. Gener-
ally 1.0!,F will hold the roll-over error to 0.5 count in this instance.
5. Oscillator Components
For all ranges of frequency a 50pF capacitor is recommended and the resistor is selected from the approximate equa-
tion f '" ~5 For 48KHz clock (3 readings/second) R=18KO
RC
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
Ve_c______________~~--~----~----------------------------,
Scaie factor adjust
(Vref =100mV for fIC to RMS)
OSC,
OSC2
flClIN
KS7126
2.2MO
CREF-
ANALOG COMMON
(OR COMMON)
VIN+
VIN-
CAZ
VeUFF
I
VINT
G,
Co
Go
To pin 1
Topinll
40 40
1801<0
..
'.r' Set Vref= 1.000V
/
,i
50~F
Set Vref=100.0mV
50pF
~
Vee
F= \.1 +5V
250Kll 240KO lOKO liMO ~~ 6.8V
Do·lp1' :p.o.,p1'!
...
KS7126 .01p1' lMO KS7126 O.lp1' lMO
,
. 22.FII
... J.·...1...8MO
• IN
..O~3,F
IN
180KO
'i,'
~ 750!l. :; 0.047~F ."
VEE -5V
~
F=
}TODISPLAY ~ } TO DISPLAY
f=
21 F= - TO BACKlpLANE 21 f----- TO BACKPLANE
Vee To pi" 1
Vee
40 Fl
Sell!ref-l00.0mV
:~
50pF
IooKII
24aKIl 20K!l~r 'T 27K(J
po.l"F --.o'I l2V
KS7126
LJ_='""""""---<>--_-=+=c.:.O"'l"F=--_ _ _+-Q IN
+
KS7126
O.33.F..
.01"F
-III
lMO
- IN
F }TODISPLA:
1=
21 F - TO BACK PLANE
Figure 12: KS7126 Using the Internal Reference. 200.0mV Figure 13: KS7126 Operated From Single +5V
Full-Scale, Three Readings Per Second, Floating Supply Supply. An External Reference Must Be Used.
Voltage (9V Battery).
To pin 1 TO pi" 1
Vce--------------~ V
560KIl ee
40
l--_ _ ~_ SetV""-100.0mV
40
50pF
~---~~~~~~~~~Vec
TSC9491CJ
KSl726
KS7126
D-----'-=='---'-------~VEE
Figure 14:. KS7126 Measuring Ratiometric Values of Quad Figure 15: KS7126 with an External Band-Gap
Load Cell. The Resistor Values Within the Bridge are Reference (1.2V Typ) IN - is tied to Common.
Determined by the Desired Sensitivity. Values Shown are for One Reading Per Second .
To pin 1
Vee--------------------____,
40
LJ------+-~--t-+\-I.----~ To logic
GND
KS7126
Silicon NPN
MPS37040r
similar
o Rang<
U Range
1+~---Cl(1t:t-g20
I
KS74HCTL10
KS74HCTLS266
Figure 16: KS7126 Used as a Digital Centigrade Figure 17: Circuit for Developing Underrange and Overrange
Thermometer. A Silicon Diode-Connected Transistor Has Signals from KS7126 Outputs.
a Temperature Coefficient of About 2mV/"C.
To pin 1
Vee
40 S60KO
II Set V,.f 1,OOOV
""SOpF
=0.1,,1' '"
2S0KO
.01,,1'
240KIl
1MO
Vee
.} 10 DISPLAY
Figure 18: Recommended Component Values for 2.00V Full-Scale, One Reading Per Second.
·Values depend on clock frequency. See Figure 10, 12,15
BLOCK DIAGRAM
v+ VLC B1 MSB B2 B3 B4 85 B6 87 88 LS8
COMP v-
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vs = ± 15V, Ire' = 2mA, Tm,nsTasTma>< unless otherwise specified. Output characteristics' refer to both lOUT and lOUT')
KDA0800
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ Max
Resolution
Monotonicity .
Nonlinearity
KDA0802
KDA0800
KDA0801
-
8
8
8
8
-
8
8
±0.1
±0.19
±0.39
Bits
Bits
%FS
I
To ± 1/2 LSB, all bits switched
Settling Time ts
"ON" or "OFF", Ta=25°C
- 100 150 ns
Propagation Delay
Each Bit tPLH, tpHL Ta=25°C - 35 60 ns
All Bits Switched - 35 60 ns
Full Scale Tempco TCI Fs ±10 ±50 ppm/DC
Full scale current change
Output Voltage Compliance Voc
<1/2 LSB, ROUT >20MO Typ
-10 - 18 V
Vre,=10V, R14=5KO
Full Scale Current IFS4 1.94 1.99 2.04 rnA
R15=5KO, Ta=25°C
Full Scale Symmetry IFss IFs4 -IFs2 - ±1 ±8.0 p.A
Zero Scale Current Izs - 0.2 2.0 p.A
V- = -5V 0 2.0 2.1 rnA
Output Current Range IFsR
V- = -8V to -18V 0 2.0 4.2 rnA
Logic Input Levels
Logic "0" V,L VLC=OV 0 - 0.8 V
l,ogic "1" V,H 2.0 - Vcc V
Logic Input Current VLC=OV
Logic "0" I'L -10VSV,N S +0.8V - -2.0 -10 p.A
Logic "1" I'H 2VSV,NS+18V - 0.002 10 p.A
Logic Input Swing V's V- = -15V -10 - 18 V
Logic Threshold Range VTHR Vs=±15V -10 - 13.5 V
Reference Bias Current 1,5 - -1.0 p.A p.A
Reference Input Slew Rate dl/dt 4.0 8.0 - mA/p.s
Power Supply Sensitivity PSSI Fs + 4.5VSV+ S18V - 0.0001 0.01 %/%
KDA0800
Characteristic Symbol Test Conditions Unit
Min Typ. Max
-4.5VsV-s18V
PSSIFs -
Ire. = 1rnA
- 0.0001 0.01 %/%
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
MSS LSS
B1 B2B3B4B5B6B7B8 + Vre, 255
IFs=~X256
Iref
+Vref --+Vref 10 10 + 1';;= IFs for all
logic states
For fixed reference, TTL operation,
LT----:r--T--i-:r==:y 10 typical values are:
Vre.= 10V
Rre.=5KO
R15= R,e'
Cc=O.Q1I'F
+V
VLC=OV (Ground)
+ l,e.=2mA,--_ _ _"""""
KDA0800
Fig. 2 Recommended Full Scale Adjustm~nt Circuit Fig. 3 Basic Negative Reference Operation
+ Ire f=2mA
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 10 mA rc; mA Eo Eo
Full Scale 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.992 0.000 -9.960 0.000
Full Scale - LSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1.984 0.008 -9.920 -0.040
Half Scale + LSB 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1.008 0.984 -5.040 -4.920
Half Scale 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.000 0.992 -5.000 -4.960
Half Scale - LSB 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.992 1.000 -4.960 -5.000
Zero Scale + LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.008 1.984 -0.040 -9.920
Zero Scale O· 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 1.992 0.000 -9.960
I
Fig. 4 Basic Unipolar Negative Operation
10K
Iref =2mAO------ 14
--.-
KDA0800
·I~r
-
10 2 Eo
10K
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Eo Eo
Pos. Full Scale 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -9.920 + 10.000
Pos. Full Scale - LSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 -9.840 +9.920
Zero Scale + LSB 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -0.080 +0.160
Zero Scale 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.000 +0.080
Zerc. Scale - LSB 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 +0.080 0.000
Neg. Full Scale + LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 +9.920 -9.840
Neg. Full Scale 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 10.000 -9.920
Fig. 5 Basic Diploar Output Operation
RL'5K
104
KDA0800
102
If RL = At: within ± 0.05%, output is symmetrical
about ground
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Eo
Pos. Full Scale 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 +9.920
Pos. Full Scale - LSB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 +9.840
( + ) Zero Scale 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0.04Q
( - ) Zero Scale 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -0.040
Neg. Full Scale + LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -9.840
Neg. Full Scale 0 ,0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -9.920
Fig. 6 Symmetrical Offset Binary Operation
KDA0800
KDA0800
VTH":l.4V
I
I
I
I
12V TO 15V
}
,ffiK
VLe
11: 15V
9.1K
vLel
~
II
I 02V
,IZEN'ER O.2K J l .
o.,UF
I
KDA0800 i ~'0V i
VLe: 6.2KO I Typical values: RIN = 5K, + VIN = 10V
I VLe I,
. I c: I 1N4148
I~
10;
JO.'~F II
1KIJ
I I
I I
Do not exceed negative logic input range of DAC.
Fig. 9 Interfacing with Various Logic Families , Fig. 10 Pulsed Reference Operation
(a) lret~peak negative swing of liN (b) + Vral must be above peak positive swing of VIN
Vref
jIrel Rrel
o--#W~--i 14
KDA0800
o--.,.,.,~-t'5
'=:-_ _ _ _ _..J Rrel=R,5
KDA0800 - - HIGH INPUT
IMPEDANC~
VOUT
-C OV
0 .4V
1 x PROBE rOY
.....L....,-0.4V
KDAoaoo
R1S -1SV
;;w. 15
13
TO D.U.T.
-1SV
Fig. 12 Settling Time Measurement
II
rSV STOP
OV .....J CONVERSION
FREE RUN
SV o-__~--,-16=-t
KS2SC02 D ~------~-------------,
MSBo----r~+-+-r-~~
12 11 10 9 a 7 6 S
.--_...-_ _ _
VROE_F ~R,,11'f__1'-l4 LSB B7 B6 BS B4 B3 B2 MSB _,,2=------<>---+-+-----'
VR+
2.SK
KDAOSOO
R2 1S
100K
-1SV
Note. For 1 P.s conve'rsion time with a·bit resolution and 7·bit accuracy,
an KA361 comparator replaces the KA319 and the reference
current is doubled by reducing R1, R2 and R3 to 2.5KO and R4 to 2MO .
. Fig. 13 A Complete 2 p.S Conversion Time, 8·Bit AID Converter
PIN CONFIGURATIONS
(25C02)
DO
(25~03) 1 0
KS25C02
AND
KS25C03
KS25C04
LOGIC DIAGRAM
DO
(25C02.
25C04 07(11) 06(10) 00 ace
CP~·2
~.,
TRUTH TABLE
Time Inputs Outputs'
II
tn 0 S E2 003 07 Q6 QS Q4 Q3 Q2 Q1 ao ace ~
0 X L L X X X X X X X X X X
1 07 H L .X L H H H H H H H H
2 06 H L 07 07 L H H H H H H H
3 05 H L 06 07 06 L H H H H H H
4 04 H L 05 07 06 05 L H H H H H
5 03 H L 04 07 06 05 04 L H H H H
6 02 H L 03 07 06 05 04 03 L H H H
7 01 H L 02 07 06 05 04 03 02 L H H
8 00' H L 01 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 L .H
9 X H L 00 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 L
10 X X L X 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 L
X X H X H NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
NOTES:
1: Truth table for KS25C04 is extended to include 12 outputs.
2: Truth table for KS25C02 does not include E column or last line in truth table shown.
3: Truth table for KS25C03 does not include 00 column.
H = High Voltage Level
L = Low Voltage Level
X = Oon't Care
=
NC No Change
TIMING DIAGRAMS
KS25C02, KS25C03, KS25C04
CP
{
INPUTS : ~
06
-'-----'
05
04
03
OUTPUTS
02
01
00
Occ
II
l DO
APPLICATION iNFORMATION
Operation clock low-to-high transition in order to guarantee cor-
rect resetting. After the clock has gone high resetting
The registers consist of a set of master latches that act
the register, the S signal must be removed. On the next I
as the control elements in the device and change state clock low-to-high transition tl:le data on the D input is
on the input clock high-to-Iow transition and a set of set into the 07(11) register bit and the 06(10) register
slave latches that hold the register data and change on bit and 05(9) is set to a low. This operation is repeated
the input clock low-to-high transition. Externally the
for each register bit in turn until the register has been
device acts as a special purpose serial-lo-parallel con-
filled. When the data goes into 00, the Occ signal goes
verter that accepts data at the 0 input of the register
low, and the register is inhibited from further change
and sends the data to the appropriate slave latch to until reset by a Start signal.
appear at the register ,output and the DO output on the
KS25C02 and KS25C04 w!1en the clock goes from low- The KS25C02, KS25C03 and KS25C04 have a specially
to-high. There are no restrictions on the data input; it tailored two-phase clock generator to provide non-
can change state at any time except during a short in- overlapping two-phase clock pulses (i.e., the clock
terval centered about the clock low-to-high transition. waveforms intersect below the thresholds of the gates
At the same time that data enters the register bit the they drive). Thus, even at very slow dV/dt rates at the
next less significant bit register is set to a low ready clock input (such as from relatively weak comparator
for the next iteration. outputs), improper logic operation will noi result.
The register is reset by holding the.S (Start) signal low Logic Codes
during the clock low-to-high transition. The register syn-
chronously resets to the state 07(11) low, and all the All three registers can be operated with various logic
remaining register outputs high. The Occ (Conversion codes. Two's complement code is used by offsetting
Complete) signal is also set high at this time. The S the comparator 1/2 full range + 1/2 LSB and using the
signal should not be brought back high until after the complement of the MSB (07 or 011) with a binary DIA
converter. Offset binary is used in the same manner but tion of ace and the appropriate register output.
with the MSB (07 or (11). BCD D/A converters can be
used with the addition of illegal code suppression logic.
Comparator Bias
To minimize the digital error below ± 1/2 LSB, the
Active High or Active Low Logic . comparator must be biased. If a D/A converter is used
The register can be used with either D/A converters that which requires a low voltage level to turn on, the com-
require a low voltage level to turn on, or D/A converters parator should be biased + 1/2 LSB: I! the D/A converter
that require a high voltage level to turn the switch 'on. requires a high logic level to turn on, the .comparator
I! D/A converters are used which turn on with a low logic must be biased -1/2, LSB.
level, the resulting digital output from the register is
Definition of Terms
active low. That is, a logic "1" is represented as a low
voltage level. I! D/A converters are used that turn on with CP: The clock input of the register.
a high logic level then the digital output is active high; 0: The serial data input of the register.
a logic "1" is represented as a high voltage level.
DO: The serial data out. (The D input delayed one bit).
Expand,d Operation
An active low enable 'input, E, on the KS25C03 and
E: The register enable. This input is used to expand the
length of the register and when high forces the 07 (11)
KS25C04 allows registers to be connected together to
register output high and inhibits conversion. When not
form a longer register by connecting the clock, D, and used for expansion the enable is, held at a low logic level
S inputs in parallel and connecting the ace output of
(ground).
one register to the E input of the next less significant
register. When the start resets the register, the E signal Q 1 1= 7(11) to 0: The outputs of the register.
goes high, forcing the a7 (11) bit high and inhibiting the Q cc : The conversion complete output. This output re-
register from accepting data until the previous register
mains high during a conversion and goes low when a
is full and its ace goes low. I! only one register is
conversion is complete.
used. the E input should be held at a low 10gic'Ievei.
,07(11): The true output of the MSB of the register.
Short Cycle
07(11): The complement output of the MSB of the
I! all bits are not required, the register may be truncated
register.
and, conversion time saved by using a register output
going low rather than the ace signal to indicate the S: The start input. If the start input is held low for at
end of conversion. I! the register is truncated and least a clock period the register will be reset to 07(11)
operated in the continuous conversion mode, a lock-up low and all the remaining outputs high. A start pulse
condition may occur on power turn-on. This condition that is low for a shorter period of time can be used if
can be avoided by making the start input the OR func- it meets the set-up time requirements of the S input.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
BCD ILLEGAL CODE SUPPRESSION
s o S
DO DO
CLOCK CP KS25C02
CLOCK CP KS25C02 Qcc
Qcc
Q7Q6Q5Q4Q3Q2Q1QO Q7Q6Q5Q4Q3Q2Q1QO
100
BIPOLAR
.y. 100K
100
f;~~UNIPOLAR)
-15V
0
BIPOLAR OFF
~+- ____ ~ ____________________ ~8__- - .
11
: } ANALOG INPUTS
R2
100 9.95K
15V 5V
1K
-15V
I
1 9
11 DATA IN
CONY COMP o---::---fCC
SERIAL OUT o----:'---i 14 START
CLOCK
INPUT RANGES
o to 10 ±5 Input to A 2.36KO
o to 5 ±2.5 Input to A 1.90KO
o to 20 ±10 Input to B 3.08KO
B to DAC OUT
AT LEAST AT LEAST
CP
- - - - - r - - - - 1,5V
tSID) MIN
tpoo MAX
tpoo MIN
tpDI MIN
07(11) 1,5V
tpDO MAX
06(10) -1,5V
tpDO MIN
E
KS25C03,
KS25C04
07(11)
1J , , ,", . ~i 1.5V
ENABLE TO 07(11)'
CP=H
S=L
1.5V
FEATURES
• Low Temperature Coefficient
• Low Dynamic Resistance
• l\tplcal Reference Voltage of 33V
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
2 Cathode
R4
~r 01
~ 02
~,.. 03
~,.. 04
*05
r-. 03
R3
VOl!
/" .
I. 01
R2 ~Rl " .
1 Anode
MEASURING CIRCUITS
Measuring Circuit for Stabilized Voltage Vz
---lz=5mA
.----~ A ~----~ ______~________~
. V IIoR Meter
KA33V
Iz-- IZ
----lAC-To
. 5O~F 100
c
0.1,.1'
WI
EB
vz
o.smA
WI
rz= a.5mA 1--+-+--'" SmA
Iz
VV1
RI
C
Channel
setting
variable
resistor
15KI!
II
TRI TR2
-( -(
TRI: RF AMP: KSC1393
KSC1070 (Under development)
TR2: osc: KSC1730 ~ OAFC
terminal
01·04: 18220 05: MIXER: 18818
-(
TR3
TR2
,
60
FR1AIR
\ T.=+25'C
40 I",.-\--
I~
"I '.1KHz -
I'l ~
0 ~ 20
I~ ~
II
I
10
6
"" r-...
~
I
6
4
==
2
-20 25 50 75 2 4 6 10
T. - AMBIENT TEMPERATURE - ·C . Iz -;- ZENER CURRENT -mA
FREE AIR
~Z~~~1V -
1
, 1-0
IT'}
0
Iz==5mA XY-RECODER
1
1 , . ·r"
2 1--. t - -
3 r--- r---
4
4 6 10 10 15 20304050 1 10 20 30
Iz - ZENER CURRENT - mA min.
STABILIZED VOLTAGE VARIATION It TTlme
SUPPLY VOLTAGE VARIATION YS.
ZENER CURRENT
10
lz - ZENER CURRENT - rnA
18 DIP
8-CHANNEL SOURCE DRIVERS
These integrated circuits, rated for operation with output voltages of up
to 5fN and designed to link NMOS logic with high-current inductive loads,
will work with many combinations of logic-and load-voltage levels, meet-
ing interfacll requirements beyond the capabilities of standard logic
buffers.
KA2580A is a high current source driver used to switch the ground ends
of loads that are directly connected to a negative supply. Typical loads
are telephone relays, PIN diodes, ·and LEOs.
20 DIP
KA2588A is a high-current source driver similar to KA258OA, has separ-
ated logic and driver supply lines. Its eight drivers can serve as an inter-
face between positive logic (TTL, CMOS, MOS) or negative logic
(NMOS) and either negative or split-load supplies.
KA2580A is furnished in 18-pin dual in-line plastic package; KA2588A
is supplied in a 2O--pin dual in-line plastic package. All input connections
are on one side of the packages, output pins on the other, to simplify
printed wiring board layout.
FEATURES
• TTL, CMOS, PMOS, NMOS Compatible
I
• High Output Current Ratings
• Intemallnlnslent Suppression
• Efficient Input/Output Pin Structure
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
NC
SUB/VEE SUBIVEE
KA21i8OA KA2588A
Notes
1) For simplicatlon, these devices are characterized to the above with specific voltages for inputs, 'logic supply (V.), load
, supply (VeEJ, and coliector supply (Vee). '
2) Typical use of the KA2580A is with negative referenced logic. The more common application of the KA2588A is with positive
referenced logic supplies.' '
3) In application, the devices are capable of operation over a wide range of logic and supply voltage levels. ,
4) The substrate must be tied to the most negative point In the external circuit to maintain Isolation drivers and ~o provide
for normal circuit operation.
IN o---llN_4-f
10K
'-----+-_OUT
+Vs SUBJVee
SUB
vln=-o.sv,
SO pA
VOUT -Vee - -SrN
Output Leakage Current Icex VIN;" -0.4V,
100 pA
I
VouT-Vee - -SOY
T.=70oC
Output Sustaining Voltage
Vce (sus) VIN=-0.4V,loUT=-2SmA 3S V
(Note 1, 2)
VIN=-2.4V,loUT=-100mA 1.8 V
Output Saturation Voltage Vce (sat) VIN --3.rN,louT --22SmA 1.9 V
VIN --3.av, louT=-3S0mA 2.0 V
VIN--3.av,loUT=-3S0mA -SOO pA
IIN'(on)
Input Current VIN=-1SV,louT=-3S0mA -2.1 mA
lOUT- -SOOpA, T.=70oC
liN (off) -SO pA
(Note 3)
louT=-100mA, Vce:S1.av -2.4 V
Input Voltage VIN(on) louT--22SmA, Vce:s1.9V -3.0 V
(Note 4) louT=-3S0mA, Vce:s2.OV -3.6 V
VIN(off) loUT=-500pA, T.=7QOC -0.2 V
Clamp Diode Leakage Current IR VR-SrN, T.-70oC SO pA
Clamp Diode Forward Voltage Vf If-3S0mA 2.0 V
Input Capacitance CIN 2S pF
Turn-On Delay tPHL O.S VIN to O.S VOUT S.O ,.S
Turn-Off Delay tPLH O.S VIN to O.S VOUT 5.0 ,.8
Notes
1) Pulsed test, tp:s300uS, duty cycle:s2%.
2) Negative current Is defined as coming out of specified device pin.
3) The lin (off) current limit guarantees against partial turn-on of the output.
4) The Yin (on) voltage limit guarantees a minimum output source per the specified conditions.
5) The substrate must always be tied to the most negative point and must be at least 4.rN below Ve.
.7.2K
IN ........,.,.-+-t
10K
'------:t- OUT
SUB
.' ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (KA2588A)
(T.=25·C, Vs=Vee=5.0V, VEE =-40V unless otherwise noted)
=d
5l 450 I'
51450
!( !(
1
z
400 ~ 400
1!:
I:
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT
!z35O
\ ~\ ~
u
~250
I!!
B300
~ 250
I"\'0 ~ ~ r---...
~
" 3.......
~ 200
I
CONDUCTING
. SIMULTANEOUSLY
j
. NUMBER OF OUTPUTS
w
~ 200 - NUMBER OF
CONDUCTING
OUTP~ ~."'s
.
~ ""'-
~~ t:--. ........... r..:::
.
~ 150 ~ 150 -SiMU~NEOUSLY r--- - 8
f:
I I
__ Vs=15V 0- r---- ;;;- ts
r::
~ys=15V
KA2580A KA2580A ~
KA25B8f , KA2588A
0L-.~'0~~20~~~~~~~~5~0~OO~~~~~OO~~9~0-'~00% :;I 0
o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100%
PER CENT DUTY CYCLE
PERCENT DUTY CYCLE
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
+12V KA258BA KA258BA
111
I
Vacuum Fluorescent Display Driver (Split Supply) Telecommunicaiton Relay Driver (Positive Logic)
c8 SAMSUNG SEMICONDUCTOR
•
603
KA2651 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT.
FEATURES
• Digit or Segment Drivers
• Low Input Current
• Intemal Output Pull-Down Resistors
• High Output Breakdown Voltage
• Single or Split Supply Operation
BLOCK DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Ta = 25°C, Vee = 60V, VEE = OV unless otherwise noted.)
PARTIAL SCHEMATIC
,-------,.------.---0 Vee
10K
I NPUT o----'w..-----t-~--I
'----+--'-Q OUTPUT
125K
GNDo-------~~--~----------~
(One Driver)
I~ I~
~ Ff7
a-~
f-~
":::: ~ I
~
Fit ~
9-4
~~I-
e-~ Ftt
d-~ ~
~
L!J r
c-~
d p-~ ttt
~
r,)
. 9 FTIlr-
DIGIT SELECT
-----------
-----------
T
KA2651 --------
...,
" ---------- 0
o1 - 1 -" 18 ----- ,------0
o2-~ .'7 F;7 --
o3 -- ~
...fLoo
4-~
5 -~
Ff6 r-f-------
~ r-r------
~ r-r-----
{"
o6 --~
F,3 r- f-------- VBIAS
·07 '12 6
. ~ VFI
·08 --~ ~
9 Vm Ff& r--
The KA2803 is designed for use in earth leakage circuit interrupters, for
operation directly off the AC line in breakers. The input of the differen-
tial amplifier is connected to the secondary coil of ZCT (Zero Current
Transformer). The amplified output of differential amplifier is integrated
at external capacitor to gain adequate time delay that is specified in
KSC4613.
The level comparator generates high level when earth leakage current
is greater than some level.
FUNCTIONS
• Differential amplifier
• Level camparator
• Latch circuit
FEATURES
• Low power consumption (P. =5mW, 100Vl200V)
• Built-in voltage regulator
• High gain differential amplifier (VT =13.5mV)
•
•
•
•
•
1mA output current pulse to trigger SCR'S
Low external part count, economic
Mini-dip package (8 Dip), high packing density
High noise immunity, large surge margin
Super temperature characteristic of input sensitivity
I
• Wide operating temperature range (1. = -25°C - +80 0 C)
APPLICATION CIRCUIT
LOACo LOAD
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 .
APPLICATION NOTE·
(refer to full wave application circuit Fig. 1)
The Fig 1 shows the KA2803 connected in a typical leakage current detector system.
The power is applied to the Vee terminal (Pin 8) of the KA2803 directly from the power line.
The resistor Rs and capacitor Cs are chosen so that pin 8 voltage is at least 12V.
The value of Cs is recommended above 1pF at this time.
If the leakage current is at the load, it is detected by the zero current transformer (ZCT).
The output voltage signal of ZCT is amplified by the differential amplifier of the KA2803 internal circuit and appears as half-
cycle sine wave signal referred to input signal at the output of the amplifier.
The amplifier closed loop gain is fixed about 1000 times with internal feedback resistor to compensate for zero current trans-
former (ZCT) Variations.
The resistor RL should be selected so that the breaker satisfies the required sensing current.
The protection resistor Rp is not usually used put when the high current is injected at the breaker, this resistor should be used
to protect the earth leakage detector IC the KA2803.
The range of Rp is from several hundred Il to several kll.
The capacitor C, is for the noise canceller and standard value of C, is 0.0471'F. Also the capacitor C 2 is noise canceller
capacitance but it is not usually used.
When high noise is only appeared at this system 0.0471'F capacitor may be connected between pin 6 and pin 7.
The amplified signal is finally appeared to the Pin 7 with pulse signal through the internal latch circuit of the KA2803.
This signal drivies the gate of the external SCR which energizes the trip coil which opens the circuit breaker.
The trip time of breaker is decided by the capacitor C3 and the mechanism breaker.
This capacitor should be selected under 1pF for the required the trip time.
The full wave bridge supplies power to the KA2803 during both the positive and negative half-cycles of the line voltage.
This allows the hot and neutral lines to be interchanged.
If your application want the detail information, request it on our application circuit designer of KA2803.
I
FEATURES
• Easy operation either through the AC line or a DC supply.
• Supply voltage controL
• Very few-external components.
• Symmetrical burst control - No DC current compon,nts in the
load circuit.
• Negative output current pulse up to 250mA-short circuit pro-
/ tection.
• Reference voltage output.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Vs IS 1--~---~4' ~9.tt'::NV-
1 - - - - - - 1 3 I~XUT
GND
AC VSYN ISYN~
INP.UTo--"'4~----(1
RSVN
Vo Lo
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(Vs=8.0V, VSVN =100 to 115V,ms, Ta =25°C, f=50/60Hz, unless otherwise specified)
I
Pin 5, Is=2.5mA
Supply Voltage 1 -Vs 1
RSVN =56K
7.2 - 8.4 V
~-
Pin 5, Is=20mA
Supply Voltage 2 -Vs2
RSVN=56K
7.2 - 8.6 V
APPLICATIONS
ON-OFF TEMPERATURE CONTROL fJC
.------4~-------------------------------- __~------------_.----_o10Wrms
SO/60Hz
NTC
7 Ro
56
KA2804
RH
VR
Rsyn
RH! HYSTERESIS VOLTAGE SET S6K
Rs
6.8K
ZW
RD
56
NTC 7
KA2804
Cl
Ci
..J
Rsyn
Rs S6K.
RT Cr TIMING PERIOD SET
6.8K
ZW
FEATURES
• Battery operation. 9 SIP
• Minimum external parts.
• Wide supply voltage range: 4V -12V (LM386)
4V-9V (LM386S/D)
• Low quiescent current drain (4mA.)
• Voltage gains: 20 - 200.
• Ground referenced Input.
• Self-centering output quiescent voltage.
• Low distortion.
• 3 kinds of package types
LM386 (8 Dip), LM386S (9 Sip), LM386D (8 Sop)
ORDERING INFORMATION
Device
LM386N
Package
8 DIP
Operating Temperature
I
LM386S 9 SIP - 20·C - + 70·C
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS LM386D 8 SOP
GAIN GAIN
+INPUT
o: LEFT (LM386/D)
RIGHT (LM386S)
CONNECTION DIAGRAM
(LM386ID) (LM386S)
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
(T.=25·C, Vcc =6V, RL = 80, f=1KHi, unless otherwise sp.eclfied)
ELDEMA
CF·S·2158
311-15mA
,
I Rl
I
I
RL =r=0'os"
Cl
tm I
10
1= 1
2"C1 VR1R2
Fig. 4 I:: 1KHzIAS SHOWN
Fig. 5
vee
Vee
250#
I
1--"1
Vee ~----~--~,+~~r-~VO
1
I
>.:,.:.tIHf-_-GVO I
RL
RL
..l. 0.o5#
10
Fig. 6 Fig. 7
AM Radio Power AmpllTIer
81l
SPEAKER
Fig. 8
c8 SAM.SUNGSEM.ICONDUCTOR 615
LM386/S/D LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
r:
~:
f-
1
/
II
I
l V
1
0.
I-
~ 0.4
0.. 2
"'-
-- 1"'- t--. V
0.
0.001 0.1 1.0
20 50 100 200 500 1K 2K 51< 10K 20K
~ (W): OUTPUT POWER I (Hz), FREQUENCY
! <40 it:
"
~
g 30 01.1.0
1\ ~
Il
4
~
~
:c 20
--~
I1
10. .l!
1
100 lK 10K lOOK 1M 10 11 12
I (Hz), FREQUENCY Vee (VI, SUPPLY VOLTAGE
26
4
1/ 1\
J r\
\
+f
1
7
10 11 12
20 50 100 200 500 1K 2K 5K 10K 20K
Vee (V), SUPPLY VOLTAGE
t(Hz), FREQUENCY
I
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
~:::[ --, ~
2.16
13.97
14.97 ~3.22
II
13.00
14.02
~Il
0.56 I,
TO·3P
15.55 4.55
Unit: mm TO·220
1/J3.61
TYP...J
Unit: mm
~
.
II
1/J3.20 16.05 5.05 1.95 II 1.40
TYP 2.20 6.12
6.62
19.75
8.94
20.2~
9.44
o
37.66
o
1!.n""""F"'i""""'T"'F~-+3.27
38.68
0 3.97
4.23
3.53 2.08 12.72
2.79
3.04 2.33 13.48
1.75
2.25
0.45
I
0.88 0.55
1.14 It-..j
I 10.87
1----;;.~45;:.p -i I 0.55
0.71
TYP
'"'PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
21.59 21.59
22.10 22.10
0 6.68
7.18 ~.~ 6.09
0 6.68
7.18 ~.~ 6.09
~ --t~~
3.30 3,30
~
TYP 0.71
1.27
1.78
3.81
--11 0.20
0.30 ~
TYP r- --II 0.45
0.71
I
~3.81
1.27
1.78
--11 0,20
0.30
c {~~~~3)]12,75
c: _ 3,25
21.59
22.10 0,51
TYP
~.~
I~oo
a 6.09
7~,!
3.81
0.51
TYP
2.54 I ~-11 0.45 1.27 _11 0.20
TYP 0.71 1.78 0.30
~
TYP ~ 0.41
0.61
1]2.75 25.15
3.25 25.65
R1.78
TYP ~t±r------:br1 0-10·
I I
.y~37
0.58 8.95
9.45
TYP
o 0 7.87
0.20 .
0.30
~
'~4.05
~ 4.55
- 2.92
254 _ 3.42
~~::::~:3CI3.25
L....~~~~:---~-111:-.l3.75
,- 29.35
29.85
.
TIP 6.361
0.56
IL 0.51
L----~1.0=2
4.83
5.33
0
I I~I
]09
6.60
1.02
1.52
dOI~
~
75
0.45
~1381
--L 4.31
3.30
3.81 2.92
/
~ ~ 0.36 I~ 0.5.1 3.43 0.51
TYP 0.56 1.02 1.02
0'-10·
0-10·
~2.10 :J- I I
~
19.15
19.65
II: : : : : : : ][~:~~
TYP [[E.37
7.87
5.74
1--t-6::':.2~4 0.35
;;;L,
r l!Lt~71
-~
0.45 ~f-
1.52
0.30
4.01 ~
1r--_-==-..,_-+---+-4.51 , r-------,-=-'-+'4.31
F+==Fr---f-3.83
4.33
0.51
}~
~ ~u ~U~Ui
2.92
3.43
0.51
1.02
R'0.79 1.02
TYP
~-1
7'07' 4.85
27.57 5.35
~'3"
.::-:::-=t~~.51
4.31 -L
2.54 I I II 0.36
~ r- --; '0.56
TYP 0.56 1.02
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS
, 26.36
26.87
" 0-1'0·
J I 26.36
26.87
I 0-10·
L- .
II: :0: :::: : ~ ]I]::~ O~ G~::::::~][: m]:;
~ I• 1.02
1.52
0.20 r
~0.~30-~ --11 1.02 7
0.20
1.52 *"0.30~~
3.81
4.31
~3.81
4.31
""'''''=='--'-2.92
3.43
0.51 254
TYP
II II
-----j~
n.,.. ~
3.43_0.51
1.02 0.56 _. _ _
1.02
I. 31.37 I 0-10·
[::~~::::~:n~~n:
. 7
.
1.02
1.52
~::: ~~~:::
I~
~ :~:~:
¥ ,
~0.2~0_--.J-,
0.30
,
~~
1.52
0.20
0.30
6iJOijQ~~ 4.57
VVVVVVVVVVVt
0.3~ ~
5.07
2.54
TYP
II- --11 o.J.1 3.43 0.51
1.02
I;~:~ I· 1-
~~::::::::~]f~
II
1.02
~
7 0.20
1.52 0.30
5.15
5.65
2.92
0.51 3.43 1.27
1.02
1.77
27.22 0-10·
27.72
~
.-L I
52.19
52.70
I 0-10·
l--
~~~~~~~~];a:~:
nnn
rrn VV11
5.07
rrmn~
~~ .~~ 1~ 1.27
5.65
~T2.92
I
r-- ----r---0:56 '---343
2.54
TYP
~u.JL·. 0.36
. 0.51
TYP 0.56 L-----:-;1.7=7
1.02
36.04
36.54
rno:fD
I ;;;gl· oJ:
mn
o
Ur
h3.34· 14.99
D0
[~:::::::::::~::U:~;
~3.84 15.49
1I;:;crn"jj"'i'ffi"jiEi!:jffi~11n:;;:;rn1-n:;!1.02·
1.52
o.~o
0.20
7 ~~ ¥ 0.20
1. 52 0.30
4.57
~~~~~~~~IIt~
~TU ~
254 II
~ I--
I 036
--j~ 3.43 0.51
1.02
0]
0.79 0.20 I 'j
~Tg:;~
==----.-
,37 6.10
. 4.62 ~ 6.60
o I O~
--JI 0.36
0.51
W!ih ,
II
,
1.47
1.73
0.36
051
--l~
1/ 0.20
~1.47
"
1.27
1.73
TYP
1.27
TYP i i
0.41
0.10 1H- 0.79
~ 0.2mi~lM!
. 0.35 I~
0.51
-II 0.10
0.20
~I-- .
10:11
1.27
TYP
,
I
lil.47
1.73
W!Llr
--l
.. I
1.90
1.27
TYP
0.41
0.79 0.41
T I~0'79
(.::~:: ::::;]
7.54 9.73 7.54 10.18
7.80 0.10 10.24 7.79 0.10 10.69
0.20 0.20
. I '-II 0.35
0.51
I 0.10
0.20 I
.I~'
0.51 ~~0.30
24.15
~I 24.65 I 6.86
7.36
2i1J[ 01
1.14 1~~~~~~~~n~~~~~~~~ g~ IT
I
1--_~22~.65::-_--I 2.92 -II
0.31
0.46
23.15 368 I
. ~
?<;A
TYP
2.85
2.85
~~
~f3.35
~OA1
TYP 0.61
~~ _II
TYP
0.41
0.61
T()'92
(KA33V On Iy) 458
Unit: mm
I
,, "
-------- 14.58
1 2
ill
14.5
It~-
1.27
!\ 11.02
3.56 \ 1 2 IJ
'/
3.60
1. Anode 2. Cathode
•
SALES OFFICES/MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES
1. U.S.A
MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES
ALABAMA COLORADO
EMA ELECTRODYNE
1200 Jordan Lane, Suite 4
2620 S. Parker Road
Jordan Center Suite 11 0 Aurora 80014
Huntsville 35805
303-695-8903
205-536-3044
ARIZONA CONNECTICUT
HAAS & ASSOC., INC. PHOENIX SALES
257 Main Street
II
7505 East Main
Suite 300 Torrington, 06790
Scottsdale 85252 203-476-7709
602-994-3813
GEORGIA
CALIFORNIA
EMA
SYN PAC 6695 Peachtree Industrial Boulevard
3945 Freedom Circle Suite 650 Suite 101 Atlanta 30360
Santa Clara 95054 404-448-1215
408-988-6988
WESTAR REP COMPANY FLORIDA
1 801 Parkcourt Place MICRO ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
Suite 1030 Santa Ana 92701
714-835-4711 989 Woodgade Dr
QUEST-REP, INC. Palm Harbor, 33563
San Diego, CA. 813-784-8561
61 9-546-1 933
ILLINOIS
CANADA
IRI
TERRIER ELECTRONICS 8430 Gross POinte Road
145 The West Mall Skokie 60076
Etobicoke, Ontario M9C tC2 312-967-8430
416-622-7558
INDIANA OHIO
STB & AssociATES J.N. BAILEY & ASSOCIATES
3003 E. 96th $treet 1 3071 Old Dayton Road
Suite 102 Indianapolis 46240 New Lebanon 45345
311-844-9227 51>3-687-1325
1667 Devonshire Drive
MICHIGAN Brunswick'44212
C.B. JENSEN & ASSOC. 216-273-3798
2145 Crooks Road 2679 Indianola Avenue
Troy 48084 Columbus 43202
313-643-0506 614-262-7274
MARYLAND
PENNSYL VANIA
. ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY SALES
809 Hammonds Ferry
RIVCO JANUARY, INC.
Lithicum 21 090 78 South Trooper Road
301-789-9360 Norristown 1 9403
215-631-1414
MASSACHUSETTS
Contact local sales, office SOUTH CAROLINA
EMA
MINNESOTA 210 W. Stone Avenue
COMSTRAND INC Greenville, 29609
803-233-4637
2852 Anthong Lane South
Minneapolis, 55418
612-788-9234 TEXAS
VIELOCK ASSOCIATES
NEW JERSEY 720 E. Park Boulevard
NECCO Suite 102 Plano 75074
2460 Lemoine Avenue 2.14-881-1940
Ft. Lee 07024
201-4611-2789
UTAH
NEW MEXICO ELECTRODYNE
Contact local sales oIfie8 2480 South Main Street
Suite 1 09 Salt Lake City 8411 5
801-486-3801
NORTH CAROLINA
Contact local sales office
WISCONSIN
OREGON IRI
631 Mayfair
EARL & BROWN Milwaukee 53226
7719 S. W. Capitol Highway 414-259-0965
Portland 97219
603-245-2283
WASHINGTON
NEW YORK EARL & BROWN
NECCO 2447-A 15200 Avenue, N.E.
Redmond 98052
2460 Lemoine Avenue 206-885-5064
Ft. Lee 07024
201-4611-2789
2. EUROPE
I
Tel: (089) 309031 5-17127 Solna
Tlx: 521687 Tel: (08) 7349770
Fax: (089) 3006001 Tlx: 10547
Fax: (08) 272204
FRANCE . SWITZERLAND
ASiAMOS
PANATEL AG
Batiment EVOLIC 1
155, Boulevard de Valmy Hardstra8e 72
92705 Colombes, France . CH-5430 Wettingen Zurich
Tel: (1) 47601255 Tel: (056) 275275
Tlx: 61 3890F Tlx: 58068
Fax: (1) 47601582 Fax: (056) 271924
FINLAND
UNITED KINGDOM INSTRUMENTARIUM ELEKTRONIIKKA
KORD DISTRI.BUTION LTD. P.O. Box 64, Vitikka
Watchmoor Road, Cambertey SF-02631 Espoo, Helsinki
Surrey GU 153AC Finland
Tel: 0276 685741 Tel: (358) 05284~0
Tlx: 859919 KORDIS G. Tlx: 124426
Fax: (358) 0524986
AUSTRI~ ITALY
ABRAHAMCZIK + DEMEL MOXEL S.P.A.
G••mbH • CO. KG 20092 Cinisello Balsamo (MI)
Eichenstra8e 58-64/1 Via C. Frova. 34
A-1"120 Viema Tel: (02) 612,,0521
Tel: (0222).857661 Tlx: 352045
T1x: 134273 Fax: (02: 617.2582
Fax: 833583 DIS. EL S.R.L.
10148 Torino
BELGIUM Via Ala eli Stura 71/18
NEWTEC INTERNATIONAL Tel: (220) 1522345
Chaussee de Louvain 186 Tlx: 215118
1940 WoIuwe-'St-Etlenne
Leuvensesteenweg 186 SPAIN
~ 940-Sint-Stevens-WoIuwe SEMICONDUCTORES S.A.
Tel: (02) 7250900 'Ronda General Mitre, 240
Tlx: 25820 Barcelona-6
Fax: (02) 7250813 . Tel: (93) 2172340
T1x: 97787 SMCD E
NETHERlANDS , Fax: 2175698
BV HANDELMIJ. MALCHUS
SANTOS DEl VALLE, S.A.
Fokkerstraat 511-513
. Postbus 48 GaIiIeo, 54, 56
28015 Madrid
NL-3100 AA Schiedam
Tel: (,,1) 446814H44
Tel: (010) 373777
Tlx: 42615 LUSA E.
Tlx: 21598
3. ASIA
HONG KONG JAPAN
AV. CONCEPT . ADO ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
Hunghom Commercial Centre, 7th FL., SASAGE BLDG. 4-6 SOTOKANDA
Room 708, Tower A.·7/F 2-CHOME CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 101, JAPAN
37-39, Ma Tau Wai Road Tel: 03-257-1618
Hunghom, Kowloon, Hong Kong Fax: 03-257-1579
Tel: 3-629325"'6, 3-347722"'3 INTERCOM PO INC.
T1x: 52362 ADVCC HX
IHI 8LDG, 1:6-7, SHIBUYA, SHIBUYA-KU:
Fax: 852-3-7234718
TOKYO 150 JAPAN
PROTECH Tel: 03-406-5612
FLAT 3 10lF WING SHING IND, BLDG Fax: 03-409-4834
26 NGFONG ST, SANPOKONG CHEMI·CON INTERNATIONAL CORP.
KOWLOON, Hong Kong
MITSUYA TORANOMON BLDG.
Tel: 3-255106
22-14, TORANOMON 1 CHOME
T1x: 38396 PTLD HX
MINATO-KU TOKYO 105, JAPAN
Fax: 852-3-7988459
Tel: 03-508-2841
TRIATOMIC Fax: 03-504-0566
1004 President Commercial Centre, TOMEN ELECTRONICS CORP.
602-608, Nathan Road, K9wloon. Hong Kong
1-1, USCHISAIWAI-CHO 2 CHOME
Tel· 3-880151"'2, 3-886184"'5
CHIYODA-KU TOKYO, 100
Tlx: 36631 TRIAT HX
. Tel: 03-506-3473
Fax: 852-3-884026
Fax: 03-506-3497
MATSUDA DIA SEMICON SYSTEMS INC.
6/F CHUNG PAK Commercial BLDG
WACORE 64 1-37-8 SANGENJAYA
2 Cho Yuen SI. Yau Tong Bay
SETAGAYA-KU TOKYO 154 JAPAN
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: 03-487-0386
Tel: 3-7276383
Fax: 03-487-8088
Tlx: 42349 MAZDA HX
Fax: 852-3-7989661
SINGAPORE
JERS GEMINI ELECTRONICS PTE LTD.
Flat C-l, 13th Floor, Hoi Bun Industrial Bldg. 100, UPPER CROSS STREET
II
6 Wing Yip Street, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, #09-08 OG BLDG. SINGAPORE 0105
Hong Kong ·Tel: 65-5351777
Tel: 3-418311-8 Tlx: RS 42819
Tlx: 55450 JERSE HX Fax: 65-5350348
Fax: 852-3-7598599
INDIA
TAIWAN MURUGAPPA ELECTRONICS LTD.
YOSUN INDUSTRIAL CORP. PARRRY HOUSE' 3rd floor 43 Moore Street
MIN SHENG COMMERCIAL BUILDING MADRAS 600 001 India
10F., No. 481, MIN-SHENG EAST RD., Tel: 21019/31003
TAIPEI, TAIWAN, R.O.C. T1x: 041-8797 HIL IN.
Tel: 501-0700 (10 LINES)
Tlx: 26777 YOSUNIND
Fax: (02) 503-1278
KENTOP ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
5F-3, 21st CENTURY BLDG.,
NO. 207, TUN-HWA N. RD., TAIPEI
Tel: (02) 716-1754, 716-1757
Fax: (02) 717-3014
4. KOREA
. NAEWAE ELECTRIC CO., LTO. NEW CASTLE
Room 403, 2200ng Sumln .Bldg, SEMICONDUCTOR CO., LTD.
. #16·1, Hangangro·2ka, Yongsanku, 12.3·1, Joo Kyo Dong
Seoul Korea. Joongku, Seoal Korea
Tel: 701·7341"'5 Tel: 274·3220, 3458
Fax: 717·7246
HANKOOK SEMICONDUCTOR
SAMSUNG
1131·9 Kurodong, Kuroku,
LIGHT-ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. Seoul Korea
149·Jang Sa Dong Tel: 868·0277"'9
Jongroku, Seoul Korea Fax: 868·4604
Tel: 744·2110,269·618718
Fax: 744·4803
SEGYUNG ELECTRONICS
182·2 Jang Sa Dong
Jongroku, Seoul Korea.
Tel: 272·6811 "'6
Fax: 273·6597
HEAD OFFICE :
9/10FL . SAMSUNG MAIN BLDG . TELEX : KORSST K27970
250, 2-KA , TAEPYUNG-RO, TEL (SEOUL) 751-2114
CHUNG-KU , SEOUL , KOREA FAX : 753-0967
CP .O BOX 8233
BUCHEON PLANT:
82-3, DODANG-DONG , TELEX : KORSEM K28390
BUCHEON , KYUNGKI-DO , KOREA TEL (SEOUL) 741-0066 , 662-0066
CPO . BOX 5779 SEOUL 100 FAX : 741-4273
KIHEUNG PLANT :
SAN #24 NONGSUH-RI , KIHEUNG-MYUN TELEX : KORSST K23813
YONGIN-GUN , KYUNGKI-DO, KOREA TEL (SEOUL) 7410620/7
C.P.O. BOX 37 SUWON FAX 741-0628
GUMI BRANCH :
259, GONDAN-DONG, GUMI , TELEX : SSTGUMI K54371
KYUNGSANGBU~DO, KOREA TEL : (GUM I) 2-2570
FAX (GUMI) 52-7942
TAWAN OFFICE :
RM 1102, I.T. BLDG , NO. 385 TEL : (2) 777-1044/5
TUN-HWA S, RD , TAIPEI , TAIWAN FAX : (2) 777-3629
SAMSUNG JAPAN CO :
RM 3108, KASUMIGASEKI BLDG. TEL (03) 581 -1 816/7585
2-5, 3-C HOME KASUMIGASEKI TELE X: J24244
CHI YODA-KU , TOKYO , 100 JAPAN FAX : (03) 581-7088